i Commands
i-counters
i-counters
Syntax
i-counters [all]
no i-counters
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>queue i-counters)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>ref-queue i-counters)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record queue i-counters
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue i-counters
Description
This command configures ingress counter parameters for this custom record.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- all
-
Includes all counters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
i-counters
Syntax
i-counters [all]
no i-counters
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer i-counters)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer i-counters)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-queue i-counters)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>queue i-counters)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer i-counters
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer i-counters
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue i-counters
configure log accounting-policy custom-record queue i-counters
Description
This command configures ingress counter parameters for this custom record.
The no form of this command reverts all ingress counters to their default value.
Default
i-counters
Parameters
- all
-
Specifies that all ingress counters should be included.
Platforms
All
i-sid
i-sid
Syntax
i-sid i-sid
no i-sid
Context
[Tree] (config>test-oam>build-packet>header>pbb i-sid)
[Tree] (debug>oam>build-packet>packet>field-override>header>pbb i-sid)
Full Context
configure test-oam build-packet header pbb i-sid
debug oam build-packet packet field-override header pbb i-sid
Description
This command defines the iSID value to be used in the test PBB header.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
i-sid 0
Parameters
- i-sid
-
Specifies the iSID value to be used in the test PBB header.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ia-na
ia-na
Syntax
ia-na
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>wlan-gw>pool-manager>dhcp6-client ia-na)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>wlan-gw>pool-manager>dhcp6-client ia-na)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface wlan-gw pool-manager dhcpv6-client ia-na
configure service ies subscriber-interface wlan-gw pool-manager dhcpv6-client ia-na
Description
This command configures the IA-NA for the DHCPv6 client.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ibgp-multipath
ibgp-multipath
Syntax
[no] ibgp-multipath
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp ibgp-multipath)
Full Context
configure service vprn bgp ibgp-multipath
Description
This command defines the type of IBGP multipath to use when adding BGP routes to the route table if the route resolving the BGP nexthop offers multiple next-hops.
The no form of this command disables the IBGP multipath load balancing feature.
Platforms
All
ibgp-multipath
Syntax
[no] ibgp-multipath
Context
[Tree] (config>router>bgp ibgp-multipath)
Full Context
configure router bgp ibgp-multipath
Description
This command enables IBGP multipath load balancing when adding BGP routes to the route table if the route resolving the BGP nexthop offers multiple next-hops.
The no form of this command disables the IBGP multipath load balancing feature.
Default
no ibgp-multipath
Platforms
All
icmp
icmp
Syntax
icmp
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if icmp)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if icmp)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>nw-if icmp)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if icmp)
Full Context
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface icmp
configure service ies interface icmp
configure service vprn network-interface icmp
configure service vprn interface icmp
Description
Commands in this context configure Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) parameters on a service.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface icmp
All
- configure service ies interface icmp
- configure service vprn interface icmp
- configure service vprn network-interface icmp
icmp
Syntax
icmp
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>git>ipv4 icmp)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt group-interface-template ipv4 icmp
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv4 Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) parameters.
Default
icmp
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
icmp
Syntax
icmp
Context
[Tree] (config>router>if icmp)
Full Context
configure router interface icmp
Description
This command enables access to the context to configure Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) parameters on a network IP interface. ICMP is a message control and error reporting protocol that also provides information relevant to IP packet processing.
Platforms
All
icmp
Syntax
[no] icmp
Context
[Tree] (debug>router>ip icmp)
Full Context
debug router ip icmp
Description
This command enables ICMP debugging.
Platforms
All
icmp
Syntax
[no] icmp
Context
[Tree] (config>sys>security>cpu-protection>ip>included-protocols icmp)
Full Context
configure system security cpu-protection ip-src-monitoring included-protocols icmp
Description
This command includes the extracted IPv4 ICMP packets for ip-src-monitoring. IPv4 ICMP packets will be subject to the per-source-rate of CPU protection policies.
Default
no icmp
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR-7/12/12e, 7750 SR-7s, 7750 SR-14s, 7950 XRS
icmp
Syntax
icmp
Context
[Tree] (config>test-oam icmp)
Full Context
configure test-oam icmp
Description
Commands in this context configure test ICMP OAM parameters.
Platforms
All
icmp-code
icmp-code
Syntax
icmp-code icmp-code
no icmp-code
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>ipv6-filter>entry>match icmp-code)
[Tree] (config>filter>ipv6-exception>entry>match icmp-code)
[Tree] (config>filter>ip-exception>entry>match icmp-code)
[Tree] (config>filter>ip-filter>entry>match icmp-code)
Full Context
configure filter ipv6-filter entry match icmp-code
configure filter ipv6-exception entry match icmp-code
configure filter ip-exception entry match icmp-code
configure filter ip-filter entry match icmp-code
Description
Configures matching on /ICMPv6 code field in the /ICMPv6 header of an IPv4 or IPv6 packet as a filter match criterion or configures matching on the ICMP code field in the ICMP header of an IPv4 packet as an exception filter match criterion. An entry containing Layer 4 non-zero match criteria will not match non-initial (for example, 2nd, 3rd) fragments of a fragmented packet because only the first fragment contains the Layer 4 information. Similarly an entry containing " icmp-code 0" match criterion, may match non-initial fragments when the Layer 4 header is not present in a packet fragment and other match criteria are also met.
The no form of the command removes the criterion from the match entry.
Default
no icmp-code
Parameters
- icmp-code
-
Specifies the /ICMPv6 code value that must be present to match. Value can be expressed as a decimal integer, as well as in hexadecimal or binary format, or even using keywords. The following value shows decimal integer only.
Platforms
All
- configure filter ipv6-filter entry match icmp-code
- configure filter ip-filter entry match icmp-code
VSR
- configure filter ipv6-exception entry match icmp-code
- configure filter ip-exception entry match icmp-code
icmp-code
Syntax
icmp-code icmp-code
no icmp-code
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>cat-map>category>exh-lvl>ingr-ip>entry>match icmp-code)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>cat-map>category>exh-lvl>egr-ipv6>entry>match icmp-code)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>cat-map>category>exh-lvl>ingr-ipv6>entry>match icmp-code)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>cat-map>category>exh-lvl>egr-ip>entry>match icmp-code)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt category-map category exhausted-credit-service-level ingress-ip-filter-entries entry match icmp-code
configure subscriber-mgmt category-map category exhausted-credit-service-level egress-ipv6-filter-entries entry match icmp-code
configure subscriber-mgmt category-map category exhausted-credit-service-level ingress-ipv6-filter-entries entry match icmp-code
configure subscriber-mgmt category-map category exhausted-credit-service-level egress-ip-filter-entries entry match icmp-code
Description
This command configures the ICMP code match condition.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- icmp-code
-
Specifies the ICMP code numbers accepted in DHB.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
icmp-code
Syntax
icmp-code icmp-code
no icmp-code
Context
[Tree] (cfg>sys>sec>cpm>ip-filter>entry>match icmp-code)
[Tree] (cfg>sys>sec>cpm>ipv6-filter>entry>match icmp-code)
Full Context
configure system security cpm-filter ip-filter entry match icmp-code
configure system security cpm-filter ipv6-filter entry match icmp-code
Description
This command configures matching on ICMP code field in the ICMP header of an IP packet as an IP filter match criterion.
An entry containing Layer 4 match criteria will not match non-initial (2nd, 3rd, and so on) fragments of a fragmented packet because only the first fragment contains the Layer 4 information.
The behavior of the icmp-code value is dependent on the configured icmp-type value, therefore, a configuration with only an icmp-code value specified will have no effect. To match on the icmp-code, an associated icmp-type must also be specified.
The no form of this command removes the criterion from the match entry.
Default
no icmp-code
Parameters
- icmp-code
-
Specifies the ICMP code values that must be present to match.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
icmp-echo-reply
icmp-echo-reply
Syntax
[no] icmp-echo-reply
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>nat>outside>pool icmp-echo-reply)
[Tree] (config>router>nat>outside>pool icmp-echo-reply)
Full Context
configure service vprn nat outside pool icmp-echo-reply
configure router nat outside pool icmp-echo-reply
Description
IPv4 addresses in a NAT pool can be configured to respond to ICMP Echo Requests (PINGs). The configuration can be toggled online while the pool is in use.
In L2-aware NAT when port-block-extensions is disabled, the reply from an outside IP address is generated only when this IP address has at least one host (binding) behind it.
In L2-aware NAT when port-block-extensions is enabled, the reply from an outside IP address is generated regardless if a binding is present.
In LSN, the reply from an outside IP address is generated regardless if a binding is present.
The no form of the command disables ICMP echo replies.
Default
no icmp-echo-reply
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
icmp-generation
icmp-generation
Syntax
icmp-generation
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ip-tunnel icmp-generation)
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>ip-tunnel icmp-generation)
[Tree] (config>ipsec>tunnel-template icmp-generation)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation
configure service vprn interface sap ip-tunnel icmp-generation
configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation
configure service ies interface sap ip-tunnel icmp-generation
configure ipsec tunnel-template icmp-generation
Description
This command enables the context to configure ICMP generation information.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure ipsec tunnel-template icmp-generation
- configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation
- configure service vprn interface sap ip-tunnel icmp-generation
- configure service ies interface sap ip-tunnel icmp-generation
VSR
- configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation
icmp-ping
icmp-ping
Syntax
icmp-ping {ip-address | dns-name} [{bypass-routing | {interface interface-name} | {next-hop ip-address}}] [count requests] [do-not-fragment] [ fc fc-name] [interval { centisecs | secs}] [pattern pattern] [rapid] [{ router router-or-service | router-instance router-instance | service-name service-name}] [size bytes] [source ip-address] [ timeout timeout] [ tos type-of-service] [ttl time-to-live]
Context
[Tree] (config>saa>test>type icmp-ping)
Full Context
configure saa test type icmp-ping
Description
This command configures an ICMP traceroute test.
Parameters
- ip-address | dns-name
-
Specifies the far-end IP address or DNS name to which to send the svc-ping request message in dotted-decimal notation.
- bypass-routing
-
Specifies whether to send the ping request to a host on a directly attached network bypassing the routing table.
- interface-name
-
Specifies the name used to refer to the interface, up to 32 characters. The name must already exist in the config>router>interface context.
- next-hop ip-address
-
Displays only static routes with the specified next-hop IP address.
- requests
-
Specifies the number of times to perform an OAM ping probe operation. Each OAM echo message request must either time out or receive a reply before the next message request is sent.
- do-not-fragment
-
Sets the DF (Do Not Fragment) bit in the ICMP ping packet (does not apply to ICMPv6).
- fc-name
-
Specifies the forwarding class of the SAA.
- interval {centisecs | secs}
-
Specifies the minimum amount of time, in seconds, that must expire before the next message request is sent. If the rapid parameter is configured, this value is measured in centiseconds (hundredths of a second) instead of seconds.
- pattern
-
Specifies the date portion in a ping packet is filled with the pattern value specified. If not specified, a system-generated sequential pattern is used.
- rapid
-
Configures the interval parameter to use centiseconds (hundredths of a second) instead of seconds.
- router-or-service
-
Specifies the numerical reference to the router instance or service. Well known router names "Base", "management", "vpm-vr-name”, and " vpls-management" are allowed for convenience, but are mapped numerically.
- router-instance
-
Specifies the preferred method for entering a service name. Stored as the service name. Only the service linking function is allowed for both mixed-mode and model-driven configuration modes.
- service-name
-
Specifies the alias function that allows the service name to be used, converted and stored as a service ID, up to 64 characters.
The router-instance parameter is preferred for specifying the router or service.
- bytes
-
Specifies the request packet size in bytes, expressed as a decimal integer.
- source ip-address
-
Specifies the IP address to be used.
- timeout
-
Specifies the override time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the last probe for a specific test. Upon the expiration of the time out, the test is marked complete and no more packets are processed for any of those request probes.
- type-of-service
-
Specifies the service type.
- time-to-live
-
Specifies the TTL value for the MPLS label, expressed as a decimal integer.
Platforms
All
icmp-query
icmp-query
Syntax
icmp-query [min minutes] [ sec seconds]
no icmp-query
Context
[Tree] (config>service>nat>nat-policy>timeouts icmp-query)
[Tree] (config>service>nat>up-nat-policy>timeouts icmp-query)
Full Context
configure service nat nat-policy timeouts icmp-query
configure service nat up-nat-policy timeouts icmp-query
Description
This command configures the timeout applied to an ICMP query session.
Default
icmp-query min 1
Parameters
- min minutes
-
Specifies the timeout, in minutes, applied to an ICMP query session.
- sec seconds
-
Specifies the timeout, in seconds, applied to an ICMP query session.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
icmp-trace
icmp-trace
Syntax
icmp-trace [ip-address | dns-name] [router router-or-service | router-instance router-instance | service-name service-name] [source ip-address] [tos type-of-service] [ttl ttl] [wait milliseconds]
Context
[Tree] (config>saa>test>type icmp-trace)
Full Context
configure saa test type icmp-trace
Description
This command configures an ICMP traceroute test.
Parameters
- ip-address
-
Specifies the far-end IP address to which to send the svc-ping request message in dotted-decimal notation.
- dns-name
-
Specifies the DNS name of the far-end device to which to send the svc-ping request message, up to 63 characters.
- router-instance
-
Specifies the preferred method for entering a service name. Stored as the service name. Only the service linking function is allowed for both mixed-mode and model-driven configuration modes.
- router-or-service
-
Specifies the numerical reference to the router instance or service. Well known router names "Base", "management" and " vpls-management" are allowed for convenience, but are mapped numerically.
- service-name
-
Specifies the alias function that allows the service name to be used, converted and stored as service ID, up to 64 characters.
The parameter router-instance is preferred for specifying the router or service.
- source ip-address
-
Specifies the IP address to be used.
- type-of-service
-
Specifies the service type.
- ttl
-
Specifies the TTL value for the MPLS label, expressed as a decimal integer.
- milliseconds
-
Specifies the time, in milliseconds, to wait for a response to a probe, expressed as a decimal integer.
Platforms
All
icmp-tunneling
icmp-tunneling
Syntax
[no] icmp-tunneling
Context
[Tree] (config>router icmp-tunneling)
Full Context
configure router icmp-tunneling
Description
This command enables the tunneling of ICMP reply packets over MPLS LSP at a LSR node as per RFC 3032.
The LSR part of this feature consists of crafting the reply ICMP packet of type=11- 'time exceeded', with a source address set to a local address of the LSR node, and appending the IP header and leading payload octets of the original datagram. The system skips the lookup of the source address of the sender of the label TTL expiry packet, which becomes the destination address of the ICMP reply packet. Instead, CPM injects the ICMP reply packet in the forward direction of the MPLS LSP the label TTL expiry packet was received from. The TTL of pushed labels should be set to 255.
The source address of the ICMP reply packet is determined as follows. The LSR uses the address of the outgoing interface for the MPLS LSP. With LDP LSP or BGP LSP multiple ECMP next-hops can exist and in such a case the first outgoing interface is selected. If that interface does not have an address of the same family (IPv4 or IPv6) as the ICMP packet, then the system address of the same family is selected. If one is not configured, the packet is dropped.
When the packet is received by the egress LER, it performs a regular user packet lookup in the data path in the GRT context for BGP shortcut, 6PE, and BGP label route prefixes, or in VPRN context for VPRN and 6VPE prefixes. It then forwards it to the destination, which is the sender of the original packet which TTL expired at the LSR.
If the egress LER does not have a route to the destination of the ICMP packet, it drops the packets.
The rate of the tunneled ICMP replies at the LSR can be directly or indirectly controlled by the existing IOM level and CPM levels mechanisms. Specifically, the rate of the incoming UDP traceroute packets received with a label stack can be controlled at ingress IOM using the distributed CPU protection feature. The rate of the ICMP replies by CPM can also be directly controlled by configuring a system wide rate limit for packets ICMP replies to MPLS expired packets which are successfully forwarded to CPM using the command 'configure system security vprn-network-exceptions'. While this command's name refers to VPRN service, this feature rate limits ICMP replies for packets received with any label stack, including VPRN and shortcuts.
The 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, and 7950 XRS implementation supports appending to the ICMP reply of type Time Exceeded the MPLS label stack object defined in RFC 4950. It does not include it in the ICMP reply type of Destination unreachable.
The new MPLS Label Stack object permits an LSR to include label stack information including label value, EXP, and TTL field values, from the encapsulation header of the packet that expired at the LSR node. The ICMP message continues to include the IP header and leading payload octets of the original datagram.
In order to include the MPLS Label Stack object, SR OS implementation adds support of RFC 4884 which defines extensions for a multi-part ICMPv4/v6 message of type Time Exceeded.
The no form of command disables the tunneling of ICMP reply packets over MPLS LSP at a LSR node.
Default
no icmp-tunneling
Platforms
All
icmp-type
icmp-type
Syntax
icmp-type icmp-type
no icmp-type
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>ipv6-exception>entry>match icmp-type)
[Tree] (config>filter>ipv6-filter>entry>match icmp-type)
[Tree] (config>filter>ip-filter>entry>match icmp-type)
[Tree] (config>filter>ip-exception>entry>match icmp-type)
Full Context
configure filter ipv6-exception entry match icmp-type
configure filter ipv6-filter entry match icmp-type
configure filter ip-filter entry match icmp-type
configure filter ip-exception entry match icmp-type
Description
This command configures matching on the /ICMPv6 type field in the /ICMPv6 header of an IPv4 or IPv6 packet as a filter match criterion or configures matching on the ICMP type field in the ICMP header of an IPv4 packet as an exception filter match criterion. An entry containing Layer 4 non-zero match criteria will not match non-initial (2nd, 3rd, etc.) fragments of a fragmented packet because only the first fragment contains the Layer 4 information. Similarly an entry containing " icmp-type 0" match criterion, may match non-initial fragments when the Layer 4 header is not present in a packet fragment and other match criteria are also met.
The no form of the command removes the criterion from the match entry.
Default
no icmp-type
Parameters
- icmp-type
-
Specifies the /ICMPv6 type value that must be present to match. Value can be expressed as a decimal integer, as well as in hexadecimal or binary format, or even using keywords. The following value shows decimal integer only.
Platforms
VSR
- configure filter ip-exception entry match icmp-type
- configure filter ipv6-exception entry match icmp-type
All
- configure filter ipv6-filter entry match icmp-type
- configure filter ip-filter entry match icmp-type
icmp-type
Syntax
icmp-type icmp-type
no icmp-type
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>cat-map>category>exh-lvl>ingr-ip>entry>match icmp-type)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>cat-map>category>exh-lvl>ingr-ipv6>entry>match icmp-type)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>cat-map>category>exh-lvl>egr-ip>entry>match icmp-type)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>cat-map>category>exh-lvl>egr-ipv6>entry>match icmp-type)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt category-map category exhausted-credit-service-level ingress-ip-filter-entries entry match icmp-type
configure subscriber-mgmt category-map category exhausted-credit-service-level ingress-ipv6-filter-entries entry match icmp-type
configure subscriber-mgmt category-map category exhausted-credit-service-level egress-ip-filter-entries entry match icmp-type
configure subscriber-mgmt category-map category exhausted-credit-service-level egress-ipv6-filter-entries entry match icmp-type
Description
This command configures the ICMP type match condition.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- icmp-type
-
Specifies the ICMP type numbers accepted in DHB.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
icmp-type
Syntax
icmp-type icmp-type
no icmp-type
Context
[Tree] (config>qos>network>egress>ip-criteria>entry>match icmp-type)
[Tree] (config>qos>network>egress>ipv6-criteria>entry>match icmp-type)
Full Context
configure qos network egress ip-criteria entry match icmp-type
configure qos network egress ipv6-criteria entry match icmp-type
Description
This command configures matching on the ICMP or ICMPv6 type field in the ICMP or ICMPv6 header of an IPv4 or IPv6 packet as a network QoS match criterion.
An entry containing Layer 4 non-zero match criteria will not match non-initial (2nd, 3rd, etc.) fragments of a fragmented packet since only the first fragment contains the Layer 4 information. Similarly, an entry containing " icmp-type 0" match criterion, may match non-initial fragments when the Layer 4 header is not present in a packet fragment and other match criteria are also met.
The no form of the command removes the criterion from the match entry.
Default
no icmp-type
Parameters
- icmp-type
-
Specifies the ICMP or ICMPv6 type value that must be present to match. Value can be expressed as a decimal integer, or in hexadecimal or binary format, or even using keywords.
Platforms
All
icmp-type
Syntax
icmp-type icmp-type
no icmp-type
Context
[Tree] (cfg>sys>sec>cpm>ipv6-filter>entry>match icmp-type)
[Tree] (cfg>sys>sec>cpm>ip-filter>entry>match icmp-type)
Full Context
configure system security cpm-filter ipv6-filter entry match icmp-type
configure system security cpm-filter ip-filter entry match icmp-type
Description
This command configures matching on ICMP type field in the ICMP header of an IP packet as an IP filter match criterion.
An entry containing Layer 4 match criteria will not match non-initial (2nd, 3rd, etc) fragments of a fragmented packet since only the first fragment contains the Layer 4 information.
The no form of this command removes the criterion from the match entry.
Default
no icmp-type
Parameters
- icmp-type
-
Specifies the ICMP type values that must be present to match.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
icmp6
icmp6
icmp6
Syntax
icmp6
Context
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipv6 icmp6)
Full Context
configure router interface ipv6 icmp6
Description
Commands in this context configure ICMPv6 parameters for the interface.
Platforms
All
icmp6
Syntax
icmp6 [ip-int-name]
no icmp6
Context
[Tree] (debug>router>ip icmp6)
Full Context
debug router ip icmp6
Description
This command enables ICMPv6 debugging.
Platforms
All
icmp6-generation
icmp6-generation
Syntax
icmp6-generation
Context
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel>dyn icmp6-generation)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation)
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-tun icmp6-generation)
[Tree] (config>ipsec>tnl-temp icmp6-generation)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ip-tunnel icmp6-generation)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>ip-tunnel icmp6-generation)
Full Context
configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel dyn icmp6-generation
configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation
configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation
configure service vprn interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation
configure ipsec tunnel-template icmp6-generation
configure service vprn interface sap ip-tunnel icmp6-generation
configure service ies interface sap ip-tunnel icmp6-generation
Description
This command enables the ICMPv6 packet generation configuration context.
Platforms
VSR
- configure service vprn interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation
- configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation
- configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service vprn interface sap ip-tunnel icmp6-generation
- configure service ies interface sap ip-tunnel icmp6-generation
- configure ipsec tunnel-template icmp6-generation
- configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation
icmp6-query
icmp6-query
Syntax
icmp6-query [min minutes] [ sec seconds]
no icmp6-query
Context
[Tree] (config>service>nat>firewall-policy>timeouts icmp6-query)
Full Context
configure service nat firewall-policy timeouts icmp6-query
Description
This command configures the timeout interval for ICMPv6 query mappings.
The no form of the command reverts the timeout interval to the default of 1 minute.
Default
icmp6-query min 1
Parameters
- minutes
-
Specifies the number of minutes in the ICMP query mapping timeout interval.
- seconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds in the ICMP query mapping timeout interval.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
id
id
Syntax
[no] id service-id
Context
[Tree] (debug>service id)
Full Context
debug service id
Description
This command enables debugging for the specified service ID.
The no form of this command disables the debugging.
Parameters
- service-id
-
The ID that uniquely identifies a service.
Platforms
All
id-permission
id-permission
Syntax
id-permission {chassis}
no id-permission
Context
[Tree] (cfg>eth-cfm>domain>assoc>bridge id-permission)
Full Context
configure eth-cfm domain association bridge-identifier id-permission
Description
This command allows the operator to include the sender-id TLV information that was specified under the config>eth>system>sender-id configuration for service MEPs and MIPs. When this option is present under the maintenance association, the specific MPs in the association includes the sender-id TLV information in ETH-CFM PDUs. MEPs include the sender-id TLV for CCM (not sub second CCM enabled MEPs), LBM/LBR, and LTM/LTR. MIPs includes this value in the LBR and LTR PDUs.
LBR functions reflect all TLVs received in the LBM unchanged including the SenderID TLV. Transmission of the Management Domain and Management Address fields are not supported in this TLV.
Parameters
- chassis
-
Sends the configured chassis information defined under in the eth-cfm>system>sender-id context.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
id-permission
Syntax
id-permission {chassis | defer}
no id-permission
Context
[Tree] (config>eth-cfm>default-domain>bridge-identifier id-permission)
Full Context
configure eth-cfm default-domain bridge-identifier id-permission
Description
This command enables the inclusion of the Sender ID TLV information specified under the config> eth>system>sender-id command for installed MEPs and MIPs. The inclusion of the Sender ID TLV is based on the configured value. The Sender ID TLV is supported for ETH-CC, ETH-LB, and ETH-LB PDUs.
Note: LBR functions reflect back all TLVs received in the LBM, unchanged, including the Sender ID TLV. Transmission of the Management Domain and Management Address fields are not supported in this TLV.
The no form of this command disables the inclusion of the Sender ID TLV.
Default
id-permission defer (config>eth-cfm>default-domain>bridge-identifier)
no id-permission (config>eth-cfm>domain>association>bridge)
Parameters
- chassis
-
Keyword to include the Sender ID TLV with a value equal to the sender-id configured under the eth-cfm>system context.
- defer
-
Keyword to specify that id-permission will inherit the value from the global read-only system values.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
identification-strings
identification-strings
Syntax
identification-strings option-number [create]
no identification-strings
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host identification-strings)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host identification-strings)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host identification-strings
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host identification-strings
Description
This command specifies identification strings for the subscriber. This is useful when the server is centralized with Enhanced Subscriber Management (ESM) in a lower level in the network. These strings are parsed by a downstream Python script or they can be used literally if the strings-from-option option in the config>subscr-mgmt>sub-ident-policy context is set to this option number. In this case, the option number may be set to any allowed number (between 224 and 254 is suggested, as these are not dedicated to specific purposes). If the option number is not given, a default value of 254 is used. For PPPoE only, if the local user database is attached to the PPPoE node under the group interface and not to a local DHCP server, the strings are used internally so the option number is not used.
The no form of this command returns to the default.
Parameters
- option-number
-
Specifies identification strings for the subscriber.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
identifier
identifier
Syntax
identifier identifier
no identifier
Context
[Tree] (config>system>bluetooth>module identifier)
Full Context
configure system bluetooth module identifier
Description
This command configures an identifier string used to advertise the Bluetooth module during pairing operations.
If no identifier is specified by the user, the default is derived from the platform type, the CPM slot, and the serial number of the chassis.
For example, a device with a platform field of 7750, SR-12 chassis, and a CPM serial number of NS23456 would have a Bluetooth identifier of "7750-SR-12-CPM-A-NS23456." for the CPM in slot A.
The no form of this command resets the identifier back to the default.
Parameters
- identifier
-
Specifies string, up to 32 characters, using the values in the range 0-9, a-z, or A-Z.
Platforms
7750 SR-1, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS-20e
idi
idi
Syntax
idi any
idi ipv4-prefix {any | ipv4-prefix/ipv4-prefix-length}
idi ipv6-prefix {any | ipv6-prefix/ipv6-prefix-length}
idi string-type string-type string-value string-value
no idi
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>client-db>client>client-id idi)
Full Context
configure ipsec client-db client client-identification idi
Description
This command specifies a match criteria that uses the peer’s identification initiator (IDi) as the input, only one IDi criteria can be configured for a given client entry. This command supports the following matching methods:
-
idi any: Matches any type of IDi with any value.
-
idi ipv4-prefix: Matches an IDi with the type ID_IPV4_ADDR. If the any parameter is specified, then it will match any IPv4 address. If an IPv4 prefix is specified, then it will match an IPv4 address that is within the specified prefix.
-
idi ipv6-prefix: Matches an IDi with the type ID_IPV6_ADDR. If the any parameter is specified, then it will match any IPv6 address. If an IPv6 prefix is specified, then it will match an IPv6 address that is within the specified prefix.
-
idi string-type: Supports following type of IDi:
-
FQDN: Either a full match or a suffix match
-
RFC822: Either a full match or a suffix match
-
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
no idi
Parameters
- any
-
Matches any type of IDi with any value.
- ipv4-prefix/ipv4-prefix-length
-
Matches any IPv4 address and prefix.
- ipv6-prefix/ipv6-prefix-length
-
Matches any IPv6 address and prefix.
- string-type
-
Matches the type of IDi value for this IPsec client entry.
- string-value
-
Matches the IDi value within the client ID for this IPsec client entry up to 256 characters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
idi
Syntax
[no] idi
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>client-db>match-list idi)
Full Context
configure ipsec client-db match-list idi
Description
This command enables the Identification Initiator (IDi) type in the IPsec client matching process.
The no form of this command disables the IDi matching process.
Default
no idi
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
idle-cycle-flag
idle-cycle-flag
Syntax
idle-cycle-flag {flags | ones}
no idle-cycle-flag
Context
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>ds3 idle-cycle-flag)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>e3 idle-cycle-flag)
Full Context
configure port tdm ds3 idle-cycle-flag
configure port tdm e3 idle-cycle-flag
Description
This command configures the value that the HDLC TDM DS-0, E-3, or DS-3 interface transmits during idle cycles. For ATM ports/channels/channel-groups, the configuration does not apply and only the no form is accepted.
The no form of this command reverts the idle cycle flag to the default value.
Default
flags (0x7E)
no flags (ATM)
Parameters
- flags
-
Specifies that 0x7E is used as the idle cycle flag.
- ones
-
Specifies that 0xFF is used as the idle cycle flag.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR-7/12/12e, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e
idle-filter
idle-filter
Syntax
[no] idle-filter
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>gsmp>group idle-filter)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>gsmp>group idle-filter)
Full Context
configure service vpls gsmp group idle-filter
configure service vprn gsmp group idle-filter
Description
This command when applied will filter out new incoming ANCP messages while the subscriber DSL-line-state is idle. The command takes effect at the time that it is applied. Existing subscribers already in idle state are not purged from the database.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Platforms
All
idle-filter
Syntax
[no] idle-filter
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>gsmp idle-filter)
Full Context
configure service vpls gsmp idle-filter
Description
This command when applied will filter out new subscriber’s ANCP messages from subscriber with "DSL-line-state” IDLE.
Default
no idle-filter
Platforms
All
idle-filter
Syntax
idle-filter
no idle-filter
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>gsmp idle-filter)
Full Context
configure service vprn gsmp idle-filter
Description
This command when applied will filter out new subscriber’s ANCP messages from subscriber with "DSL-line-state” IDLE.
Default
no idle-filter
Platforms
All
idle-payload-fill
idle-payload-fill
Syntax
idle-payload-fill {all-ones}
idle-payload-fill pattern pattern
no idle-payload-fill
Context
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>e1>channel-group idle-payload-fill)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>ds1>channel-group idle-payload-fill)
Full Context
configure port tdm e1 channel-group idle-payload-fill
configure port tdm ds1 channel-group idle-payload-fill
Description
This command defines the data pattern to be transmitted when the circuit emulation service is not operational or temporarily experiences under-run conditions. This command is only valid for cesopsn and cesopsn-cas circuit emulation services. It is blocked with a warning for unstructured (satop) circuit emulation services.
Default
idle-payload-fill all-ones
Parameters
- all-ones
-
Defines the 8 bit value to be transmitted as 11111111.
- pattern
-
Transmits a user-defined pattern.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR-7/12/12e, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e
idle-signal-fill
idle-signal-fill
Syntax
idle-signal-fill {all-ones}
idle-signal-fill pattern pattern
no idle-signal-fill
Context
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>e1>channel-group idle-signal-fill)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>ds1>channel-group idle-signal-fill)
Full Context
configure port tdm e1 channel-group idle-signal-fill
configure port tdm ds1 channel-group idle-signal-fill
Description
This command defines the signaling pattern to be transmitted when the circuit emulation service is not operational or temporarily experiences under-run conditions. This command is only valid for cesopsn-cas circuit emulation services. It is blocked with a warning for unstructured (satop) and basic cesopsn circuit emulation services.
Default
idle-signal-fill all-ones
Parameters
- all-ones
-
Defines the 8 bit value to be transmitted as 11111111.
- pattern
-
Transmits a user-defined pattern.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR-7/12/12e, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e
idle-time
idle-time
Syntax
idle-time idle
no idle-time
Context
[Tree] (config>system>telemetry>destination-group>tcp-keepalive idle-time)
[Tree] (config>system>grpc>tcp-keepalive idle-time)
[Tree] (config>system>grpc-tunnel>destination-group>tcp-keepalive idle-time)
Full Context
configure system telemetry destination-group tcp-keepalive idle-time
configure system grpc tcp-keepalive idle-time
configure system grpc-tunnel destination-group tcp-keepalive idle-time
Description
This command configures the amount of time, in seconds, that the connection must remain idle before TCP keepalive probes are sent.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
idle-time 600
Parameters
- idle
-
Specifies the number of seconds before the first TCP keepalive probe is sent.
Platforms
All
idle-timeout
idle-timeout
Syntax
idle-timeout idle-timeout
idle-timeout infinite
no idle-timeout
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group idle-timeout)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp idle-timeout)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group idle-timeout)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>tunnel idle-timeout)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>tunnel idle-timeout)
Full Context
configure service vprn l2tp group idle-timeout
configure service vprn l2tp idle-timeout
configure router l2tp group idle-timeout
configure router l2tp group tunnel idle-timeout
configure service vprn l2tp group tunnel idle-timeout
Description
This command configures the period of time that an established tunnel with no active sessions persists before being disconnected.
Enter the no form of this command to maintain a persistent tunnel.
The no form of this command removes the idle timeout from the configuration.
Default
no idle-timeout
Parameters
- idle-timeout
-
Specifies the idle timeout value, in seconds until the group is removed.
- infinite
-
Specifies that the tunnel is not closed when idle.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
idle-timeout
Syntax
idle-timeout timeout
no idle-timeout
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-prof>cat-map>category idle-timeout)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile category-map category idle-timeout
Description
This command defines the idle-timeout value.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- timeout
-
Specifies the idle-timeout, in seconds.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
idle-timeout
Syntax
idle-timeout action idle-timeout-action
no idle-timeout
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range idle-timeout)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range idle-timeout)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range idle-timeout
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range idle-timeout
Description
This command specifies idle-timeout behavior for DSM UEs and UEs undergoing (ISA-based) portal authentication. This knob only specifies the desired action, idle-timeout is activated by RADIUS on a per-UE basis.
The no form of this command resets the idle-timeout to its default.
Default
idle-timeout action remove
Parameters
- action
-
Specifies which action to perform when the idle-timeout timer goes off.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
idle-timeout
Syntax
idle-timeout {minutes | disable}
no idle-timeout
Context
[Tree] (config>system>login-control idle-timeout)
Full Context
configure system login-control idle-timeout
Description
This command configures the idle timeout for console, Telnet, SSH, and FTP sessions before the session is terminated by the system.
By default, each idle console, Telnet, SSH, or FTP session times out after 30 minutes of inactivity.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
idle-timeout 30
Parameters
- minutes
-
Specifies the idle timeout in minutes. Allowed values are 1 to 1440.
- disable
-
When the disable option is specified, a session will never timeout. To re-enable idle timeout, enter the command without the disable option.
Platforms
All
idle-timeout-action
idle-timeout-action
Syntax
idle-timeout-action {shcv-check | terminate}
no idle-timeout-action
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-prof>cat-map>category idle-timeout-action)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile category-map category idle-timeout-action
Description
This command defines the action to be executed when the idle-timeout is reached. The action is performed for all hosts associated with the sla-profile instance.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
idle-timeout-action terminate
Parameters
- shcv-check
-
Performs a subscriber host connectivity verification check (IPoE hosts only).
Note:Host connectivity verification must be enabled on the group-interface where the host is connected.
If the check is successful, the hosts are not disconnected and the idle-timeout timer is reset.
If the check fails, the hosts are deleted, similar as for idle-timeout-action terminate.
- terminate
-
Deletes the subscriber host from the system: for PPP hosts, a terminate request is send; for IPoE hosts a DHCP release is send to the DHCP server.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ies
ies
Syntax
ies service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [ vpn vpn-id] [name name]
no ies service-id
Context
[Tree] (config>service ies)
Full Context
configure service ies
Description
This command creates or edits an IES service instance.
The ies command creates or maintains an Internet Ethernet Service (IES). If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id exists, the context for editing the service is entered.
IES services allow the creation of customer facing IP interfaces in the same routing instance used for service network core routing connectivity. IES services require that the IP addressing scheme used by the subscriber must be unique between it and other addressing schemes used by the provider and potentially the entire Internet.
IP interfaces defined within the context of an IES service ID must have a SAP created as the access point to the subscriber network. This allows a combination of bridging and IP routing for redundancy purposes.
When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be specified and associates the service with a customer. The customer-id must already exist having been created using the customer command in the service context. Once a service has been created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the customer association. The service must be deleted and recreated with a new customer association.
Once a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id is optional for navigating into the service configuration context. Attempting to edit a service with the incorrect customer-id specified results in an error.
Multiple IES services are created to separate customer owned IP interfaces. More than one IES service may be created for a single customer ID. More than one IP interface may be created within a single IES service ID. All IP interfaces created within an IES service ID belongs to the same customer.
By default, no IES service instances exist until they are explicitly created.
The no form of this command deletes the IES service instance with the specified service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all the IP interfaces defined within the service ID have been shut down and deleted.
Parameters
- service-id
-
Specifies the unique service identification number identifying the service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every router on which this service is defined.
- customer-id
-
Specifies the customer ID number to be associated with the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service editing or deleting.
- vpn-id
-
Specifies the VPN ID number used to identify virtual private networks (VPNs) by a VPN identification number.
- create
-
Keyword used to create the service ID. The create keyword requirement can be enabled or disabled in the environment>create context.
- name name
-
This parameter configures an optional service name, up to 64 characters, which adds a name identifier to a given service to then use that service name in configuration references as well as display and use service names in show commands throughout the system. This helps the service provider or administrator to identify and manage services within the SR OS platforms.
All services are required to assign a service ID to initially create a service. However, either the service ID or the service name can be used to identify and reference a given service once it is initially created.
If a name is not specified at creation time, then SR OS assigns a string version of the service-id as the name.
Service names may not begin with an integer (0 to 9).
Platforms
All
ies
Syntax
ies service-id interface ip-int-name [direction {ingress | egress | both}]
no ies service-id interface ip-int-name
ies service-id subscriber-interface ip-int-name group-interface ip-int-name [direction {ingress | egress | both}]
no ies service-id subscriber-interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>cflowd>collector>exp-filter>if-list>svc ies)
Full Context
configure cflowd collector export-filter interface-list service ies
Description
This command configures the IES service interface flow data sent to this collector.
The no form of this command removes the values from the configuration.
Parameters
- service-id
-
Specifies the unique service ID number or string identifying the service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number for every SR OS on which this service is defined.
- interface ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for configure router interface and configure service ies interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters and must start with a letter. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
- subscriber-interface ip-int-name
-
Specifies the interface name of a subscriber interface. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes and must start with a letter.
- group-interface ip-int-name
-
Specifies the interface name of a group interface. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes and must start with a letter.
- ingress
-
Keyword to specify that ingress flows are sent to the associated Cflowd Collector.
- egress
-
Keyword to specify that egress flows are sent to the associated Cflowd Collector.
- both
-
Keyword to specify that both ingress and egress flows are sent to the associated Cflowd Collector.
Platforms
All
ies-vprn-only-sap-parameters
ies-vprn-only-sap-parameters
Syntax
ies-vprn-only-sap-parameters
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy ies-vprn-only-sap-parameters)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt msap-policy ies-vprn-only-sap-parameters
Description
Commands in this context configure managed SAP IES and VPRN properties. VPRN services are supported on the 7750 SR only.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
if-attribute
if-attribute
Syntax
if-attribute
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>interface if-attribute)
[Tree] (config>router if-attribute)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>interface if-attribute)
[Tree] (config>router>interface if-attribute)
Full Context
configure service ies interface if-attribute
configure router if-attribute
configure service vprn interface if-attribute
configure router interface if-attribute
Description
This command creates the context to configure or apply IP interface attributes such as administrative group (admin-group) or Shared Risk Loss Group (SRLG).
Platforms
All
if-num
if-num
Syntax
if-num if-num
no if-num
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>if>mpls-tp-mep if-num)
Full Context
configure router mpls interface mpls-tp-mep if-num
Description
This command configures the MPLS-TP interface number for the MPLS interface. This is a 32-bit unsigned integer that is node-wide unique.
Parameters
- if-num
-
Specifies a 32-bit value that is unique to the node.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
if-num-validation
if-num-validation
Syntax
if-num-validation {enable | disable}
no if-num-validation
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>if>mpls-tp-mep if-num-validation)
Full Context
configure router mpls interface mpls-tp-mep if-num-validation
Description
The if-num-validation command is used to enable or disable validation of the if-num in LSP Trace packet against the locally configured if-num for the interface over which the LSP Trace packet was received at the egress LER. This is because some third-party implementations may not perform interface validation for unnumbered MPLS-TP interfaces and instead set the if-num in the DSMAP TLV to 0. If the value is enable, the node performs the validation of the ingress and egress if-nums received in the LSP echo request messages that ingress on this MPLS-interface. It validates that the message arrives on the interface as identified by the ingress if-num, and is forwarded on the interface as identified by the egress if-num.
If the value is disable, no validation is performed for the ingress and egress if-nums received in the LSP echo request messages that ingress on this MPLS-interface.
Default
if-num-validation enable
Parameters
- enable
-
Enables interface number validation.
- disable
-
Disables interface number validation.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
if-policy
if-policy
Syntax
if-policy mcac-if-policy-name
no if-policy
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>vpls-only>igmp-snp>mcac if-policy)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt msap-policy vpls-only-sap-parameters igmp-snooping mcac if-policy
Description
This command assigns an existing MCAC interface policy to this MSAP policy.
The no form of this command removes the MCAC interface policy association.
Parameters
- mcac-if-policy-name
-
Specifies an existing MCAC interface policy up to 32 characters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
if-policy
Syntax
if-policy if-policy-name
no if-policy
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping>mcac if-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping>mcac if-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping>mcac if-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping>mcac if-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping>mcac if-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping>mcac if-policy)
Full Context
configure service vpls mesh-sdp igmp-snooping mcac if-policy
configure service vpls sap mld-snooping mcac if-policy
configure service vpls sap igmp-snooping mcac if-policy
configure service vpls spoke-sdp mld-snooping mcac if-policy
configure service vpls spoke-sdp igmp-snooping mcac if-policy
configure service vpls mesh-sdp mld-snooping mcac if-policy
Description
This command assigns existing MCAC interface policy to this interface. MCAC interface policy is not supported with MLD-snooping, therefore executing the command in the mld-snooping contexts will return an error.
The no form of this command removes the MCAC interface policy association.
Default
no if-policy
Parameters
- mcac-if-policy-name
-
Specifies an existing MCAC interface policy
Platforms
All
if-policy
Syntax
if-policy if-policy-name
no if-policy
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>igmp>grp-if>mcac if-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>pim>if>mcac if-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>igmp>if>mcac if-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mld>grp-if>mcac if-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mld>if>mcac if-policy)
Full Context
configure service vprn igmp group-interface mcac if-policy
configure service vprn pim interface mcac if-policy
configure service vprn igmp interface mcac if-policy
configure service vprn mld group-interface mcac if-policy
configure service vprn mld interface mcac if-policy
Description
This command assigns existing an MCAC interface policy to this interface.
The no form of this command removes the MCAC interface policy association.
Default
no if-policy
Parameters
- if-policy-name
-
Specifies an existing MCAC interface policy, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service vprn mld group-interface mcac if-policy
- configure service vprn igmp group-interface mcac if-policy
All
- configure service vprn mld interface mcac if-policy
- configure service vprn pim interface mcac if-policy
- configure service vprn igmp interface mcac if-policy
if-policy
Syntax
ip-policy if-policy-name
no if-policy
Context
[Tree] (config>router>igmp>if>mcac if-policy)
[Tree] (config>router>igmp>grp-if>mcac if-policy)
[Tree] (config>router>mld>if>mcac if-policy)
[Tree] (config>router>mld>grp-if>mcac if-policy)
[Tree] (config>router>pim>if>mcac if-policy)
Full Context
configure router igmp interface mcac if-policy
configure router igmp group-interface mcac if-policy
configure router mld interface mcac if-policy
configure router mld group-interface mcac if-policy
configure router pim interface mcac if-policy
Description
This command assigns an existing MCAC interface policy to the interface.
The no form removes the MCAC interface policy association.
Default
no if-policy
Parameters
- if-policy-name
-
Specifies an existing MCAC interface policy, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
All
- configure router igmp interface mcac if-policy
- configure router mld interface mcac if-policy
- configure router pim interface mcac if-policy
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure router mld group-interface mcac if-policy
- configure router igmp group-interface mcac if-policy
if-policy
Syntax
[no] if-policy if-policy-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mcac if-policy)
Full Context
configure router mcac if-policy
Description
This command creates an MCAC interface policy and enables the context to configure parameters for the policy.
The no form of this command deletes the MCAC interface policy.
Parameters
- if-policy-name
-
Specifies the name of the MCAC interface policy, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
All
ifdv-avg
ifdv-avg
Syntax
[no] ifdv-avg {forward | backward | round-trip}
Context
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>streaming>delay-template ifdv-avg)
Full Context
configure oam-pm streaming delay-template ifdv-avg
Description
This command specifies the sending of average inter-frame delay variation for a specified direction.
The no form of this command deletes the specified average direction.
All directions can be specified if all directions are important for reporting. However, only enable those directions that are required.
Parameters
- forward
-
Specifies the measurement in the forward direction.
- backward
-
Specifies the measurement in the backward direction.
- round-trip
-
Specifies the measurement for the round trip.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
iff-attribute-uniform-propagation
iff-attribute-uniform-propagation
Syntax
[no] iff-attribute-uniform-propagation
Context
[Tree] (config>service>system>bgp-evpn>ip-prefix-routes iff-attribute-uniform-propagation)
Full Context
configure service system bgp-evpn ip-prefix-routes iff-attribute-uniform-propagation
Description
This command enables the uniform propagation of BGP attributes for EVPN Interface-ful (EVPN-IFF) routes. EVPN-IFF is used in R-VPLS services with bgp-evpn>ip-route-advertisement. When enabled, the received EVPN-IFF routes for the R-VPLS can be propagated with the original BGP path attributes into EVPN-IFL, IPVPN, EVPN-IFF (in other R-VPLS services), or BGP IP routes advertised for the attached VPRN. This command also enables the attribute propagation in the opposite direction; for example, from EVPN-IFL, IPVPN, IP, or EVPN-IFF routes into EVPN-IFF routes.
The propagation is in accordance with the uniform mode defined in draft-ietf-bess-evpn-ipvpn-interworking.
The no form of this command re-originates the BGP path attributes when propagating EVPN-IFF routes into other inter-subnet forwarding families.
Default
no iff-attribute-uniform-propagation
Platforms
All
iff-bgp-path-selection
iff-bgp-path-selection
Syntax
iff-bgp-path-selection [d-path-length-ignore]
no iff-bgp-path-selection
Context
[Tree] (config>service>system>bgp-evpn>ip-prefix-routes iff-bgp-path-selection)
Full Context
configure service system bgp-evpn ip-prefix-routes iff-bgp-path-selection
Description
This command enables BGP path selection for EVPN-IFF (Interface-ful) routes.
Once the command is enabled, the EVPN-IFF routes are ordered and selected in a similar manner as IPVPN or EVPN-IFL routes, that is, based on the regular BGP path selection process.
The no form of this command causes the system to order EVPN-IFF routes based on their {R-VPLS Ifindex, RD, Ethernet Tag}. For example, if two EVPN-IFF routes with different Route Distinguishers (RDs) are received for the same prefix on the same R-VPLS, the route with the lowest RD is selected.
Default
no iff-bgp-path-selection
Parameters
- d-path-length-ignore
-
Keyword used to make EVPN ignore the D-PATH length when iff-bgp-path-selection is enabled.
Platforms
All
igmp
igmp
Syntax
[no] igmp [host ip-address] [ group grp-address]
Context
[Tree] (debug>mcast-mgmt>mcast-rprt-dest igmp)
Full Context
debug mcast-management mcast-reporting-dest igmp
Description
This command sets mcast reporting dest debug filtering options and applies only to the 7750 SR.
Platforms
All
igmp
Syntax
[no] igmp
Context
[Tree] (config>redundancy>multi-chassis>peer>sync igmp)
Full Context
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer sync igmp
Description
This command specifies whether IGMP protocol information should be synchronized with the multi-chassis peer.
Default
no igmp
Platforms
All
igmp
Syntax
[no] igmp
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn igmp)
Full Context
configure service vprn igmp
Description
Commands in this context configure IGMP parameters.
The no form of this command disables IGMP.
Default
no igmp
Platforms
All
igmp
Syntax
[no] igmp
Context
[Tree] (config>router igmp)
Full Context
configure router igmp
Description
This command enables the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) context. When the context is created, the IGMP protocol is enabled.
The Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) is used by IPv4 systems (hosts and routers) to report their IP multicast group memberships to neighboring multicast routers. An IP multicast router can be a member of one or more multicast groups, in which case it performs both the "multicast router part” of the protocol which collects the membership information needed by its multicast routing protocol, and the "group member part” of the protocol which informs itself and other neighboring multicast routers of its memberships.
The no form of the command disables the IGMP instance. To start or suspend execution of IGMP without affecting the configuration, use the no shutdown command.
Platforms
All
igmp
Syntax
[no] igmp
Context
[Tree] (config>sys>security>cpu-protection>ip>included-protocols igmp)
Full Context
configure system security cpu-protection ip-src-monitoring included-protocols igmp
Description
This command includes the extracted IPv4 IGMP packets for ip-src-monitoring. IPv4 IGMP packets will be subject to the per-source-rate of CPU protection policies.
Default
no igmp
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR-7/12/12e, 7750 SR-7s, 7750 SR-14s, 7950 XRS
igmp-host-tracking
igmp-host-tracking
Syntax
igmp-host-tracking
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy igmp-host-tracking)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt msap-policy igmp-host-tracking
Description
Commands in this context configure IGMP host tracking parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
igmp-host-tracking
Syntax
igmp-host-tracking
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap igmp-host-tracking)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface sap igmp-host-tracking
Description
Commands in this context configure IGMP host tracking parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
igmp-host-tracking
Syntax
igmp-host-tracking
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap igmp-host-tracking)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls igmp-host-tracking)
Full Context
configure service vpls sap igmp-host-tracking
configure service vpls igmp-host-tracking
Description
Commands in this context configure IGMP host tracking parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
igmp-host-tracking
Syntax
igmp-host-tracking
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap igmp-host-tracking)
[Tree] (config>service>ies igmp-host-tracking)
Full Context
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface sap igmp-host-tracking
configure service ies igmp-host-tracking
Description
Commands in this context configure IGMP host tracking parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
igmp-host-tracking
Syntax
igmp-host-tracking
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn igmp-host-tracking)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sap igmp-host-tracking)
Full Context
configure service vprn igmp-host-tracking
configure service vprn sap igmp-host-tracking
Description
Commands in this context configure IGMP host tracking parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
igmp-policy
igmp-policy
Syntax
igmp-policy policy-name [create]
no igmp-policy
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt igmp-policy)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt igmp-policy
Description
This command configures an IGMP policy.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the policy name up to 32 characters.
- create
-
Keyword used to create the IGMP policy. The create keyword requirement can be enabled or disabled in the environment>create context.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
igmp-policy
Syntax
igmp-policy policy-name
no igmp-policy
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-prof igmp-policy)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile igmp-policy
Description
This command will enable IGMP processing per subscriber host. Without this command IGMP states will not be maintained per subscriber hosts. The referenced policy is defined under the configure>subscr-mgmt context and can be only applied via the sub-profile.
The referenced policy contains entries such as:
-
description statement
-
import statement — IGMP filters
-
egress-rate-modify statement—HQoS Adjustment
-
mcast-redirection statement—redirection to alternate interface
-
static statement—definition of static IGMP groups
-
version statement —IGMP version
-
fast-leave statement
-
max-num-groups statement—the maximum number of multicast groups allowed
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the name of the IGMP policy for the subscriber. The policy itself is defined under the configure>sub-mgmt context.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
igmp-snooping
igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap igmp-snooping)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>allow-ip-int-bind igmp-snooping)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp igmp-snooping)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp igmp-snooping)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls igmp-snooping)
Full Context
configure service vpls sap igmp-snooping
configure service vpls allow-ip-int-bind igmp-snooping
configure service vpls spoke-sdp igmp-snooping
configure service vpls mesh-sdp igmp-snooping
configure service vpls igmp-snooping
Description
This command enables the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping context.
Platforms
All
igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>vpls-only igmp-snooping)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt msap-policy vpls-only-sap-parameters igmp-snooping
Description
Commands in this context configure Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
igmp-snooping
Syntax
[no] igmp-snooping
Context
[Tree] (config>redundancy>multi-chassis>peer>sync igmp-snooping)
Full Context
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer sync igmp-snooping
Description
This command specifies whether IGMP snooping information should be synchronized with the multi-chassis peer.
Default
no igmp-snooping
Platforms
All
igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>vxlan igmp-snooping)
Full Context
configure service vpls vxlan igmp-snooping
Description
This command enables the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping context.
Platforms
All
igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>pbb>bvpls igmp-snooping)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>pbb>bvpls>sdp igmp-snooping)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>pbb>bvpls>sap igmp-snooping)
Full Context
configure service vpls pbb backbone-vpls igmp-snooping
configure service vpls pbb backbone-vpls sdp igmp-snooping
configure service vpls pbb backbone-vpls sap igmp-snooping
Description
This command configures IGMP snooping attributes for I-VPLS.
Platforms
All
igmp-snooping
Syntax
[no] igmp-snooping
Context
[Tree] (debug>service>id igmp-snooping)
Full Context
debug service id igmp-snooping
Description
This command enables and configures IGMP-snooping debugging.
Platforms
All
igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context
[Tree] (config>service>pw-template igmp-snooping)
Full Context
configure service pw-template igmp-snooping
Description
This command enables the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping context.
Platforms
All
ignore-app-profile
ignore-app-profile
Syntax
ignore-app-profile
no ignore-app-profile
Context
[Tree] (config subscr-mgmt http-redirect-policy ignore-app-profile)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt http-redirect-policy ignore-app-profile
Description
When enabled, the Alc-App-Prof-Str VSA is ignored in a RADIUS Accept that enables portal redirection using this redirect policy. AA functionality is disabled during portal authentication.
The no form of this command allows an Alc-App-Prof-Str to be present and enables Application Assurance during portal authentication. In this case redirection rules defined in this policy are bypassed and it is assumed the AA function is configured for portal redirection.
Default
no ignore-app-profile
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ignore-attached-bit
ignore-attached-bit
Syntax
ignore-attached-bit
no ignore-attached-bit
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis ignore-attached-bit)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis ignore-attached-bit
Description
This command configures IS-IS to ignore the attached bit on received Level 1 LSPs to disable installation of default routes.
Platforms
All
ignore-attached-bit
Syntax
ignore-attached-bit
[no] ignore-attached-bit
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis ignore-attached-bit)
Full Context
configure router isis ignore-attached-bit
Description
This command configures IS-IS to ignore the attached bit on received Level 1 LSPs to disable installation of default routes.
Platforms
All
ignore-avps
ignore-avps
Syntax
ignore-avps [sequencing-required]
no ignore-avps
Context
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp ignore-avps)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp ignore-avps)
Full Context
configure router l2tp ignore-avps
configure service vprn l2tp ignore-avps
Description
This command specifies the L2TP AVPs that should be ignored in L2TP session control.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- sequencing-required
-
Ignores the [39] Sequencing Required AVP on LNS when present in the L2TP ICCN message received from LAC. By default, the session at LNS would be disconnected, in this case with the Call Disconnect Notify (CDN) error code unknownMandatoryReceive(8). Note that when configured, to ignore the Sequencing Required AVP there is no Sequence Numbers inserted into the data channel.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ignore-default
ignore-default
Syntax
[no] ignore-default
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6 ignore-default)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if ignore-default)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if ignore-default)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipv6 ignore-default)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if ignore-default)
Full Context
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6 ignore-default
configure service ies interface ignore-default
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ignore-default
configure service ies interface ipv6 ignore-default
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ignore-default
Description
This command enables the default route when performing a uRPF check.
The no form of this command disables the default route.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6 ignore-default
- configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ignore-default
- configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ignore-default
All
- configure service ies interface ipv6 ignore-default
- configure service ies interface ignore-default
ignore-default
Syntax
[no] ignore-default
Context
[Tree] (config>router>if>urpf-check ignore-default)
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipv6>urpf-check ignore-default)
Full Context
configure router interface urpf-check ignore-default
configure router interface ipv6 urpf-check ignore-default
Description
This command configures the uRPF check (if enabled) to ignore default routes for purposes of determining the validity of incoming packets. By default, default routes are considered eligible.
Platforms
All
ignore-df-bit
ignore-df-bit
Syntax
[no] ignore-df-bit
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host ignore-df-bit)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host ignore-df-bit
Description
When this command is enabled for a subscriber host, the do-not-fragment (DF) bit in the IPv4 header for frames egressing the subscriber interface is ignored, the frames are fragmented according the applicable egress MTU. The DF bit is reset for frames that are fragmented.
This command applies to PPPoE PTA and L2TP LNS frames only. It is not applicable for L2TP LAC frames.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ignore-df-bit
Syntax
[no] ignore-df-bit
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if ignore-df-bit)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if ignore-df-bit)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ignore-df-bit
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ignore-df-bit
Description
This command enables the ignore-df-bit flag that ignores the do-not-fragment (DF) bit for frames egressing the WLAN-GW group interface and fragments the frame according to the applicable egress MTU. The DF bit is reset for the frames that are fragmented.
The no form of this command causes the router to fragment a packet larger than the MTU if the DF bit is set to 0 and drops the packet if the DF bit is set to 1.
Default
no ignore-df-bit
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ignore-dn-bit
ignore-dn-bit
Syntax
[no] ignore-dn-bit
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf ignore-dn-bit)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf3 ignore-dn-bit)
Full Context
configure service vprn ospf ignore-dn-bit
configure service vprn ospf3 ignore-dn-bit
Description
This command specifies whether to ignore the DN bit for OSPF LSA packets for this instance of OSPF on the router. When enabled, the DN bit for OSPF LSA packets are ignored.
The no form of this command does not ignore the DN bit for OSPF LSA packets.
Default
no ignore-dn-bit
Platforms
All
ignore-efm-state
ignore-efm-state
Syntax
[no] ignore-efm-state
Context
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>efm-oam ignore-efm-state)
Full Context
configure port ethernet efm-oam ignore-efm-state
Description
When the ignore-efm-state command is configured, any failure in the protocol state machine (discovery, configuration, timeout, loops, and so on) does not impact the state of the port. There is only be a protocol warning message on the port. If this optional command is not configured, the port state is affected by any existing EFM-OAM protocol fault condition.
Default
no ignore-efm-state
Platforms
All
ignore-l2vpn-mtu-mismatch
ignore-l2vpn-mtu-mismatch
Syntax
ignore-l2vpn-mtu-mismatch
no ignore-l2vpn-mtu-mismatch
Context
[Tree] (config>service>epipe ignore-l2vpn-mtu-mismatch)
Full Context
configure service epipe ignore-l2vpn-mtu-mismatch
Description
This command enables the router to bring up a BGP-VPWS service regardless of any MTU mismatch. The router does not check the value of the Layer 2 MTU in the Layer2 Info Extended Community received in a BGP update message against the local service MTU or locally signaled MTU.
The no form of this command disables the functionality. When this command is disabled, the router does not bring up a BGP-VPWS service if an MTU mismatch occurs.
Default
no ignore-l2vpn-mtu-mismatch
Platforms
All
ignore-l2vpn-mtu-mismatch
Syntax
ignore-l2vpn-mtu-mismatch
no ignore-l2vpn-mtu-mismatch
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls ignore-l2vpn-mtu-mismatch)
Full Context
configure service vpls ignore-l2vpn-mtu-mismatch
Description
This command enables the router to bring up a BGP-VPLS service regardless of any MTU mismatch. The router does not check the value of the Layer 2 MTU in the Layer2 Info Extended Community received in a BGP update message against the local service MTU or locally signaled MTU.
The no form of this command disables the functionality. When this command is disabled, the router does not bring up a BGP-VPLS service if an MTU mismatch occurs.
Default
no ignore-l2vpn-mtu-mismatch
Platforms
All
ignore-lsp-errors
ignore-lsp-errors
Syntax
[no] ignore-lsp-errors
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis ignore-lsp-errors)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis ignore-lsp-errors)
Full Context
configure router isis ignore-lsp-errors
configure service vprn isis ignore-lsp-errors
Description
This command specifies that for this VPRN instance, ISIS will ignore LSP packets with errors. When enabled, IS-IS LSP errors will be ignored and the associated record will not be purged.
This command enables ISIS to ignore the ATT bit and therefore suppress the installation of default routes.
The no form of this command specifies that ISIS will not ignore LSP errors.
Platforms
All
ignore-match
ignore-match
Syntax
ignore-match
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>ipv6-filter>entry>action ignore-match)
[Tree] (config>filter>mac-filter>entry>action ignore-match)
[Tree] (config>filter>ip-filter>entry>action ignore-match)
Full Context
configure filter ipv6-filter entry action ignore-match
configure filter mac-filter entry action ignore-match
configure filter ip-filter entry action ignore-match
Description
This command sets the filter entry action to ignore-match, as a result this filter entry is ignored and not programmed in hardware.
Platforms
All
ignore-mclt-on-takeover
ignore-mclt-on-takeover
Syntax
[no] ignore-mclt-on-takeover
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp6>server>pool>failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover)
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp6>server>pool>failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp6>server>failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover)
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp>server>pool>failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover)
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp>server>failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover)
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp6>server>failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover)
Full Context
configure service vprn dhcp6 local-dhcp-server pool failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover
configure service vprn dhcp local-dhcp-server failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover
configure router dhcp6 server pool failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover
configure service vprn dhcp6 local-dhcp-server failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover
configure router dhcp server pool failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover
configure router dhcp local-dhcp-server failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover
configure router dhcp6 local-dhcp-server failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover
configure service vprn dhcp local-dhcp-server pool failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover
Description
With this flag enabled, the remote IP address or prefix can be taken over immediately upon entering the PARTNER-DOWN state of the intercommunication link, without having to wait for the Maximum Client Lead Time (MCLT) to expire. By setting this flag, the lease times of the existing DHCP clients, while the intercommunication link is in the PARTNER-DOWN state, will still be reduced to the MCLT over time and all new lease times are set to MCLT. This behavior remains the same as originally intended for MCLT.
Some deployments require that the remote IP address/prefix range starts delegating new IP addresses and prefixes upon the failure of the intercommunication link, without waiting for the intercommunication link to transition from the COMM-INT state into the PARTNER-DOWN state and the MCLT to expire while in PARTNER-DOWN state.
This can be achieved by enabling the ignore-mclt-on-takeover flag and by configuring the partner-down-delay to 0.
Enabling this functionality must be exercised with caution. One needs to keep in mind that the partner-down-delay and MCLT timers were originally introduced to prevent IP address duplication in cases where DHCP redundant nodes transition out-of-sync due to the failure of intercommunication link. These timers ( partner-down-delay and MCLT) would ensure that during their duration, the new IP addresses and prefixes are delegated only from one node, the one with local IP address-range/prefix. This causes the new IP address delegation to be delayed and the service is impacted.
If it can be assured that the intercommunication link is always available, then the DHCP nodes would stay in sync and the two timers would not be needed. Therefore, it is important that in this mode of operation, the intercommunication link is well protected by providing multiple paths between the two DHCP nodes. The only event that should cause intercommunication link to fail is the entire nodal failure. This failure is acceptable since in this case only one DHCP node is available to provide new IP addresses and prefixes.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ignore-mtu-mismatch
ignore-mtu-mismatch
Syntax
[no] ignore-mtu-mismatch
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>bgp-evpn ignore-mtu-mismatch)
Full Context
configure service vpls bgp-evpn ignore-mtu-mismatch
Description
This command enables the system to ignore the received Layer 2 MTU in the L2 attributes extended community of the IMET route for a peer.
The no form of this command configures the system to compare the local service MTU against the received Layer 2 MTU and if there is a mismatch, keep the EVPN destination to the peer with operational state down.
Default
no ignore-mtu-mismtach
Platforms
All
ignore-narrow-metric
ignore-narrow-metric
Syntax
[no] ignore-narrow-metric
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis ignore-narrow-metric)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis ignore-narrow-metric
Description
This command specifies that IS-IS ignores links with narrow metrics when wide-metrics support has been enabled.
The no form of this command specifies that IS-IS does not ignore these links.
Platforms
All
ignore-narrow-metric
Syntax
[no] ignore-narrow-metric
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis ignore-narrow-metric)
Full Context
configure router isis ignore-narrow-metric
Description
This command specifies that IS-IS will ignore links with narrow metrics when wide-metrics support has been enabled.
The no form of this command specifies that IS-IS will not ignore these links.
Platforms
All
ignore-nh-metric
ignore-nh-metric
Syntax
[no] ignore-nh-metric
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>best-path-selection ignore-nh-metric)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>best-path-selection ignore-nh-metric)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn ignore-nh-metric)
Full Context
configure service vprn bgp best-path-selection ignore-nh-metric
configure router bgp best-path-selection ignore-nh-metric
configure service vprn ignore-nh-metric
Description
This command instructs BGP to disregard the resolved distance to the BGP next-hop in its decision process for selecting the best route to a destination. When configured in the config>router>bgp>best-path-selection context, this command applies to the comparison of two BGP routes with the same NLRI learned from base router BGP peers. When configured in the config>service>vprn context, this command applies to the comparison of two BGP-VPN routes for the same IP prefix imported into the VPRN from the base router BGP instance. When configured in the config>service>vprn>bgp>best-path-selection context, this command applies to the comparison of two BGP routes for the same IP prefix learned from VPRN BGP peers.
The no form of this command (no ignore-nh-metric) restores the default behavior whereby BGP factors distance to the next-hop into its decision process.
Default
no ignore-nh-metric
Platforms
All
ignore-oper-down
ignore-oper-down
Syntax
[no] ignore-oper-down
Context
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap ignore-oper-down)
Full Context
configure service epipe sap ignore-oper-down
Description
This command enables the ability to ignore the operationally down status for service oper state calculation. An Epipe service does not transition to Oper State: Down when a SAP fails and when this optional command is configured under that specific SAP. Only a single SAP in an Epipe may have this optional command included. The command can be used in Epipes with or without EVPN enabled.
The no form of this command disables whether a service ignores the operationally down state of the SAP.
Default
no ignore-oper-down
Platforms
All
ignore-rapid-commit
ignore-rapid-commit
Syntax
[no] ignore-rapid-commit
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp6>server ignore-rapid-commit)
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp6>server ignore-rapid-commit)
Full Context
configure service vprn dhcp6 local-dhcp-server ignore-rapid-commit
configure router dhcp6 local-dhcp-server ignore-rapid-commit
Description
This command enables the Rapid Commit Option for DHCP6.
The no form of this command disables the Rapid Commit Option.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ignore-received-srv6-tlvs
ignore-received-srv6-tlvs
Syntax
[no] ignore-received-srv6-tlvs
Context
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>srv6>family ignore-received-srv6-tlvs)
Full Context
configure router bgp segment-routing-v6 family ignore-received-srv6-tlvs
Description
This command specifies that SRv6 TLVs are ignored when present in received routes of the associated family. In this case the route resolution is only based on the BGP next hop.
The no form of this command specifies that the SRv6 TLV is processed when a route of the family is received with a prefix SID attribute carrying an SRv6 TLV. In this case, a route is resolved only if both its BGP next hop and the locator prefix are reachable. The datapath programming and IGP cost to reach the next hop (used by the BGP decision process) is based on the route to the locator prefix.
Default
ignore-received-srv6-tlvs
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR
ignore-router-id
ignore-router-id
Syntax
ignore-router-id include-internal family [ family]
[no] ignore-router-id
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>best-path-selection ignore-router-id)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>best-path-selection ignore-router-id)
Full Context
configure service vprn bgp best-path-selection ignore-router-id
configure router bgp best-path-selection ignore-router-id
Description
When the ignore-router-id command is present, and the current best path to a destination was learned from EBGP peer X with BGP identifier x and a new path is received from EBGP peer Y with BGP identifier y, the best path remains unchanged if the new path is equivalent to the current best path up to the BGP identifier comparison – even if y is less than x.
The no form of this command restores the default behavior of selecting the route with the lowest BGP identifier (y) as best.
Default
no ignore-router-id
Parameters
- family
-
Specifies up to two internal families to be included in this configuration.
- include-internal
-
Specifies to ignore the router ID value even when comparing two IGBP paths or an EBGP and an IBGP path.
Platforms
All
ignore-standby-signaling
ignore-standby-signaling
Syntax
[no] ignore-standby-signaling
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp ignore-standby-signaling)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>endpoint ignore-standby-signaling)
Full Context
configure service vpls spoke-sdp ignore-standby-signaling
configure service vpls endpoint ignore-standby-signaling
Description
When this command is enabled, the node ignores the standby-bit received from the TLDP peers for the specific spoke-SDP and performs internal tasks without taking it into account.
This command is present at the endpoint level and the spoke-SDP level. If the spoke-SDP is part of the explicit-endpoint, this setting cannot be changed at the spoke-SDP level. The existing spoke-SDP will become part of the explicit-endpoint only if the setting is not conflicting. The newly created spoke-SDP, which is a part of the specified explicit-endpoint, will inherit this setting from the endpoint configuration.
Default
no ignore-standby-signaling
Platforms
All
ignore-tos
ignore-tos
Syntax
[no] ignore-tos
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>inside>nat64 ignore-tos)
Full Context
configure service vprn inside nat64 ignore-tos
Description
This command specifies if the IPv4 Type-of-Service (ToS) is ignored and the IPv6 traffic class bits set to zero.
If this command is disabled, the system copies the IPv4 ToS into the IPv6 traffic class.
Default
disabled
ignore-tos
Syntax
[no] ignore-tos
Context
[Tree] (config>router>nat>inside>nat64 ignore-tos)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>nat>inside>nat64 ignore-tos)
Full Context
configure router nat inside nat64 ignore-tos
configure service vprn nat inside nat64 ignore-tos
Description
This command specifies whether the IPv4 ToS is ignored and the IPv6 traffic class bits set to zero.
When disabled, the system copies the IPv4 ToS into the IPv6 traffic class.
The no form of the command recognizes the IPv4 ToS.
Default
disabled
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
igp-instance
igp-instance
Syntax
igp-instance igp-instance
Context
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>ip>tunnel>mpls>sr-ospf igp-instance)
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>ip>tunnel>mpls>sr-ospf3 igp-instance)
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>ip>tunnel>mpls>sr-isis igp-instance)
Full Context
configure oam-pm session ip tunnel mpls sr-ospf igp-instance
configure oam-pm session ip tunnel mpls sr-ospf3 igp-instance
configure oam-pm session ip tunnel mpls sr-isis igp-instance
Description
This command configures the IGP instance to tunnel IP packets for the session test.
Default
igp-instance 0
Parameters
- igp-instance
-
Specifies the IGP instance used to tunnel packets for the session.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
igp-instance-id
igp-instance-id
Syntax
igp-instance-id igp-instance
Context
[Tree] (config>anysec>tnl-enc>enc-grp>peer-tnl-attrs igp-instance-id)
Full Context
configure anysec tunnel-encryption encryption-group peer-tunnel-attributes igp-instance-id
Description
This command configures the IGP instance ID. This ID must be a match for the outgoing tunnel. This IGP instance ID should match the IGP instance the LSP is being signaled on in order for ANYsec to encrypt the LSP.
Default
igp-instance-id 0
Parameters
- igp-instance
-
Specifies the IGP instance used to tunnel packets for the session.
Platforms
7750 SR-1-24D, 7750 SR-1-46S, 7750 SR-1-48D, 7750 SR-1-92S, 7750 SR-1x-48D, 7750 SR-1x-92S, 7750 SR-1se
igp-instance-id
Syntax
igp-instance-id igp-instance
Context
[Tree] (config>anysec>tnl-enc>sec-term-pol igp-instance-id)
Full Context
configure anysec tunnel-encryption security-termination-policy igp-instance-id
Description
This command configures the IGP instance ID. This IGP instance ID must match the IGP instance that the incoming encrypted LSP was signaled on.
Default
igp-instance-id 0
Parameters
- igp-instance
-
Specifies the IGP instance used to tunnel packets for the session.
Platforms
7750 SR-1-24D, 7750 SR-1-46S, 7750 SR-1-48D, 7750 SR-1-92S, 7750 SR-1x-48D, 7750 SR-1x-92S, 7750 SR-1se
igp-shortcut
igp-shortcut
Syntax
igp-shortcut [lfa-protect | lfa-only] [allow-sr-over-srte]
igp-shortcut relative-metric [offset] [allow-sr-over-srte]
no igp-shortcut
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp-template igp-shortcut)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp igp-shortcut)
Full Context
configure router mpls lsp-template igp-shortcut
configure router mpls lsp igp-shortcut
Description
This command enables the use of a specific RSVP LSP by IS-IS and OSPF routing protocols as a shortcut or as a forwarding adjacency for resolving IGP routes.
When the igp-shortcut or the advertise-tunnel-link option is enabled at the IGP instance level, all RSVP LSPs originating on this node are eligible by default as long as the destination address of the LSP, as configured in config>router>mpls>lsp>to, corresponds to a router-id of a remote node.
The lfa-protect option allows an LSP to be included in both the main SPF and the Loop-Free Alternate (LFA) SPF. For a given prefix, the LSP can be used either as a primary next-hop or as an LFA next-hop, but not both. If the main SPF computation selected a tunneled primary next-hop for a prefix, the LFA SPF will not select an LFA next-hop for this prefix and the protection of this prefix will rely on the RSVP LSP FRR protection. If the main SPF computation selected a direct primary next-hop, then the LFA SPF will select an LFA next-hop for this prefix but will prefer a direct LFA next-hop over a tunneled LFA next-hop.
The lfa-only option allows an LSP to be included in the LFA SPF only such that the introduction of IGP shortcuts does not impact the main SPF decision. For a given prefix, the main SPF always selects a direct primary next-hop. The LFA SPF selects an LFA next-hop for this prefix but will prefer a direct LFA next-hop over a tunneled LFA next-hop.
When the relative-metric option is enabled, IGP will apply the shortest IGP cost between the endpoints of the LSP plus the value of the offset (instead of the LSP operational metric) when computing the cost of a prefix which is resolved to the LSP. The offset value is optional and it defaults to zero. The minimum net cost for a prefix is one (1) after applying the offset. The TTM continues the show the LSP operational metric as provided by MPLS. In other words, applications such as LDP-over-RSVP (when IGP shortcut is disabled) and BGP and static route shortcuts will continue to use the LSP operational metric.
The relative-metric option is mutually exclusive with the lfa-protect or the lfa-only options. In other words, an LSP with the relative-metric option enabled cannot be included in the LFA SPF, and vice-versa, when the igp-shortcut option is enabled in the IGP.
Finally, the relative-metric option is ignored when forwarding adjacency is enabled in IS-IS or OSPF. In this case, IGP advertises the LSP as a point-to-point unnumbered link along with the LSP operational metric as returned by MPLS and capped to maximum link metric allowed in that IGP. Both the main SPF and the LFA SPFs will use the local IGP database to resolve the routes.
When the router performs local SPF, the SR-TE LSP is used as an eligible IGP shortcut for SRv4 or SRv6 only if the LSP is explicitly allowed using the allow-sr-over-srte option when the top SID in the SR-TE LSP is an adjacency SID.
The no form of this command disables the use of a specific RSVP LSP by IS-IS and OSPF routing protocols as a shortcut or a forwarding adjacency for resolving IGP routes.
Default
igp-shortcut. All RSVP LSPs originating on this node are eligible by default as long as the destination address of the LSP corresponds to a router-id of a remote node.
Parameters
- lfa-protect
-
Specifies an LSP is included in both the main SPF and the LFA SPF.
- lfa-only
-
Specifies an LSP is included in the LFA SPF only.
- relative-metric [offset]
-
Specifies the shortest IGP cost between the endpoints of the LSP plus the configured offset, instead of the LSP operational metric returned by MPLS, is used when calculating the cost of prefix resolved to this LSP. The offset parameter is an integer and is optional. An offset value of zero is used when the relative-metric option is enabled without specifying the offset parameter value.
- allow-sr-over-srte
-
Specifies that the LSP or LSP template is eligible as an IGP shortcut.
Platforms
All
igp-shortcut
Syntax
igp-shortcut
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis igp-shortcut)
Full Context
configure router isis igp-shortcut
Description
This command enables the use of an RSVP-TE or SR-TE shortcut for resolving IGP routes by OSPF or IS-IS routing protocols.
This command instructs IGP to include RSVP LSPs and SR-TE LSPs originating on this node and terminating on the router ID of a remote node as direct links with a metric equal to the metric provided by MPLS.
During the IP reach calculation to determine the reachability of nodes and prefixes, LSPs are overlaid and the LSP metric is used to determine the subset of paths that are equal lowest cost to reach a node or a prefix. If the user enabled the relative-metric option for this LSP, IGP will apply the shortest IGP cost between the endpoints of the LSP plus the value of the offset, instead of the LSP operational metric, when computing the cost of a prefix that is resolved to the LSP.
When a prefix is resolved to a tunnel next-hop, the packet is sent labeled with the label stack corresponding to the NHLFE of the RSVP-TE or SR-TE LSP, as well as the explicit-null IPv6 label at the bottom of the stack in the case of an IPv6 prefix. Any network event causing one or more IGP shortcuts to go down will trigger a full SPF computation, which may result in installing a new route over an updated set of tunnel next-hops and IP next-hops.
When igp-shortcut is enabled at the IGP instance level, all RSVP-TE and SR-TE LSPs originating on this node are eligible by default as long as the destination address of the LSP, as configured in config>router>mpls>lsp>to, corresponds to a router ID of a remote node. LSPs with a destination corresponding to an interface address or any other loopback interface address of a remote node are automatically not considered by IGP. The user can, however, exclude a specific RSVP-TE or SR-TE LSP from being used as a shortcut for resolving IGP routes by entering the config>router>mpls>lsp>no igp-shortcut command.
The SPF in IGP only uses RSVP LSPs as forwarding adjacencies, IGP shortcuts, or as endpoints for LDP-over-RSVP. These applications of RSVP LSPs are mutually exclusive at the IGP instance level. If two or more options are enabled in the same IGP instance, then forwarding adjacency takes precedence over the shortcut application, which takes precedence over the LDP-over-RSVP application.
The SPF in IGP uses SR-TE LSPs as IGP shortcuts only.
When ECMP is enabled on the system and multiple equal-cost paths exist for a prefix, the following selection criteria are used to pick up the set of tunnel and IP next-hops to program in the data path.
-
Where a destination is a tunnel-endpoint (including external prefixes with tunnel-endpoint as the next-hop), the tunnel with lowest tunnel-index is selected (the IP next-hop is never used in this case).
-
Where a destination is not a tunnel-endpoint:
-
LSPs with metric higher than underlying IGP cost between the endpoint of the LSP are excluded
-
Tunnel next-hops are preferred over IP next-hops
-
Within tunnel next-hops, the following priority applies to selection:
-
The lowest endpoint-to-destination cost is selected
-
If the endpoint-to-destination costs are the same, the lowest endpoint node router ID is selected
-
If the router IDs are the same, the lowest tunnel index is selected
-
-
Within IP next-hops, the following priority applies to selection:
-
The lowest downstream router ID is selected
-
If the downstream router IDs are the same, the lowest interface-index is selected
-
-
Although ECMP is not performed across both the IP and tunnel next-hops, the tunnel endpoint may lie in one of the shortest IGP paths for that prefix. In that case, the tunnel next-hop is always selected as long as the prefix cost using the tunnel is equal to or lower than the IGP cost.
When both RSVP-TE and SR-TE IGP shortcuts are available, the IP reach calculation, in the unicast routing table, will first follow the above ECMP tunnel and IP next-hop selection rules when resolving a prefix over IGP shortcuts. After the set of ECMP tunnel and IP next-hops have been selected, the preference of tunnel type is then applied based on the user setting for prefix family resolution. If the user enabled resolution of the prefix family to both RSVP-TE and SR-TE tunnel types, the TTM tunnel preference value is used to select one type for the prefix. In other words, an RSVP-TE LSP type is preferred to an SR-TE LSP type on a per-prefix basis.
The ingress IOM sprays the packets for this prefix over the set of tunnel next-hops and IP next-hops based on the hashing routine currently supported for IPv4 packets.
This feature provides IGP with the capability to populate the multicast RTM with the prefix IP next-hop when both the igp-shortcut and the multicast-import options are enabled in IGP. The unicast RTM can still use the tunnel next-hop for the same prefix. The SPF keeps track of both the direct first hop and the tunneled first hop of a node, which is added to the Dijkstra tree.
Platforms
All
igp-shortcut
Syntax
igp-shortcut
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3 igp-shortcut)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf igp-shortcut)
Full Context
configure router ospf3 igp-shortcut
configure router ospf igp-shortcut
Description
This command enables the use of an RSVP-TE or SR-TE shortcut for resolving IGP routes by OSPF or IS-IS routing protocols.
This command instructs IGP to include RSVP LSPs and SR-TE LSPs originating on this node and terminating on the router ID of a remote node as direct links with a metric equal to the metric provided by MPLS.
During the IP reach calculation to determine the reachability of nodes and prefixes, LSPs are overlaid and the LSP metric is used to determine the subset of paths that are equal lowest cost to reach a node or a prefix. If the user enabled the relative-metric option for this LSP, IGP will apply the shortest IGP cost between the endpoints of the LSP plus the value of the offset, instead of the LSP operational metric, when computing the cost of a prefix that is resolved to the LSP.
When a prefix is resolved to a tunnel next hop, the packet is sent labeled with the label stack corresponding to the NHLFE of the RSVP-TE or SR-TE LSP, as well as the explicit-null IPv6 label at the bottom of the stack in the case of an IPv6 prefix. Any network event causing one or more IGP shortcuts to go down will trigger a full SPF computation, which may result in installing a new route over an updated set of tunnel next-hops and IP next-hops.
When igp-shortcut is enabled at the IGP instance level, all RSVP-TE and SR-TE LSPs originating on this node are eligible by default as long as the destination address of the LSP, as configured in config>router>mpls>lsp>to, corresponds to a router ID of a remote node. LSPs with a destination corresponding to an interface address or any other loopback interface address of a remote node are automatically not considered by IGP. The user can, however, exclude a specific RSVP-TE or SR-TE LSP from being used as a shortcut for resolving IGP routes by entering the config>router>mpls>lsp>no igp-shortcut command.
The SPF in IGP only uses RSVP LSPs as forwarding adjacencies, IGP shortcuts, or as endpoints for LDP-over-RSVP. These applications of RSVP LSPs are mutually exclusive at the IGP instance level. If two or more options are enabled in the same IGP instance, then forwarding adjacency takes precedence over the shortcut application, which takes precedence over the LDP-over-RSVP application.
The SPF in IGP uses SR-TE LSPs as IGP shortcuts only.
When ECMP is enabled on the system and multiple equal-cost paths exist for a prefix, the following selection criteria are used to pick up the set of tunnel and IP next-hops to program in the data path.
-
Where a destination is a tunnel-endpoint (including external prefixes with tunnel-endpoint as the next hop), the tunnel with lowest tunnel-index is selected (the IP next hop is never used in this case).
-
Where a destination is not a tunnel-endpoint:
-
LSPs with metric higher than underlying IGP cost between the endpoint of the LSP are excluded
-
Tunnel next-hops are preferred over IP next-hops
-
Within tunnel next-hops:
-
The lowest endpoint-to-destination cost is selected
-
If the endpoint-to-destination costs are the same, the lowest endpoint node router ID is selected
-
If the router IDs are the same, the lowest tunnel index is selected
-
-
Within IP next-hops:
-
The lowest downstream router ID is selected
-
If the downstream router IDs are the same, the lowest interface-index is selected
-
-
Although ECMP is not performed across both the IP and tunnel next-hops, the tunnel endpoint may lie in one of the shortest IGP paths for that prefix. In that case, the tunnel next hop is always selected as long as the prefix cost using the tunnel is equal or lower than the IGP cost.
When both RSVP-TE and SR-TE IGP shortcuts are available, the IP reach calculation, in the unicast routing table, will first follow the above ECMP tunnel and IP next hop selection rules when resolving a prefix over IGP shortcuts. After the set of ECMP tunnel and IP next-hops have been selected, the preference of tunnel type is then applied based on the user setting of the resolution of the family of the prefix. If the user enabled resolution of the prefix family to both RSVP-TE and SR-TE tunnel types, the TTM tunnel preference value is used to select one type for the prefix. In other words, the RSVP-TE LSP type is preferred to an SR-TE LSP type on a per-prefix basis.
The ingress IOM sprays the packets for this prefix over the set of tunnel next-hops and IP next-hops based on the hashing routine currently supported for IPv4 packets.
This feature provides IGP with the capability to populate the multicast RTM with the prefix IP next hop when both the igp-shortcut and the multicast-import options are enabled in IGP. The unicast RTM can still make use of the tunnel next hop for the same prefix. This change is made possible with the enhancement by which SPF keeps track of both the direct first hop and the tunneled first hop of a node which is added to the Dijkstra tree.
Platforms
All
iid-tlv-enable
iid-tlv-enable
Syntax
[no] iid-tlv-enable
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis iid-tlv-enable)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis iid-tlv-enable
Description
This command enables IS-IS multi-instance (MI) as described in draft-ietf-isis-mi-02. Multiple instances allow instance-specific adjacencies to be formed that support multiple network topologies on the same physical interfaces. Each instance has an LSDB, and each PDU contains a TLV identifying the instance and the topology to which the PDU belongs.
The iid-tlv-enable (based on draft-ietf-isis-mi-02) and standard-multi-instance (based on draft-ginsberg-isis-mi-bis-01) commands cannot be configured in the same instance, because the MAC addresses and PDUs in each standard are incompatible.
Default
no iid-tlv-enable
Platforms
All
iid-tlv-enable
Syntax
[no] iid-tlv-enable
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis iid-tlv-enable)
Full Context
configure router isis iid-tlv-enable
Description
This command enables IS-IS multi-instance (MI) as described in draft-ietf-isis-mi-02. Multiple instances allows the formation of instance-specific adjacencies that support multiple network topologies on the same physical interfaces. Each instance has an LSDB, and each PDU contains a TLV that identifies the instance and the topology to which the PDU belongs.
The iid-tlv-enable (based on draft-ietf-isis-mi-02) and standard-multi-instance (based on draft-ginsberg-isis-mi-bis-01) commands cannot be configured in the same instance, because the MAC addresses and PDUs in each standard are incompatible.
The no form of this command disables IS-IS MI.
Platforms
All
ike-auth-algorithm
ike-auth-algorithm
Syntax
ike-auth-algorithm {md5 | sha1 | sha256 | sha384 | sha512 | aes-xcbc | auth-encryption}
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-transform ike-auth-algorithm)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-transform ike-auth-algorithm
Description
This command specifies the IKE authentication algorithm for the IKE transform
Default
ike-auth-algorithm sha1
Parameters
- auth-algorithm
-
Specifies the values used to identify the hashing algorithm
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ike-encryption-algorithm
ike-encryption-algorithm
Syntax
ike-encryption-algorithm {des | 3des | aes128 | aes192 | aes256 | aes128-gcm8 | aes128-gcm16 | aes256-gcm8 | aes256-gcm16}
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-transform ike-encryption-algorithm)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-transform ike-encryption-algorithm
Description
This command specifies the IKE encryption algorithm to be used in the IKE transform instance.
Default
ike-encryption-algorithm aes128
Parameters
- encryption-algorithm
-
Specifies the IKE encryption algorithm.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ike-mode
ike-mode
Syntax
ike-mode {main | aggressive}
no ike-mode
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-policy ike-mode)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-policy ike-mode
Description
This command specifies one of either two modes of operation. IKE version 1 can support main mode and aggressive mode. The difference lies in the number of messages used to establish the session.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
no ike-mode
Parameters
- main
-
Specifies identity protection for the hosts initiating the IPsec session. This mode takes slightly longer to complete.
- aggressive
-
Specifies that the aggressive mode provides no identity protection but is faster.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ike-policy
ike-policy
Syntax
ike-policy ike-policy-id [create]
no ike-policy ike-policy-id
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec ike-policy)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-policy
Description
Commands in this context configure an IKE policy.
The no form of this command
Parameters
- ike-policy-id
-
Specifies a policy ID value to identify the IKE policy.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ike-policy
Syntax
ike-policy ike-policy-id
no ike-policy
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-gw ike-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel>dyn ike-policy)
[Tree] (config>ipsec>trans-mode-prof>dyn ike-policy)
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel>dyn ike-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>ipsec-gw ike-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel>dyn ike-policy)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-gw ike-policy
configure service vprn interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel dynamic-keying ike-policy
configure ipsec ipsec-transport-mode-profile dynamic-keying ike-policy
configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel dynamic-keying ike-policy
configure service ies interface sap ipsec-gw ike-policy
configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel dynamic-keying ike-policy
Description
This command specifies the ID of the IKE policy used for IKE negotiation.
The no form of this command removes the IKE policy ID from the configuration.
Parameters
- ike-policy-id
-
Specifies the IKE policy ID.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service ies interface sap ipsec-gw ike-policy
- configure ipsec ipsec-transport-mode-profile dynamic-keying ike-policy
- configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-gw ike-policy
VSR
- configure service vprn interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel dynamic-keying ike-policy
- configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel dynamic-keying ike-policy
- configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel dynamic-keying ike-policy
ike-prf-algorithm
ike-prf-algorithm
Syntax
ike-prf-algorithm {md5 | sha1 | sha256 | sha384 | sha512 | aes-xcbc | same-as-auth}
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-transform ike-prf-algorithm)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-transform ike-prf-algorithm
Description
This command specifies the PRF algorithm to use for IKE security association.
If an authenticated encryption algorithm like AES-GCM is used for IKE encryption algorithm, same-as-auth cannot be used for ike-prf-algorithm.
Default
ike-prf-algorithm same-as-auth
Parameters
- md5
-
This parameter configures IKE to use the hmac-md5 algorithm for PRF.
- sha1
-
This parameter configures IKE to use the hmac-sha1 algorithm for PRF.
- sha256
-
This parameter configures IKE to use the hmac-sha256 algorithm for PRF.
- sha384
-
This parameter configures IKE to use the hmac-sha384 algorithm for PRF.
- sha512
-
This parameter configures IKE to use the hmac-sha512 algorithm for PRF.
- aes-xcbc
-
This parameter configures IKE to use the aes128-xcbc algorithm for PRF.
- same-as-auth
-
This parameter configures the same algorithm as IKE authentication algorithm.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ike-transform
ike-transform
Syntax
ike-transform ike-transform-id [ike-transform-id ...(up to 4 max)]
no ike-transform
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-policy ike-transform)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-policy ike-transform
Description
This command specifies the IKE transform to be used in the IKE policy. Up to four IKE transforms can be specified. If multiple IDs are specified, the system selects an IKE transform based on the peer's proposal. If the system is a tunnel initiator, it uses the configured IKE transform to generate the SA payload.
Default
no ike-transform
Parameters
- ike-transform-id
-
Specifies up to four existing IKE transform instances to be associated with this IKE policy.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ike-transform
Syntax
ike-transform ike-transform-id [create]
no ike-transform ike-transform-id
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec ike-transform)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-transform
Description
This commands creates a new or enters an existing IKE transform instance. The IKE transform include following configuration for IKE SA:
-
DH Group
-
IKE authentication algorithm
-
IKE encryption algorithm
-
IKE SA lifetime
The ike-transform-id is referenced in the ike-policy configuration.
Parameters
- ike-transform
-
Specifies a number used to uniquely identify an IKE transform instance.
- create
-
Keyword used to create the ike-transform instance. The create keyword requirement can be enabled or disabled in the environment>create context.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ike-version
ike-version
Syntax
ike-version {1 | 2}
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-policy ike-version)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-policy ike-version
Description
This command sets the IKE version (1 or 2) that the ike-policy will use.
Default
ike-version 1
Parameters
- 1 | 2
-
Specifies the version of IKE protocol.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ikev1-ph1-responder-delete-notify
ikev1-ph1-responder-delete-notify
Syntax
[no] ikev1-ph1-responder-delete-notify
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-policy ikev1-ph1-responder-delete-notify)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-policy ikev1-ph1-responder-delete-notify
Description
This command specifies the system, when deleting an IKEv1 phase 1 SA for which it was the responder, to send a delete notification to the peer. This command only applies when the configured ike-version 1. This command is ignored with IKE version 2.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
ikev1-ph1-responder-delete-notify
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ikev2-fragment
ikev2-fragment
Syntax
ikev2-fragment mtu octets reassembly-timeout seconds
no ikev2-fragment
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-policy ikev2-fragment)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-policy ikev2-fragment
Description
This command enables IKEv2 protocol level fragmentation (RFC 7383). The specified MTU is the maximum size of IKEv2 packet.
Default
no ikev2-fragment
Parameters
- octets
-
Specifies the MTU for IKEv2 messages.
- seconds
-
Specifies the timeout for reassembly.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
imei
imei
Syntax
[no] imei
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>include-radius-attribute imei)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>auth-plcy>include-radius-attribute imei)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy include-radius-attribute imei
configure subscriber-mgmt authentication-policy include-radius-attribute imei
Description
This command enables the inclusion of the IMEI in AA protocols as signaled in the incoming GTP setup message.
The no form of this command disables the inclusion of the attribute.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
imei
Syntax
[no] imei
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>diam-appl-plcy>nasreq>include-avp imei)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt diameter-application-policy nasreq include-avp imei
Description
This command enables the inclusion of the IMEI AVP, as signaled in the incoming GTP setup message.
The no form of this command disables the inclusion of the AVP.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
implicit-generation
implicit-generation
Syntax
[no] implicit-generation
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>auto-sub-id-key implicit-generation)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt auto-sub-id-key implicit-generation
Description
By default, the system automatically generates a subscriber identifier, using the characters A to Z and 0 to 9, that is used when a subscriber ID is not provided during the authentication of a subscriber host or session and when no explicit default def-sub-id is configured at the SAP or in the MSAP policy.
A subscriber ID obtained from authentication sources can conflict with the format of an implicit, automatically generated subscriber ID. When this happens, the subscriber host or session setup fails and generates the following message: "Non auto-generated sub-id 4574233754 with an auto sub-id format not allowed”. Therefore, when implicit subscriber ID generation is enabled (the default behavior), a 10-character string containing characters A to Z and 0 to 9 should not be returned from authentication sources.
The no form of this command disables the implicit automatic generation of subscriber IDs. When a subscriber ID is not provided in authentication and no explicit def-sub-id is configured, then the host or session setup fails and generates the following message: "Missing subscriber id”. A 10-character (A to Z and 0 to 9) subscriber ID format can be returned from authentication sources without the risk of conflicts.
Disabling the implicit automatic generation of subscriber IDs fail when there are active subscribers with an implicit automatically generated subscriber ID.
Enabling the implicit automatic generation of subscriber IDs fails when there are active subscribers.
Default
implicit-generation
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
implicit-null-label
implicit-null-label
Syntax
[no] implicit-null-label
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp implicit-null-label)
Full Context
configure router ldp implicit-null-label
Description
This command enables the use of the implicit null label. Use this command to signal the implicit null option for all LDP FECs for which this node is the egress LER.
The no form of this command disables the signaling of the implicit null label.
Default
no implicit-null-label
Platforms
All
implicit-null-label
Syntax
[no] implicit-null-label
Context
[Tree] (config>router>rsvp implicit-null-label)
Full Context
configure router rsvp implicit-null-label
Description
This command enables the use of the implicit null label.
Signaling the IMPLICIT NULL label value for all RSVP LSPs can be enabled for which this node is the egress LER. RSVP must be shut down before being able to change this configuration option.
The egress LER does not signal the implicit null label value on P2MP RSVP LSPs. However, the Penultimate Hop Popping (PHP) node can honor a Resv message with the label value set to the implicit null.
The no form of this command disables the signaling of the implicit null label.
Default
no implicit-null-label
Platforms
All
implicit-null-label
Syntax
implicit-null-label [enable | disable]
no implicit-null-label
Context
[Tree] (config>router>rsvp>interface implicit-null-label)
Full Context
configure router rsvp interface implicit-null-label
Description
This command enables the use of the implicit null label over a specific RSVP interface.
All LSPs for which this node is the egress LER and for which the path message is received from the previous hop node over this RSVP interface will signal the implicit null label. This means that if the egress LER is also the merge-point (MP) node, then the incoming interface for the path refresh message over the bypass dictates if the packet will use the implicit null label or not. The same for a 1-to-1 detour LSP.
The user must shut down the RSVP interface before being able to change the implicit null configuration option.
The no form of this command returns the RSVP interface to use the RSVP level configuration value.
Default
no implicit-null-label
Parameters
- enable
-
Enables the implicit null label.
- disable
-
Disables the implicit null label.
Platforms
All
import
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host>mld-parameters import)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>mld-parameters import)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host mld-parameters import
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host mld-parameters import
Description
This command configures an MLD import policy.
The LUDB allows a list of up to 14 MLD import policies per host. The MLD policy also allows the configuration of an additional import policy, providing a total of 15 MLD import policies per host. The import policy inside the MLD policy is always applied last, which determines if the list is a black list or a white list. To configure an MLD white list, the import policies in the LUDB should all be allowed or forward entries and the import policy in the MLD policy should have a default action to deny all. To configure a black list, the import policies inside the LUDB should drop entries and the MLD policy import policy default action should be to forward all. The 15 import policies can be configured to be a mixed white and black list. Since it is difficult to control the order of the import policies within the LUDB, it is recommended to provision the import policy inside the MLD policy first for deterministic behavior.
The no form of this command removes the specified import policy.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the MLD import policy, up to 32 characters, used to control the multicast group accessible for the subscriber host.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping import)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping import)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping import)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping import)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping import)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping import)
Full Context
configure service vpls spoke-sdp mld-snooping import
configure service vpls mesh-sdp mld-snooping import
configure service vpls spoke-sdp igmp-snooping import
configure service vpls sap igmp-snooping import
configure service vpls mesh-sdp igmp-snooping import
configure service vpls sap mld-snooping import
Description
This command specifies the import routing policy to be used for IGMP packets to be used on this SAP or SDP. Only a single policy can be imported on a SAP at any time.
The no form of this command removes the policy association from the SAP or SDP.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the routing policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Routing policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context The router policy must be defined before it can be imported.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import policy [policy]
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>bgp-prng-plcy import)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt bgp-peering-policy import
Description
This command specifies the import policies to be used to control routes advertised to BGP neighbors. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context. When multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied.
The no form of this command removes all route policy names from the import list.
Default
no import — BGP accepts all routes from configured BGP neighbors. Import policies can be used to limit or modify the routes accepted and their corresponding parameters and metrics.
Parameters
- policy
-
Specifies route policy statement name, up to 32 characters. Up to five policies can be specified.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>igmp-policy import)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt igmp-policy import
Description
This command specifies the import policy to filter IGMP packets.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the policy name up to 32 characters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>igmp-host-tracking import)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt msap-policy igmp-host-tracking import
Description
This command specifies the import routing policy to be used for IGMP packets to be used on this SAP or SDP. Only a single policy can be imported on a single SAP at any time.
The no form of this command removes the policy association from the SAP or SDP.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the routing policy name, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>vpls-only>igmp-snp import)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt msap-policy vpls-only-sap-parameters igmp-snooping import
Description
This command specifies the import routing policy to be used for IGMP packets to be used on this SAP or SDP. Only a single policy can be imported on a single SAP at any time.
The no form of this command removes the policy association from the SAP or SDP.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the routing policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Routing policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context The router policy must be defined before it can be imported.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>mld-policy import)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt mld-policy import
Description
This command specifies the import routing policy to be used. Only a single policy can be imported at a time.
The no form of this command removes the policy association.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the import policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Routing policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context The router policy must be defined before it can be imported.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>igmp-snooping import)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface sap igmp-snooping import
Description
This command specifies the import routing policy to be used for IGMP packets to be used on this SAP or SDP. Only a single policy can be imported on a single SAP at any time.
The no form of this command removes the policy association from the SAP or SDP.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the routing policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Routing policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context The router policy must be defined before it can be imported.
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-host-tracking import)
Full Context
configure service vpls sap igmp-host-tracking import
Description
This command associates an import policy to filter IGMP packets.
The no form of this command removes the values from the configuration.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the import policy name
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>igmp-host-tracking import)
Full Context
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface sap igmp-host-tracking import
Description
This command specifies the import routing policy to be used for IGMP packets to be used on this SAP. Only a single policy can be imported on a single SAP at any time.
The no form of this command removes the policy association from the SAP.
Default
no import — No import policy is specified.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the import policy name. Values can be string up to 32 characters long of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. These policies are configured in the config>router> policy-options context. The router policy must be defined before it can be imported.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
import
Syntax
import plcy-or-long-expr [plcy-or-expr]
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp import)
Full Context
configure service vprn bgp group neighbor import
configure service vprn bgp group import
configure service vprn bgp import
Description
This command is used to specify route policies that control the handling of inbound routes received from certain peers. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in a peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies to the specified peer). The most specific level is used
The import command can reference up to 15 objects, where each object is either a policy logical expression or the name of a single policy. The objects are evaluated in the specified order to determine the modifications of each route and the final action to accept or reject the route.
Only one of the 15 objects referenced by the import command can be a policy logical expression consisting of policy names (enclosed in square brackets) and logical operators (AND, OR, NOT). The first of the 15 objects has a maximum length of 255 characters while the remaining 14 objects have a maximum length of 64 characters each.
When multiple import commands are issued, the last command entered overrides the previous command.
When an import policy is not specified, BGP routes are accepted by default.
The no form of this command removes the policy association.
Default
no import
Parameters
- plcy-or-long-expr
-
Specifies the route policy name (up to 64 characters) or a policy logical expression (up to 255 characters).
- plcy-or-expr
-
Specifies the route policy name (up to 64 characters) or a policy logical expression (up to 255 characters).
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>igmp>grp-if import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>igmp>if import)
Full Context
configure service vprn igmp group-interface import
configure service vprn igmp interface import
Description
This command imports a policy to filter IGMP packets.
The no form of this command removes the policy association from the IGMP instance.
Default
no import — No import policy specified.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the import route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes.
The specified name(s) must already be defined.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service vprn igmp group-interface import
All
- configure service vprn igmp interface import
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sap>igmp-trk import)
Full Context
configure service vprn sap igmp-trk import
Description
This command associates an import policy to filter IGMP packets.
The no form of this command removes the values from the configuration.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the import policy name.
import
Syntax
import policy-name [policy-name ... (up to 5 max)]
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis import)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis import
Description
This command applies one or more (up to five) route polices as IS-IS import policies.
When a prefix received in an IS-IS LSP is accepted by an entry in an IS-IS import policy, it is installed in the routing table, if it is the most preferred route to the destination.
When a prefix received in an IS-IS LSP is rejected by an entry in an IS-IS import policy, it is not installed in the routing table, even if it has the lowest preference value among all the routes to that destination.
The flooding of LSPs is unaffected by IS-IS import policy actions.
The no form of this command removes all policies from the configuration.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Identifies the export route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters, composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes. The specified name(s) must already be defined.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mld>if import)
Full Context
configure service vprn mld interface import
Description
This command specifies the import route policy to be used for determining which membership reports are accepted by the router. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context.
When an import policy is not specified, all the MLD reports are accepted.
The no form of this command removes the policy association from the MLD instance.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import policy-name [policy-name ...(up to 5 max)]
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>msdp import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>msdp>group import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>msdp>peer import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>msdp>group>peer import)
Full Context
configure service vprn msdp import
configure service vprn msdp group import
configure service vprn msdp peer import
configure service vprn msdp group peer import
Description
This command specifies the policies to import source active state from Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) into source active list.
If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. If multiple import commands are issued, the last command entered will override the previous command. A maximum of five policy names can be specified.
If you configure an import policy at the global level, each individual peer inherits the global policy.
If you configure an import policy at the group level, each individual peer in a group inherits the group’s policy.
If you configure an import policy at the peer level, then policy only applies to the peer where it is configured.
The no form of this command removes all policies from the configuration.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the import policy name. Up to five policy-name arguments can be specified.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import {unicast | ext-community}
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mvpn>vrf-target import)
Full Context
configure service vprn mvpn vrf-target import
Description
This command specifies communities to be accepted from peers.
Parameters
- unicast
-
Specifies to use unicast vrf-target ext-community for the multicast VPN.
- ext-comm
-
An extended BGP community in the type:x:y format. The value x can be an integer or IP address. The type can be the target or origin. x and y are 16-bit integers.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import policy-name [policy-name]
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf3>area import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf>area import)
Full Context
configure service vprn ospf3 area import
configure service vprn ospf area import
Description
This command configures ABR import policies to filter OSPFv2 Type 3 Summary-LSAs or OSPFv3 Inter-Area-Prefix-LSA between areas, to only permit the specified routes from being imported into an area.
This command cannot be used in OSPF area 0.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the export route policy name. A maximum of five policy names can be specified. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
The specified policy names must be predefined and already exist in the system.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import policy-name [policy-name]
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf3 import)
Full Context
configure service vprn ospf import
configure service vprn ospf3 import
Description
This command applies one or more (up to five) route polices as OSPF import policies. When a prefix received in an OSPF LSA is accepted by an entry in an OSPF import policy it is installed in the routing table if it is the most preferred route to the destination. When a prefix received in an OSPF LSA is rejected by an entry in an OSPF import policy it is not installed in the routing table, even if it has the lowest preference value among all the routes to that destination. The flooding of LSAs is unaffected by OSPF import policy actions. This command only applies to the 7750 SR.
Default
If an OSPF route has the lowest preference value among all routes to a destination it is installed in the routing table.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the import route policy name. A maximum of five policy names can be specified. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes.
The specified policy name(s) must be predefined and already exist in the system.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import {join-policy | register-policy} policy-name [policy-name ...( up to 5 max)]
no import {join-policy | register-policy}
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>pim import)
Full Context
configure service vprn pim import
Description
This command specifies the import route policy to be used for determining which routes are accepted from peers. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context. When an import policy is not specified, BGP routes are accepted by default.
The no form of this command removes the policy association from the IGMP instance.
Default
no import join-policy
no import register-policy
Parameters
- join-policy
-
Use this command to filter PIM join messages which prevents unwanted multicast streams from traversing the network.
- register-policy
-
This keyword filters register messages. PIM register filters prevent register messages from being processed by the RP. This filter can only be defined on an RP. When a match is found, the RP immediately sends back a register-stop message.
- policy-name
-
Specifies the route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import policy-name [policy-name ...(up to 5 max)]
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ripng import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>rip>group import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ripng>group>neighbor import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>rip import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ripng>group import)
Full Context
configure service vprn ripng import
configure service vprn rip group import
configure service vprn rip group neighbor import
configure service vprn ripng group neighbor import
configure service vprn rip import
configure service vprn ripng group import
Description
This command configures import route policies to determine routes that will be accepted from RIP neighbors. If no import policy is specified, RIP accepts all routes from configured RIP neighbors. Import policies can be used to limit or modify the routes accepted and their corresponding parameters and metrics.
If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order that they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. If multiple import commands are issued, the last command entered will override the previous command. A maximum of five policy names can be specified.
The no form of this command removes all policies from the configuration.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
The import route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters in length and composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes. The specified names must already be defined.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import policy-name [policy-name]
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp import)
Full Context
configure router ldp import
Description
This command configures import route policies to determine which label bindings (FECs) are accepted from LDP neighbors. Policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context.
If no import policy is specified, LDP accepts all label bindings from configured LDP neighbors. Import policies can be used to limit or modify the routes accepted and their corresponding parameters and metrics.
If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. If multiple import commands are issued, the last command entered will override the previous command. A maximum of five policy names can be specified.
The no form of this command removes all policies from the configuration.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies up to five import route policy names, up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
The specified name(s) must already be defined.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>router>igmp>if import)
[Tree] (config>router>igmp>group-interface import)
Full Context
configure router igmp interface import
configure router igmp group-interface import
Description
This command applies the referenced IGMP policy (filter) to an interface subscriber or a group-interface. An IGMP filter is also known as a black/white list and it is defined under the config>router>policy-options.
When redirection is applied, only the import policy from the subscriber will be in effect. The import policy under the group interface is applicable only for IGMP states received directly on the SAP (AN in IGMP proxy mode).
The no form of the command removes the policy association from the IGMP instance.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
The route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context.
Platforms
All
- configure router igmp interface import
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure router igmp group-interface import
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mld>group-interface import)
[Tree] (config>router>mld>if import)
Full Context
configure router mld group-interface import
configure router mld interface import
Description
This command specifies the import route policy to determine which membership reports are accepted by the router. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context.
When an import policy is not specified, all the MLD reports are accepted.
The no form of this command removes the policy association from the MLD instance.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure router mld group-interface import
All
- configure router mld interface import
import
Syntax
import policy-name [policy-name]
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>router>msdp>group>peer import)
[Tree] (config>router>msdp import)
[Tree] (config>router>msdp>peer import)
[Tree] (config>router>msdp>group import)
Full Context
configure router msdp group peer import
configure router msdp import
configure router msdp peer import
configure router msdp group import
Description
This command specifies the policies to import source active state from Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) into source active list.
If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. If multiple import commands are issued, the last command entered will override the previous command. A maximum of five policy names can be specified.
If an import policy is configured at the global level, each individual peer inherits the global policy.
If an import policy is configured at the group level, each individual peer in a group inherits the group’s policy.
If an import policy is configured at the peer level, then policy only applies to the peer where it is configured.
The no form of the command applies no import policies and all source active messages are allowed.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the import policy name, up to 32 characters. Up to five policy-name arguments can be specified.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import {join-policy | register-policy} [ policy-name [policy-name]]
no import {join-policy | register-policy}
Context
[Tree] (config>router>pim import)
Full Context
configure router pim import
Description
This command specifies the import route policy to be used. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context.
When an import policy is not specified, BGP routes are accepted by default. Up to five import policy names can be specified.
The no form of this command removes the policy association from the instance.
Default
no import
Parameters
- join-policy
-
Filters PIM join messages which prevents unwanted multicast streams from traversing the network.
- register-policy
-
Filters register messages. PIM register filters prevent register messages from being processed by the RP. This filter can only be defined on an RP. When a match is found, the RP immediately sends back a register-stop message.
- policy-name
-
Specifies the route policy name, up to 32 characters. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>service>pw-template>igmp-snooping import)
Full Context
configure service pw-template igmp-snooping import
Description
This command specifies the import routing policy to be used for IGMP packets. Only a single policy can be imported at a time.
The no form of the command removes the policy association.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the import policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Routing policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context The router policy must be defined before it can be imported.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import type {cert | key | crl} input url-string output filename format input-format [password [32 chars max]]
Context
[Tree] (admin>certificate import)
Full Context
admin certificate import
Description
This command converts an input file (key/certificate/CRL) to a system format file. The following list summarizes the formats supported by this command:
-
Certificate
-
PKCS #12
-
PKCS #7 PEM encoded
-
PKCS #7 DER encoded
-
PEM
-
DER
-
-
Key
-
PKCS #12
-
PEM
-
DER
-
-
CRL
-
PKCS #7 PEM encoded
-
PKCS #7 DER encoded
-
PEM
-
DER
-
If there are multiple objects with the same type in the input file, only the first object is extracted and converted.
Parameters
- input url-string
-
Specifies the URL for the input file. This URL could be either a local CF card URL file or a FP URL to download the input file.
- output filename
-
Specifies the name of output file up to 95 characters. The output directory depends on the file type like following:
-
Key: cf3:\system-pki\key
-
Cert: cf3:\system-pki\cert
-
CRL: cf3:\system-pki\CRL
-
- type
-
The type of input file.
- format
-
Specifies the format of input file.
- password
-
Specifies the password to decrypt the input file in case that it is an encrypted PKCS#12 file.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import plcy-or-long-expr [plcy-or-expr [ plcy-or-expr]]
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>router>bgp import)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor import)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group import)
Full Context
configure router bgp import
configure router bgp group neighbor import
configure router bgp group import
Description
This command specifies route policies that control the handling of inbound routes received from certain peers. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific level is used.
The import command can reference up to 15 objects, where each object is either a policy logical expression or the name of a single policy. The objects are evaluated in the specified order to determine the modifications of each route and the final action to accept or reject the route.
Only one of the 15 objects referenced by the import command is allowed to be a policy logical expression consisting of policy names (enclosed in square brackets) and logical operators (AND, OR, NOT). The first of the 15 objects has a maximum length of 255 characters; the remaining 14 objects have a maximum length of 64 characters each.
When multiple import commands are issued, the last command entered overrides the previous command.
When an import policy is not specified, BGP routes are accepted by default.
The no form of this command removes the policy association.
Default
no import
Parameters
- plcy-or-long-expr
-
Specifies the route policy name (up to 64 characters long) or a policy logical expression (up to 255 characters long). Allowed values are any string up to 255 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
- plcy-or-expr
-
Specifies the route policy name (up to 64 characters long) or a policy logical expression (up to 64 characters long). Allowed values are any string up to 64 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import policy-name [policy-name]
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis import)
Full Context
configure router isis import
Description
This command specifies up to five route polices as IS-IS import policies.
When a prefix received in an IS-IS LSP is accepted by an entry in an IS-IS import policy, it is installed in the routing table, if it is the most preferred route to the destination.
When a prefix received in an IS-IS LSP is rejected by an entry in an IS-IS import policy, it is not installed in the routing table, even if it has the lowest preference value among all the routes to that destination.
The flooding of LSPs is unaffected by IS-IS import policy actions.
The no form of this command removes all policies from the configuration.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the import route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters, composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. The specified names must already be defined.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import policy-name [policy-name]
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ospf import)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3 import)
Full Context
configure router ospf import
configure router ospf3 import
Description
This command applies one or more (up to 5) route polices as OSPF import policies. When a prefix received in an OSPF LSA is accepted by an entry in an OSPF import policy, it is installed in the routing table if it is the most preferred route to the destination. When a prefix received in an OSPF LSA is rejected by an entry in an OSPF import policy, it is not installed in the routing table, even if it has the lowest preference value among all the routes to that destination. The flooding of LSAs is unaffected by OSPF import policy actions. The no form of this command removes all policies from the configuration.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies up to 5 export route policy names. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. The specified names must already be defined.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
[no] import policy-name [ policy-name]
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>area import)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>area import)
Full Context
configure router ospf area import
configure router ospf3 area import
Description
This command configures ABR import policies to filter OSPFv2 Type 3 Summary-LSAs or OSPFv3 Inter-Area-Prefix-LSA between areas, in order to only permit the specified routes from being imported into an area.
This command cannot be used in OSPF area 0.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies up to five import route policy names. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. The specified names must already be defined.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import policy-name [policy-name]
no import
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ripng>group>neighbor import)
[Tree] (config>router>rip>group>neighbor import)
[Tree] (config>router>rip>group import)
[Tree] (config>router>ripng import)
[Tree] (config>router>ripng>group import)
[Tree] (config>router>rip import)
Full Context
configure router ripng group neighbor import
configure router rip group neighbor import
configure router rip group import
configure router ripng import
configure router ripng group import
configure router rip import
Description
This command configures import route policies to determine which routes are accepted from RIP neighbors. If no import policy is specified, RIP accepts all routes from configured RIP neighbors. Import policies can be used to limit or modify the routes accepted and their corresponding parameters and metrics.
If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. If multiple import commands are issued, the last command entered will override the previous command. A maximum of five policy names can be specified.
The no form of the command removes all policies from the configuration.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies up to five import route policy names. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
The specified names must already be defined.
Platforms
All
import
Syntax
import {ignore | accept | drop}
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp-ipvpn>attribute-set import)
Full Context
configure service vprn bgp-ipvpn attribute-set import
Description
This command configures the reception behavior for ATTR_SETs in received VPN-IP routes.
Default
import ignore
Parameters
- accept
-
Keyword to configure BGP to accept and process ATTR_SETs in received unicast VPN-IP routes (MPLS or SRv6) when they are imported into the VPRN. The path attributes contained inside the ATTR_SET are used for best-path selection within the VPRN, instead of the outer-path attributes attached to the imported VPN-IP route. The path attributes inside the ATTR_SET determine the path attributes of BGP routes advertised to PE-CE peers of the VPRN. However, the ATTR_SET is removed at the time of advertisement. VPRN BGP routes with attributes derived from accept processing are only advertised to EBGP peers and IBGP route reflector client peers. VPRN BGP routes are not advertised to BGP confederation peers. If the origin AS in the ATTR_SET attribute does not match the configured ASN, VPRN BGP routes with attributes derived from accept processing are advertised to IBGP peers that are not covered by a cluster configuration.
- drop
-
Keyword to configure BGP to ignore and silently discard ATTR_SETs in received VPN-IP routes when they are imported into the VPRN. The path attributes contained inside the ATTR_SET are not used for best path selection within the VPRN. If a VPRN is not involved in an independent domain Layer 3 VPN service, Nokia recommends configuring the import command to drop.
- ignore
-
Keyword to configure BGP to ignore ATTR_SETs in received VPN-IP routes when they are imported into the VPRN. The path attributes contained inside the ATTR_SET are not used for best-path selection within the VPRN. With the ignore parameter, the ATTR_SET attribute is transmitted unchanged to the CE. Nokia does not recommend configuring the import command to ignore in most deployments.
Platforms
All
import-grt
import-grt
Syntax
import-grt plcy-or-long-expr [plcy-or-expr]
no import-grt
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>grt import-grt)
Full Context
configure service vprn grt-lookup import-grt
Description
This command associates policies to control the leaking of GRT routes into the associated VPRN.
The GRT route must have first been leaked by a leak-export policy defined under the config>router context. Then the route must match a route entry in the specified import-grt policy with an accept action. Refer to the IP Router Configuration Command Reference section in the 7750 SR Extensible Routing System Virtualized Service Router.
The no form of this command removes route leaking policy associations and disables the leaking of GRT routes into the local VPRN.
Parameters
- plcy-or-long-expr
-
Specifies route policy names, up to 64 characters, or a policy logical expression, up to 255 characters.
- plcy-or-expr
-
Specifies up to four route policy names, up to 64 characters, or a policy logical expression, up to 64 characters.
Platforms
All
import-mcast-policy
import-mcast-policy
Syntax
import-mcast-policy policy-name [policy-name]
no import-mcast-policy
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp import-mcast-policy)
Full Context
configure router ldp import-mcast-policy
Description
This command configures an import policy for mLDP FECs arriving on the node. This command does not work for self-generated mLDP FECs. The action of the policy will accept or reject the FEC. If the FEC is rejected, it will be kept but is not resolved.
The no form of this command removes all policies from the configuration.
Default
no import-mcast-policy
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies up to five import route policy names, up to 32 characters, to be assigned to mLDP. The specified name(s) must already be defined.
Platforms
All
import-pmsi-routes
import-pmsi-routes
Syntax
import-pmsi-routes
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp import-pmsi-routes)
Full Context
configure router ldp import-pmsi-routes
Description
Commands in this context configure import-pmsi-routes.
For option B, the leafs or ABR/ASBR that are not directly connected to the root have no visibility of the root. As such, for LDP to build the recursive FEC it needs to cache the MVPN PMSI AD routes, this command gives the user the ability to manually enable caching of MVPN PMSI AD routes internally in LDP for EVPN or MVPN inter-as or mvpn_no_export_community intra-as.
Platforms
All
import-prefixes
import-prefixes
Syntax
[no] import-prefixes policy-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>session-params>peer import-prefixes)
Full Context
configure router ldp session-parameters peer import-prefixes
Description
This command configures the import FEC prefix policy to determine which prefixes received from this LDP peer are imported and installed by LDP on this node. If resolved these FEC prefixes are then re-distributed to other LDP and T-LDP peers. A FEC prefix that is filtered out (deny) will not be imported. A FEC prefix that is filtered in (accept) will be imported.
If no import policy is specified, the node will import all prefixes received from this LDP/T-LDP peer. This policy is applied in addition to the global LDP policy and targeted session policy.
Policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context. A maximum of five policy names can be specified. Peer address has to be the peer LSR-ID address.
The no form of the command removes the policy from the configuration.
Default
no import-prefixes - no import route policy is specified
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies up to five import-prefix route policy names. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains spaces, use double quotes to delimit the start and end of the string. The specified name(s) must already be defined.
Platforms
All
import-prefixes
Syntax
import-prefixes policy-name [policy-name]
no import-prefixes
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>targeted-session import-prefixes)
Full Context
configure router ldp targeted-session import-prefixes
Description
This command configures the import route policy to determine which FEC prefix label bindings are accepted from targeted LDP neighbors into this node. A label binding that is filtered out (deny) will not be imported. A route that is filtered in (accept) will be imported.
If no import policy is specified, this node session will accept all bindings from configured targeted LDP neighbors. This policy is applied in addition to the global LDP policy.
Policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context. A maximum of five policy names can be specified.
The no form of this command removes the policy from the configuration.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies up to five import policy names. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Platforms
All
import-tunnel-table
import-tunnel-table
Syntax
import-tunnel-table policy-name [policy-name]
no import-tunnel-table
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp import-tunnel-table)
Full Context
configure router ldp import-tunnel-table
Description
This command controls the import, in the tunnel table, of LDP tunnels to non-host prefixes. This command is only intended for importing tunnels; it cannot be used for preventing the import of any specific prefix and only non-host prefixes will be considered when evaluating this policy in this context. The LDP tunnels to these non-host prefixes must be created before they can be imported.
This command does not affect the automatic import of LDP tunnels to host prefixes.
The no version of this command removes all of the import policies and, by consequence, any tunnels to non-host prefixes from the tunnel table. If a non-host prefix tunnel is currently being used for forwarding, disabling this command may be service-impacting.
Default
no import-tunnel-table
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies up to five import route policy names. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
The specified policy names must already be defined.
Platforms
All
imported-format
imported-format
Syntax
imported-format {any | secure}
Context
[Tree] (config>system>security>pki imported-format)
Full Context
configure system security pki imported-format
Description
This command specifies the allowed format of imported certificates or keys in the cf3:/system-pki directory.
Default
imported-format any
Parameters
- any
-
Allows any imported format.
- secure
-
Only allows enhanced secure imported formats.
Platforms
All
improved-assert
improved-assert
Syntax
[no] improved-assert
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt>inclusive>pim improved-assert)
Full Context
configure service vprn mvpn provider-tunnel inclusive pim improved-assert
Description
This command enables improved assert procedure on the PIM inclusive provider tunnel.
The no form of this command disables improved assert procedure.
Default
enabled
Platforms
All
improved-assert
Syntax
[no] improved-assert
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>pim>if improved-assert)
Full Context
configure service vprn pim interface improved-assert
Description
This command enables improved assert processing on this interface. The PIM assert process establishes a forwarder for a LAN and requires interaction between the control and forwarding planes.
The assert process is started when data is received on an outgoing interface. This could impact performance if data is continuously received on an outgoing interface.
When enabled, the PIM assert process is done entirely on the control-plane with no interaction between the control and forwarding plane.
Default
improved-assert
Platforms
All
improved-assert
Syntax
[no] improved-assert
Context
[Tree] (config>router>pim>interface improved-assert)
Full Context
configure router pim interface improved-assert
Description
This command enables improved assert processing. The PIM assert process establishes a forwarder for a LAN and requires interaction between the control and forwarding planes. The assert process is started when data is received on an outgoing interface meaning that duplicate traffic is forwarded to the LAN until the forwarder is negotiated among the routers.
When the improved-assert command is enabled, the PIM assert process is done entirely in the control plane. The advantages are that it eliminates duplicate traffic forwarding to the LAN. It also improves performance since it removes the required interaction between the control and data planes.
improved-assert is still fully interoperable with the RFC 4601, Protocol Independent Multicast - Sparse Mode (PIM-SM): Protocol Specification (Revised) and RFC 2362, Protocol Independent Multicast-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM), implementations. However, there may be conformance tests that may fail if the tests expect control-data plane interaction in determining the assert winner. Disabling the improved-assert command when performing conformance tests is recommended.
Default
improved-assert
Platforms
All
imsi
imsi
Syntax
[no] imsi imsi
Context
[Tree] (debug>gtp imsi)
Full Context
debug gtp imsi
Description
This command restricts debugging to only data related to the specified IMSI. This command can be repeated multiple times, where only data for any of the specified IMSIs is debugged.
The no form of this command removes the filter for the specified IMSI. If the last IMSI filter is removed, all data is debugged again, but may be restricted by other filters.
Parameters
- imsi
-
Specifies the mobile subscriber identity, as a string of up to 15 characters.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
imsi
Syntax
[no] imsi
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>include-radius-attribute imsi)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>auth-plcy>include-radius-attribute imsi)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy include-radius-attribute imsi
configure subscriber-mgmt authentication-policy include-radius-attribute imsi
Description
This command includes the IMSI RADIUS attribute for FWA sessions.
The no form of this command excludes the RADIUS IMSI attribute.
Default
no imsi
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
imsi-apn-filter
imsi-apn-filter
Syntax
imsi-apn-filter
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>statistics>tca>gtp-filter imsi-apn-filter)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group statistics threshold-crossing-alert gtp-filter imsi-apn-filter
Description
This command configures a TCA for the counter capturing hits due to the GTP IMSI-APN filter.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
imsi-apn-filter
Syntax
imsi-apn-filter
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>gtp>gtp-fltr imsi-apn-filter)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group gtp gtp-filter imsi-apn-filter
Description
Commands in this context configure IMSI and APN filtering. By default, no APN or IMSI filtering is performed.
The gtpc-inspection command must be enabled before using this command.
This command applies only to the GTP packets that contain IMSI or APN information elements (IEs).
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
in-band-control-path
in-band-control-path
Syntax
in-band-control-path
Context
[Tree] (config>redundancy>mc>peer>mcr>ring in-band-control-path)
[Tree] (config>redundancy>mc>peer>mc>l3-ring in-band-control-path)
Full Context
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer mc-ring ring in-band-control-path
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer multi-chassis l3-ring in-band-control-path
Description
Commands in this context configure control path parameters.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Platforms
All
in-label
in-label
Syntax
in-label in-label out-label out-label out-link if-name [next-hop next-hop]
no in-label
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>mpls-tp>transit-path>forward-path in-label)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>mpls-tp>transit-path>reverse-path in-label)
Full Context
configure router mpls mpls-tp transit-path forward-path in-label
configure router mpls mpls-tp transit-path reverse-path in-label
Description
This command configures the label mapping associated with a forward path or reverse path of an MPLS-TP transit path to be configured.
The incoming label, outgoing label and outgoing interface must be configured, using the in-label, out-label and out-link parameters. If the out-link refers to a numbered IP interface, the user may optionally configure the next-hop parameter and the system will determine the interface to use to reach the configured next-hop, but will check that the user-entered value for the out-link corresponds to the link returned by the system. If they do not correspond, then the path will not come up.
Default
no in-label
Parameters
- in-label
-
Specifies the in label.
- out-label
-
Specifies the out label.
- if-name
-
Specifies the name of the outgoing interface use for the path.
- next-hop
-
Specifies the next-hop.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
in-label
Syntax
in-label in-label
no in-label
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp>protect-tp-path in-label)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp>working-tp-path in-label)
Full Context
configure router mpls lsp protect-tp-path in-label
configure router mpls lsp working-tp-path in-label
Description
This command configures the incoming label for the reverse path or the working path or the protect path of an MPLS-TP LSP. MPLS-TP LSPs are bidirectional, and so an incoming label value must be specified for each path.
Default
no in-label
Parameters
- in-label
-
Specifies the in label.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
in-plus-profile-octets-discarded-count
in-plus-profile-octets-discarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-plus-profile-octets-discarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>e-counters in-plus-profile-octets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>e-counters in-plus-profile-octets-discarded-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer e-counters in-plus-profile-octets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer e-counters in-plus-profile-octets-discarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-plus profile octets discarded count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-plus profile octets discarded count.
Default
no in-plus-profile-octets-discarded-count
Platforms
All
in-plus-profile-octets-forwarded-count
in-plus-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-plus-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>e-counters in-plus-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>e-counters in-plus-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer e-counters in-plus-profile-octets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer e-counters in-plus-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-plus profile octets forwarded count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-plus profile octets forwarded count.
Default
no in-plus-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Platforms
All
in-plus-profile-octets-offered-count
in-plus-profile-octets-offered-count
Syntax
[no] in-plus-profile-octets-offered-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>e-counters in-plus-profile-octets-offered-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>e-counters in-plus-profile-octets-offered-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer e-counters in-plus-profile-octets-offered-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer e-counters in-plus-profile-octets-offered-count
Description
This command includes the in-plus profile octets offered count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-plus profile octets offered count.
Default
no in-plus-profile-octets-offered-count
Platforms
All
in-plus-profile-packets-discarded-count
in-plus-profile-packets-discarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-plus-profile-packets-discarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>e-counters in-plus-profile-packets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>e-counters in-plus-profile-packets-discarded-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer e-counters in-plus-profile-packets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer e-counters in-plus-profile-packets-discarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-plus profile packets discarded count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-plus profile packets discarded count.
Default
no in-plus-profile-packets-discarded-count
Platforms
All
in-plus-profile-packets-forwarded-count
in-plus-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-plus-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>e-counters in-plus-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>e-counters in-plus-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer e-counters in-plus-profile-packets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer e-counters in-plus-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-plus profile packets forwarded count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-plus profile packets forwarded count.
Default
no in-plus-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Platforms
All
in-plus-profile-packets-offered-count
in-plus-profile-packets-offered-count
Syntax
[no] in-plus-profile-packets-offered-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>e-counters in-plus-profile-packets-offered-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>e-counters in-plus-profile-packets-offered-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer e-counters in-plus-profile-packets-offered-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer e-counters in-plus-profile-packets-offered-count
Description
This command includes the in-plus profile packets offered count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-plus profile packets offered count.
Default
no in-plus-profile-packets-offered-count
Platforms
All
in-profile-octets-discarded-count
in-profile-octets-discarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-octets-discarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>ref-queue>e-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>queue>e-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue e-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record queue e-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-profile octets discarded count.
For queues with stat-mode v4-v6, this command includes the IPv4 octets discarded count instead.
The no form of this command excludes the in-profile octets discarded count.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
in-profile-octets-discarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-octets-discarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>e-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-queue>e-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>queue>e-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>e-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer e-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue e-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record queue e-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer e-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-profile octets discarded count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-profile octets discarded count.
Default
no in-profile-octets-discarded-count
Platforms
All
in-profile-octets-discarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-octets-discarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>i-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>i-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer i-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer i-counters in-profile-octets-discarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-profile octets discarded count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-profile octets discarded count.
Default
no in-profile-octets-discarded-count
Platforms
All
in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>queue>e-count in-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>ref-queue>e-count in-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>queue>i-count in-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>ref-queue>i-count in-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record queue e-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue e-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record queue i-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue i-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-profile octets forwarded count. For queues with stat-mode v4-v6, this command includes the IPv4 octets forwarded count instead.
The no form of this command excludes the in-profile octets forwarded count.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>queue>e-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>e-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-queue>e-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>e-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record queue e-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer e-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue e-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer e-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-profile octets forwarded count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-profile octets forwarded count.
Default
no in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Platforms
All
in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>queue>i-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>i-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-queue>i-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>i-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record queue i-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer i-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue i-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer i-counters in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Description
This command includes the in profile octets forwarded count.
The no form of this command excludes the in profile octets forwarded count.
Default
no in-profile-octets-forwarded-count
Platforms
All
in-profile-octets-offered-count
in-profile-octets-offered-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-octets-offered-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>e-counters in-profile-octets-offered-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>e-counters in-profile-octets-offered-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer e-counters in-profile-octets-offered-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer e-counters in-profile-octets-offered-count
Description
This command includes the in profile octets offered count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-profile octets offered count.
Default
no in-profile-octets-offered-count
Platforms
All
in-profile-octets-offered-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-octets-offered-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>i-counters in-profile-octets-offered-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>i-counters in-profile-octets-offered-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer i-counters in-profile-octets-offered-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer i-counters in-profile-octets-offered-count
Description
This command includes the in-profile octets offered count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-profile octets offered count.
Default
no in-profile-octets-offered-count
Platforms
All
in-profile-packets-discarded-count
in-profile-packets-discarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-packets-discarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>queue>e-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>ref-queue>e-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record queue e-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue e-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-profile packets discarded count.
For queues with stat-mode v4-v6, this command includes the IPv4 packets discarded count instead.
The no form of this command excludes the in-profile packets discarded count.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
in-profile-packets-discarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-packets-discarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>e-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-queue>e-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>e-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>queue>e-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer e-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue e-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer e-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record queue e-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-profile packets discarded count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-profile packets discarded count.
Default
no in-profile-packets-discarded-count
Platforms
All
in-profile-packets-discarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-packets-discarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>i-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>i-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer i-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer i-counters in-profile-packets-discarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-profile packets discarded count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-profile packets discarded count.
Default
no in-profile-packets-discarded-count
Platforms
All
in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>ref-queue>e-count in-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>queue>e-count in-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>ref-queue>i-count in-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>queue>i-count in-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue e-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record queue e-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue i-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record queue i-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-profile packets forwarded count.
For queues with stat-mode v4-v6, this command includes the IPv4 packets forwarded count instead.
The no form of this command excludes the in-profile packets forwarded count.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-queue>e-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>e-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>e-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>queue>e-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue e-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer e-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer e-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record queue e-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Description
This command includes the in-profile packets forwarded count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-profile packets forwarded count.
Default
no in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Platforms
All
in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>i-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-queue>i-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>i-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>queue>i-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer i-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue i-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer i-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record queue i-counters in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Description
This command includes the in profile packets forwarded count.
The no form of this command excludes the in profile packets forwarded count.
Default
no in-profile-packets-forwarded-count
Platforms
All
in-profile-packets-offered-count
in-profile-packets-offered-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-packets-offered-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>e-counters in-profile-packets-offered-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>e-counters in-profile-packets-offered-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer e-counters in-profile-packets-offered-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer e-counters in-profile-packets-offered-count
Description
This command includes the in profile packets offered count.
The no form of this command excludes the in profile packets offered count.
Default
no in-profile-packets-offered-count
Platforms
All
in-profile-packets-offered-count
Syntax
[no] in-profile-packets-offered-count
Context
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-policer>i-counters in-profile-packets-offered-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>policer>i-counters in-profile-packets-offered-count)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-policer i-counters in-profile-packets-offered-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record policer i-counters in-profile-packets-offered-count
Description
This command includes the in-profile packets offered count.
The no form of this command excludes the in-profile packets offered count.
Default
no in-profile-packets-offered-count
Platforms
All
in-remark
in-remark
Syntax
in-remark {dscp dscp-name | prec ip-prec-value}
no in-remark
Context
[Tree] (config>qos>sap-ingress>fc in-remark)
Full Context
configure qos sap-ingress fc in-remark
Description
This command is used in a SAP ingress QoS policy to define an explicit in-profile remark action for a forwarding class or subclass. While the SAP ingress QoS policy may be applied to any SAP, the remarking functions are only enforced when the SAP is associated with an IP or subscriber interface (in an IES or VPRN). When the policy is applied to a Layer 2 SAP (i.e., Epipe or VPLS), the remarking definitions are silently ignored.
In the case where the policy is applied to a Layer 3 SAP, the in-profile remarking definition will be applied to packets that have been classified to the forwarding class or subclass. It is possible for a packet to match a classification command that maps the packet to a particular forwarding class or subclass, only to have a more explicit (higher priority match) override the association. Only the highest priority match forwarding class or subclass association will drive the in-profile marking.
The in-remark command is only applicable to ingress IP routed packets that are considered in-profile. The profile of a SAP ingress packet is affected by either the explicit in-profile/out-of-profile definitions or the ingress policing function applied to the packet. Effect of In-Remark Command on Received SAP Ingress Packets shows the effect of the in-remark command on received SAP ingress packets. Within the in-profile IP packet’s ToS field, either the six DSCP bits or the three precedence bits are remarked.
SAP Ingress Packet State |
in-remark Command Effect |
---|---|
Non-Routed, Policed In-Profile |
No Effect (non-routed packet) |
Non-Routed, Policed Out-of-Profile |
No Effect (non-routed packet) |
Non-Routed, Explicit In-Profile |
No Effect (non-routed packet) |
Non-Routed, Explicit Out-of-Profile |
No Effect (non-routed packet) |
IP Routed, Policed In-Profile |
in-remark value applied to IP header ToS field |
IP Routed, Policed Out-of-Profile |
No Effect (out-of-profile packet) |
IP Routed, Explicit In-Profile |
in-remark value applied to IP header ToS field |
IP Routed, Explicit Out-of-Profile |
No Effect (out-of-profile packet) |
The no form of this command disables ingress remarking of in-profile packets classified to the forwarding class or subclass.
Parameters
- dscp dscp-name
-
Specifies that the matching packet’s DSCP bits should be overridden with the value represented by dscp-name.
The dscp-name parameter is a 6-bit value. It must be one of the predefined DSCP names defined on the system.
- prec ip-prec-value
-
Specifies that the matching packet’s precedence bits should be overridden with the value represented by ip-prec-value.
Platforms
All
inactive-flow-timeout
inactive-flow-timeout
Syntax
inactive-flow-timeout seconds
no inactive-flow-timeout
Context
[Tree] (config>cflowd inactive-flow-timeout)
Full Context
configure cflowd inactive-flow-timeout
Description
This command specifies the length of time, in seconds, that must elapse without a packet matching a flow before the flow is considered inactive.
The no form of this command resets the inactive flow timeout back to the default of 15 seconds.
Existing flows do not inherit the new inactive-flow-timeout value if this parameter is changed while cflowd is active. The inactive-flow-timeout value for a flow is set when the flow is first created in the active cache table and does not change dynamically.
Default
inactive-flow-timeout 15
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the length of time, in seconds, without a packet matching a flow before the flow is considered inactive.
Platforms
All
inactivity-mon
inactivity-mon
Syntax
[no] inactivity-mon
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>transit-ip-policy>transit-auto-create inactivity-mon)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group transit-ip-policy transit-auto-create inactivity-mon
Description
This command enables auto removal of inactive transit subscribers. Periodically AA removes any inactive auto-created subscriber where an inactive sub is defined as having no active flows in the last period.
The no form of this command disables the auto removal of inactive transit subscribers.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
inactivity-timeout
inactivity-timeout
Syntax
inactivity-timeout seconds
no inactivity-timeout
Context
[Tree] (config>test-oam>twamp>server inactivity-timeout)
Full Context
configure test-oam twamp server inactivity-timeout
Description
This command configures the inactivity time out for all TWAMP-control connections. If no TWAMP control message is exchanged over the TCP connection for this duration of time the connection is closed and all in-progress tests are terminated.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
Default
inactivity-timeout 900
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the duration of the inactivity time out.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
inactivity-timeout
Syntax
inactivity-timeout seconds
no inactivity-timeout
Context
[Tree] (config>test-oam>twamp>twamp-light inactivity-timeout)
Full Context
configure test-oam twamp twamp-light inactivity-timeout
Description
This command configures the length of time to maintain stale state on the session reflector. Stale state is test data that has not been refreshed or updated by newly arriving probes for that specific test in a predetermined length of time. Any single reflector can maintain up state for a maximum of 12000 tests. If the maximum value is exceeded, the session reflector lacks memory to allocate to new tests.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
Default
inactivity-timeout 100
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the value in seconds for maintaining stale state.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
inactivity-timer
inactivity-timer
Syntax
inactivity-timer [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no inactivity-timer
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6>rtr-sol inactivity-timer)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol inactivity-timer)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6>rtr-sol inactivity-timer)
Full Context
configure service ies subscriber-interface ipv6 router-solicit inactivity-timer
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6 router-solicit inactivity-timer
configure service vprn subscriber-interface ipv6 router-solicit inactivity-timer
Description
This command specifies the time before an inactive host is removed.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- infinite
-
Specifies that the idle host is never removed.
- days
-
Specifies that the idle host is removed if idle within the number of specified days.
- hours
-
Specifies that the idle host is removed if idle within the number of specified hours.
- minutes
-
Specifies that the idle host is removed if idle within the number of specified minutes.
- seconds
-
Specifies that the idle host is removed if idle within the number of specified seconds.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
inactivity-timer
Syntax
inactivity-timer timer
no inactivity-timer
Context
[Tree] (config>eth-cfm>slm inactivity-timer)
Full Context
configure eth-cfm slm inactivity-timer
Description
The time the responder keeps a test active. Should the time between packets exceed this values within a test the responder will mark the previous test as complete. It will treat any new packets from a peer with the same test-id, source-mac and MEP-ID as a new test responding with the sequence number one.
The no form of the command reverts the timeout to the default value.
Default
inactivity-timer 100
Parameters
- timer
-
Specifies the amount of time in seconds.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
inband
inband
Syntax
inband service-id
no inband
Context
[Tree] (config>system>security>vprn-aaa-server inband)
Full Context
configure system security vprn-aaa-server inband
Description
This command configures TACACS+ or RADIUS servers in a VPRN to be used for AAA by that VPRN and by sessions in the Base routing instance.
The no form of this command disables the use of servers for in-band management.
Default
no inband
Parameters
- service-id
-
Specifies the VPRN server for AAA to use for in-band sessions.
Platforms
All
inband-collector-export-only
inband-collector-export-only
Syntax
[no] inband-collector-export-only
Context
[Tree] (config>cflowd inband-collector-export-only)
Full Context
configure cflowd inband-collector-export-only
Description
This command, when the inband-collector-export-only command is enabled, allows only collectors that are reachable through inband interfaces and enables a higher flow export rate.
The no form of this command, the default, re-enables the use of the out-of-band management Ethernet port.
Platforms
All
inbound-max-sessions
inbound-max-sessions
Syntax
inbound-max-sessions number-of-sessions
no inbound-max-sessions
Context
[Tree] (config>system>login-control>ftp inbound-max-sessions)
Full Context
configure system login-control ftp inbound-max-sessions
Description
This command configures the maximum number of concurrent inbound FTP sessions.
This value is the combined total of inbound and outbound sessions.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
inbound-max-sessions 3
Parameters
- value
-
Specifies the maximum number of concurrent FTP sessions on the node.
Platforms
All
inbound-max-sessions
Syntax
inbound-max-sessions number-of-sessions
no inbound-max-sessions
Context
[Tree] (config>system>login-control>ssh inbound-max-sessions)
[Tree] (config>system>login-control>telnet inbound-max-sessions)
Full Context
configure system login-control ssh inbound-max-sessions
configure system login-control telnet inbound-max-sessions
Description
This parameter limits the number of inbound Telnet and SSH sessions. A maximum of 30 telnet and ssh connections can be established to the router. The local serial port cannot be disabled.
Telnet and SSH maximum sessions can also use the combined total of both inbound sessions (SSH+Telnet). While it is acceptable to continue to internally limit the combined total of SSH and Telnet sessions to N, either SSH or Telnet sessions can use the inbound maximum sessions, if so required by the Operator.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
inbound-max-sessions 5
Parameters
- number-of-sessions
-
The maximum number of concurrent inbound Telnet sessions, expressed as an integer.
Platforms
All
incl-mcast-l2-attributes-advertisement
incl-mcast-l2-attributes-advertisement
Syntax
[no] incl-mcast-l2-attributes-advertisement
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>bgp-evpn incl-mcast-l2-attributes-advertisement)
Full Context
configure service vpls bgp-evpn incl-mcast-l2-attributes-advertisement
Description
This command triggers the advertisement of the Layer 2 attributes extended community including:
-
the service MTU in the Layer 2 MTU field
-
the F bit, which is set to 1 if the hash-label command is set to true (in the configure service vpls bgp-evpn mpls context); otherwise, the F bit is set to 0
-
the C bit, which is set to 1 if the control-word command is set to true (in the configure service vpls bgp-evpn mpls context); otherwise, the C bit is set to 0
The router compares the received Layer 2 MTU from a peer with the local service MTU. If there is a mismatch, the operation state of the EVPN destination is set to down, except if the configure service vpls bgp-evpn ignore-mtu-mistmatch command is enabled.
A mismatch between the received C bit and the local control-word setting (in the configure service vpls bgp-evpn mpls context) results in the operational state of the EVPN destination being set to down.
A mismatch between the received F bit and the local F bit (via the hash label configuration) results in the operational state of the EVPN destination being set to down.
The no form of this command prevents the router from advertising the Layer 2 attributes extended community along with the IMET route for the service.
Default
no incl-mcast-l2-attributes-advertisement
Platforms
All
incl-mcast-orig-ip
incl-mcast-orig-ip
Syntax
incl-mcast-orig-ip ip-address
no incl-mcast-orig-ip
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>bgp-evpn incl-mcast-orig-ip)
Full Context
configure service vpls bgp-evpn incl-mcast-orig-ip
Description
The IP address configured by the user in the incl-mcast-orig-ip command is encoded in the originating-ip field of EVPN Inclusive Multicast Routes with tunnel type Ingress Replication (value 6), mLDP (2), and Composite IR and mLDP (130).
The configured address does not need to be reachable in the base router or have an interface in the base router. The originating-ip address is used solely for BGP route-key selection.
The originating-ip is never changed for Inclusive Multicast Routes with tunnel type AR (Assisted Replication, value 10).
The no version of the command withdraws the affected Inclusive Multicast Routes and re-advertises it with the default system-ip address in the originating-ip field.
Default
incl-mcast-orig-ip 1
Parameters
- ip-address
-
Specifies the IPv4 address value.
Platforms
All
include
include
Syntax
include group-name [group-name]
no include [group-name [group-name]]
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp-template include)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp>primary-p2mp-instance include)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp>secondary include)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp>primary include)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp include)
Full Context
configure router mpls lsp-template include
configure router mpls lsp primary-p2mp-instance include
configure router mpls lsp secondary include
configure router mpls lsp primary include
configure router mpls lsp include
Description
This command specifies the admin groups to be included when an LSP is set up. Up to five groups per operation can be specified, up to 32 maximum. The include statement instructs the CSPF algorithm to pick TE links among the links which belong to one or more of the specified admin groups. A link that does not belong to at least one of the specified admin groups is excluded and thus pruned from the TE database before the CSPF computation. However, a link can still be selected if it belongs to one of the groups in a include statement but also belongs to other groups which are not part of any include statement in the LSP or primary/secondary path configuration. In other words, the include statements implements the "include-any” behavior.
The config>router>mpls>lsp>primary-p2mp-instance> include command is not supported on the 7450 ESS.
The no form of this command deletes the specified groups in the specified context.
Default
no include
Parameters
- group-name
-
Specifies admin groups to be included when an LSP is set up.
Platforms
All
include
Syntax
[no] include
Context
[Tree] (config>service>nat>syslog>syslog-export-policy include)
Full Context
configure service nat syslog syslog-export-policy include
Description
Commands in this context specify the optional fields to include in the NAT syslog messages.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
include
Syntax
[no] include tag
Context
[Tree] (config>router>admin-tags>route-admin-tag-policy include)
Full Context
configure router admin-tags route-admin-tag-policy include
Description
This configures an admin tag to be included when matching a route against an LSP.
Up to eight inclusion statements are supported per policy.
The no form of this command removes the admin tag from the include statement.
Parameters
- tag
-
Specifies the value of the admin tag, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
All
include-all
include-all
Syntax
include-all
Context
[Tree] (config>router>fad>flex-algo include-all)
Full Context
configure router flexible-algorithm-definitions flex-algo include-all
Description
Commands in this context configure administrative groups to include in the flexible algorithm topology graph. Administrative groups are attributes associated with a link and are generally referred to as link colors.
Flexible algorithms provide the possibility to restrict inclusion into the topology graph to links that have a pre-defined combination of associated administrative groups. The include-all command requires that all configured administrative groups must be present in a link before the link can be included in the topology graph.
Platforms
All
include-any
include-any
Syntax
include-any
Context
[Tree] (config>router>fad>flex-algo include-any)
Full Context
configure router flexible-algorithm-definitions flex-algo include-any
Description
Commands in this context configure administrative groups to include in the flexible algorithm topology graph. Administrative groups are attributes associated with a link and are generally referred to as link colors.
Flexible algorithms provide the possibility to restrict inclusion into the topology graph to links that have a pre-defined combination of associated administrative groups. The include-any command requires that one of the configured administrative groups must be present on a link before the link can be included in the topology graph.
Platforms
All
include-avp
include-avp
Syntax
[no] include-avp
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>diam-appl-plcy>gy include-avp)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>diam-appl-plcy>gx include-avp)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>diam-appl-plcy>nasreq include-avp)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt diameter-application-policy gy include-avp
configure subscriber-mgmt diameter-application-policy gx include-avp
configure subscriber-mgmt diameter-application-policy nasreq include-avp
Description
Commands in this context configure AVPs and their format to be included in Diameter Gx, Gy, or NASREQ application messages. For full description each AVP, refer to the 7750 SR and VSR RADIUS Attributes Reference Guide.
AVP name:
-
an-gw-address
-
apn-ambr
-
called-station-id
-
calling-station-id
-
charging-characteristics
-
dynamic-address-flag
-
ip-can-type
-
logical-access-id
-
nas-port
-
nas-port-id
-
nas-port-type
-
pdn-connection-id
-
physical-access-id
-
rai
-
rat-type
-
selection-mode
-
sgsn-mcc-mnc
-
supported-features
-
user-equipment-info
-
user-location-info
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
include-dns
include-dns
Syntax
[no] include-dns
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>rtr-adv-plcy>dns-opt include-dns)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6 include-dns)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6 include-dns)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6>rtr-adv include-dns)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6>rtr-adv include-dns)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt router-advertisement-policy dns-options include-dns
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6 include-dns
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6 include-dns
configure service ies subscriber-interface ipv6 rtr-adv include-dns
configure service vprn subscriber-interface ipv6 rtr-adv include-dns
Description
This command specifies to include the Recursive DNS Server (RDNSS) Option as defined in RFC 6106 in IPv6 router advertisements for DNS name resolution of IPv6 SLAAC hosts.
The no form of this command returns the command to the default setting.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
include-dns
Syntax
[no] include-dns
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv>dns-opt include-dns)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6>rtr-adv>dns-opt include-dns)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6>rtr-adv>dns-opt include-dns)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv>dns-opt include-dns)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6 router-advertisements dns-options include-dns
configure service vprn subscriber-interface ipv6 router-advertisements dns-options include-dns
configure service ies subscriber-interface ipv6 router-advertisements dns-options include-dns
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6 router-advertisements dns-options include-dns
Description
This command specifies to include the Recursive DNS Server (RDNSS) Option as defined in RFC 6106 in IPv6 Router Advertisements for DNS name resolution of IPv6 SLAAC hosts.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
include-dns
Syntax
[no] include-dns
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>router-advert>if>dns-options include-dns)
Full Context
configure service vprn router-advertisement interface dns-options include-dns
Description
This command enables the Recursive DNS Server (RDNSS) Option in router advertisements. This must be enabled for each interface on which the RDNSS option is required in router advertisement messages.
The no form of this command disables the RDNSS option in router advertisements.
Default
include-dns
Platforms
All
include-dns
Syntax
[no] include-dns
Context
[Tree] (config>router>router-advert>if>dns-opt include-dns)
Full Context
configure router router-advertisement interface dns-options include-dns
Description
This command enables the Recursive DNS Server (RDNSS) Option in router advertisements. This must be enabled for each interface on which the RDNSS option is required in router advertisement messages.
The no form of this command disables the RDNSS option in router advertisements.
Default
include-dns
Platforms
All
include-group
include-group
Syntax
include-group ip-admin-group-name [pref preference]
no include-group ip-admin-group-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>route-next-hop-policy>template include-group)
Full Context
configure router route-next-hop-policy template include-group
Description
This command configures the admin group constraint into the route next-hop policy template.
Each group is entered individually. The include-group statement instructs the LFA SPF selection algorithm to pick up a subset of LFA next-hops among the links which belong to one or more of the specified admin groups. A link which does not belong to at least one of the admin-groups is excluded. However, a link can still be selected if it belongs to one of the groups in a include-group statement but also belongs to other groups which are not part of any include-group statement in the route next-hop policy.
The pref option is used to provide a relative preference for the admin group to select. A lower preference value means that LFA SPF will first attempt to select a LFA backup next-hop which is a member of the corresponding admin group. If none is found, then the admin group with the next higher preference value is evaluated. If no preference is configured for a given admin group name, then it is supposed to be the least preferred, that is, numerically the highest preference value.
When evaluating multiple include-group statements within the same preference, any link which belongs to one or more of the included admin groups can be selected as an LFA next-hop. There is no relative preference based on how many of those included admin groups the link is a member of.
The exclude-group statement simply prunes all links belonging to the specified admin group before making the LFA backup next-hop selection for a prefix.
If the same group name is part of both include and exclude statements, the exclude statement will win. It other words, the exclude statement can be viewed as having an implicit preference value of 0.
The admin-group criteria are applied before running the LFA next-hop selection algorithm.
The no form deletes the admin group constraint from the route next-hop policy template.
Parameters
- ip-admin-group-name
-
Specifies the name of the group, up to 32 characters.
- preference
-
An integer specifying the relative preference of a group.
Platforms
All
include-radius-attribute
include-radius-attribute
Syntax
[no] include-radius-attribute
Context
[Tree] (config>aaa>l2tp-acct-plcy include-radius-attribute)
Full Context
configure aaa l2tp-accounting-policy include-radius-attribute
Description
Commands in this context specify the RADIUS attributes that the system should include into RADIUS Access-Request (for authentication) and Accounting-Request (for accounting) messages.
The no form of this command disables the RADIUS attributes to be included.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
include-radius-attribute
Syntax
[no] include-radius-attribute
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>auth-plcy include-radius-attribute)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy include-radius-attribute)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt authentication-policy include-radius-attribute
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy include-radius-attribute
Description
Commands in this context specify the RADIUS attributes that the system should include in RADIUS Access-Request (for authentication) and Accounting-Request (for accounting) messages.
The no form of this command reverts to the default values.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
include-radius-attribute
Syntax
[no] include-radius-attribute
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>rad-acct-plcy include-radius-attribute)
[Tree] (config>ipsec>rad-auth-plcy include-radius-attribute)
Full Context
configure ipsec radius-accounting-policy include-radius-attribute
configure ipsec radius-authentication-policy include-radius-attribute
Description
Commands in this context specify the RADIUS attributes that the system should include into RADIUS Access-Request (for authentication) and Accounting-Request (for accounting) messages.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
include-system-info
include-system-info
Syntax
[no] include-system-info
Context
[Tree] (config>log>accounting-policy include-system-info)
Full Context
configure log accounting-policy include-system-info
Description
This command allows the operator to optionally include router information at the top of each accounting file generated for a given accounting policy.
The no form of this command configures the router to not include optional router information at the top of the file.
Default
no include-system-info
Platforms
All
included-protocols
included-protocols
Syntax
included-protocols
Context
[Tree] (config>sys>security>cpu-protection>ip included-protocols)
Full Context
configure system security cpu-protection ip-src-monitoring included-protocols
Description
This context allows configuration of which protocols are included for ip-src-monitoring. This is system-wide configuration that applies to cpu protection globally.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR-7/12/12e, 7750 SR-7s, 7750 SR-14s, 7950 XRS
inclusive
inclusive
Syntax
inclusive
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>provider-tunnel inclusive)
Full Context
configure service vpls provider-tunnel inclusive
Description
Commands in this context configure the use of a P2MP LSP as the default tree for forwarding Broadcast, Unknown unicast, and Multicast (BUM) packets of a VPLS or B-VPLS instance. The P2MP LSP is referred to, in this case, as the Inclusive Provider Multicast Service Interface (I-PMSI).
When enabled, this feature relies on BGP Auto-Discovery (BGP-AD), BGP-VPLS or BGP-EVPN to discover the PE nodes participating in a specified VPLS/B-VPLS instance. In the case of BGP-AD or BGP-VPLS, the BGP route contains the information required to signal both point-to-point (P2P) PWs used to forward unicast known Ethernet frames, and the RSVP or mLDP P2MP LSP used to forward the BUM frames. In the case of BGP-EVPN, the EVPN IMET route contains the information to set up the mLDP P2MP LSP and may also contain the information that enables the remote leaf-only nodes to setup an EVPN destination to the sending PE.
The provider-tunnel for a specified service must be configured with an owner protocol (BGP-AD, BGP-VPLS or BGP-EVPN); only one owner must be configured. Use the owner {bgp-ad|bgp-vpls|bgp-evpn-mpls} command to configure an owner.
With an mLDP I-PMSI, each leaf node will initiate the signaling of the mLDP P2MP LSP upstream using the P2MP FEC information in the I-PMSI tunnel information discovered through the BGP.
If IGMP or PIM snooping are configured on the VPLS/B-VPLS instance, multicast packets matching an L2 multicast Forwarding Information Base (FIB) record will also be forwarded over the P2MP LSP.
Use the mldp command to enable the use of an LDP P2MP LSP as the I-PMSI for forwarding Ethernet BUM and IP multicast packets in a VPLS instance:
config>service>vpls [b-vpls]>provider-tunnel>inclusive>mldp
When a no shutdown is performed under the context of the inclusive node and the expiration of a delay timer, BUM packets will be forwarded over an automatically signaled mLDP P2MP LSP.
Use the root-and-leaf command to configure the node to operate as both root and leaf in the VPLS instance:
config>service>vpls [b-vpls]>provider-tunnel>inclusive>root-and-leaf
The node behaves as a leaf-only node by default. For the I-PMSI of type mLDP, the leaf-only node will join I-PMSI rooted at other nodes it discovered but will not include a PMSI Tunnel Attribute in BGP route update messages. This way a leaf-only node will forward packets to other nodes in the VPLS/B-VPLS using the point-to-point spoke-SDPs in the case of BGP-AD or BGP-VPLS, or using EVPN destinations in the case of BGP-EVPN.
Either BGP-AD/VPLS or BGP-EVPN must be enabled in the VPLS/B-VPLS instance otherwise the execution of the no shutdown command under the context of the inclusive node will fail and the I-PMSI will not come up.
If the P2MP LSP instance goes down, the VPLS/B-VPLS immediately reverts the forwarding of BUM packets to the P2P PWs or EVPN destinations (in the case of BGP-EVPN). Performing a shutdown under the context of the inclusive node will allow the user to restore BUM packet forwarding over the P2P PWs or EVPN destinations.
This feature is supported with VPLS and B-VPLS; it is not supported with I-VPLS. Although Routed VPLS is supported, routed traffic cannot be sent over the I-PMSI tree.
Platforms
All
inclusive
Syntax
inclusive
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mvpn>provider-tunnel inclusive)
Full Context
configure service vprn mvpn provider-tunnel inclusive
Description
Commands in this context specify inclusive provider tunnels.
Platforms
All
inclusive
Syntax
inclusive
Context
[Tree] (config>router>gtm>provider-tunnel inclusive)
Full Context
configure router gtm provider-tunnel inclusive
Description
Commands in this context configure inclusive provider tunnels parameters.
Platforms
All
incoming-sid
incoming-sid
Syntax
incoming-sid static label
no incoming-sid
Context
[Tree] (config>router>p2mp-sr-tree>replication-segment incoming-sid)
Full Context
configure router p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment incoming-sid
Description
This command configures the incoming replication SID for this P2MP SR tree replication segment entry.
The no form of this command removes the incoming replication SID.
Parameters
- static label
-
Specifies the incoming replication SID label.
Platforms
All
incremental-spf-wait
incremental-spf-wait
Syntax
incremental-spf-wait incremental-spf-wait
no incremental-spf-wait
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>timers incremental-spf-wait)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>timers incremental-spf-wait)
Full Context
configure router ospf timers incremental-spf-wait
configure router ospf3 timers incremental-spf-wait
Description
This command sets the delay before an incremental SPF calculation is performed when LSA types 3, 4, 5, or 7 are received. This allows multiple updates to be processed in the same SPF calculation. Type 1 or type 2 LSAs are considered a topology change and will always trigger a full SPF calculation.
The no form of this command resets the timer value back to the default value.
The timer granularity is 10 ms if the value is less than 500 ms, and 100 ms if the value is ≥ 500 ms. Timer values are rounded down to the nearest granularity, for example a configured value of 550 ms is internally rounded down to 500 ms.
Default
incremental-spf-wait 1000
Parameters
- incremental-spf-wait
-
Specifies the OSPF incremental SPF calculation delay, in milliseconds.
Platforms
All
index
index
Syntax
index index [create]
no index index
Context
[Tree] (config>service>dynsvc>ladb>user index)
Full Context
configure service dynamic-services local-auth-db user-name index
Description
This command creates an index entry containing authentication data for a dynamic service SAP. Up to 32 indexes can be created per user name entry, representing up to 32 dynamic service SAPs that can be instantiated with a single dynamic service data trigger. One of the dynamic service SAPs must be the data trigger SAP.
The no form of this command removes the index entry from the user name entry in the local authentication database configuration.
Parameters
- index
-
Specifies the index entry identifier.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
indirect
indirect
Syntax
[no] indirect ip-address
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>static-route-entry indirect)
Full Context
configure service vprn static-route-entry indirect
Description
This command specifies that the route is indirect and specifies the next hop IP address used to reach the destination.
The configured ip-address is not directly connected to a network configured on this node. The destination can be reached via multiple paths. The indirect address can only be resolved from dynamic routing protocol. Another static route cannot be used to resolve the indirect address.
The ip-address configured here can be either on the network side or the access side and is typically at least one hop away from this node.
Default
no indirect
Parameters
- ip-address
-
The IP address of the IP interface.
Platforms
All
indirect
Syntax
[no] indirect ip-address
Context
[Tree] (config>router>static-route-entry indirect)
Full Context
configure router static-route-entry indirect
Description
This command specifies that the route is indirect and specifies the next hop IP address used to reach the destination.
The configured ip-address is not directly connected to a network configured on this node. The destination can be reached via multiple paths. The indirect address can only be resolved from dynamic routing protocol. Another static route cannot be used to resolve the indirect address.
The ip-address configured here can be either on the network side or the access side and is typically at least one hop away from this node.
Default
no indirect
Parameters
- ip-address
-
Specifies the IP address of the IP interface.
Platforms
All
ine-identifier
ine-identifier
Syntax
ine-identifier identifier
no ine-identifier
Context
[Tree] (config>li>x-interfaces ine-identifier)
Full Context
configure li x-interfaces ine-identifier
Description
This command configures the Intercepting Network Element (INE).
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- identifier
-
Specifies the INE name, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
info
info
Syntax
info [detail] [objective]
info [detail] [objective] operational
Context
[Tree] (info)
Full Context
info
Description
This command displays the running configuration for the configuration context where it is entered and all branches below that context level. It can be used in any branch under configure, but not with configure itself.
By default, the command only enters the configuration parameters that vary from the default values.
The detail keyword causes all configuration parameters to be displayed. The include-dynamic objective keyword includes configuration parameters from dynamic sources such as dynamic data services Python scripts. These dynamic configuration parameters are not saved in the configuration file.
The operational keyword is available in edit-cfg mode only, in which case the keyword is mandatory when using the info command.
Example:
A:ALA-48>config>router>if-attr# info
------------------------------------
admin-group "green" value 15
admin-group "red" value 25
admin-group "yellow" value 20
A:ALA-48>config>router>mpls# info
------------------------------------
interface "system"
exit
interface "to-104"
admin-group "green"
admin-group "red"
admin-group "yellow"
label-map 35
swap 36 nexthop 10.10.10.91
no shutdown
exit
exit
path "secondary-path"
hop 1 10.10.0.111 strict
hop 2 10.10.0.222 strict
hop 3 10.10.0.123 strict
no shutdown
exit
path "to-NYC"
hop 1 10.10.10.104 strict
hop 2 10.10.0.210 strict
no shutdown
exit
path "to-104"
no shutdown
exit
lsp "to-104"
to 10.10.10.104
from 10.10.10.103
rsvp-resv-style ff
cspf
...
----------------------------------------------
A:ALA-48>config>router>mpls#
A:ALA-48>config>router>mpls# info detail
----------------------------------------------
frr-object
no resignal-timer
interface "system"
no admin-group
no shutdown
exit
interface "to-104"
admin-group "green"
admin-group "red"
admin-group "yellow"
label-map 35
swap 36 nexthop 10.10.10.91
no shutdown
exit
no shutdown
exit
path "secondary-path"
hop 1 10.10.0.111 strict
hop 2 10.10.0.222 strict
hop 3 10.10.0.123 strict
no shutdown
exit
path "to-NYC"
hop 1 10.10.10.104 strict
hop 2 10.10.0.210 strict
no shutdown
exit
path "to-104"
no shutdown
exit
lsp "to-104"
to 10.10.10.104
from 10.10.10.103
rsvp-resv-style ff
adaptive
cspf
include "red"
exclude "green"
adspec
fast-reroute one-to-one
no bandwidth
no hop-limit
node-protect
exit
hop-limit 10
retry-limit 0
retry-timer 30
secondary "secondary-path"
no standby
no hop-limit
adaptive
no include
no exclude
record
record-label
bandwidth 50000
no shutdown
exit
primary "to-NYC"
hop-limit 50
adaptive
no include
no exclude
record
record-label
no bandwidth
no shutdown
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
A:ALA-48>config>router>mpls#
Parameters
- detail
-
Displays all configuration parameters including parameters at their default values.
- objective
-
Provides an output objective that controls the configuration parameters to be displayed.
Platforms
All
info-notification
info-notification
Syntax
info-notification
Context
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>efm-oam>link-mon>local-sf-action info-notification)
Full Context
configure port ethernet efm-oam link-monitoring local-sf-action info-notification
Description
The context allows the operator to set different flags in the Information OAM PDU. The flags can be used to notify the peer that a local signal failure threshold has been exceeded within the configured window. This is useful when the local node supports the link monitoring function, but the remote peer does not support this capability. Information OAM PDUs are sent on the interval where the Event Notification OAM PDU is typically only sent on the initial sf-threshold crossing event. It is strongly suggested one of the Information OAM PDU Flag fields used to continually communicate current monitor state to the peer.
Interactions: The signal failure threshold will trigger these actions.
Platforms
All
ing-percentage-of-rate
ing-percentage-of-rate
Syntax
ing-percentage-of-rate ing-rate-percentage
no ing-percentage-of-rate
Context
[Tree] (config>port>modify-buffer-allocation-rate ing-percentage-of-rate)
Full Context
configure port modify-buffer-allocation-rate ing-percentage-of-rate
Description
This command increases or decreases the active bandwidth associated with the ingress port that affects the amount of ingress buffer space managed by the port. Changing a port’s active bandwidth using the ing-percentage-of-rate command is an effective means of artificially lowering the buffers managed by one ingress port and giving them to other ingress ports on the same MDA.
The ing-percentage-of-rate command accepts a percentage value that increases or decreases the active bandwidth based on the defined percentage. A value of 50% causes the active bandwidth to be reduced by 50%. A value of 150% causes the active bandwidth to be increased by 50%. Values from 1 to 1000 percent are supported.
A value of 100 (the default value) is equivalent to executing the no ing-percentage-of-rate command and restores the ingress active rate to the normal value.
The no form of this command removes any artificial increase or decrease of the ingress active bandwidth used for ingress buffer space allocation to the port. The no ing-percentage-of-rate command sets the ingress rate percentage to 100%.
Parameters
- ing-rate-percentage
-
The ing-rate-percentage parameter is required and specifies the percentage value used to modify the current ingress active bandwidth of the port. This does not actually change the bandwidth available on the port in any way. The defined ing-rate-percentage parameter is multiplied by the ingress active bandwidth of the port. A value of 150 results in an increase of 50% (1.5 x Rate).
Platforms
All
ing-weight
ing-weight
Syntax
ing-weight access access-weight network network-weight
no ing-weight
Context
[Tree] (config>port>hybrid-buffer-allocation ing-weight)
Full Context
configure port hybrid-buffer-allocation ing-weight
Description
This command configures the sharing of the ingress buffers allocated to a hybrid port among the access and network contexts. By default, it is split equally between network and access.
The no form of this command reverts to the default values for the ingress access and network weights.
Parameters
- access-weight
-
Specifies the access weight as an integer.
- network-weight
-
Specifies the network weight as an integer.
Platforms
All
ingress
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>card>fp ingress)
Full Context
configure card fp ingress
Description
This command enables access to the ingress fp CLI context.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>ancp>ancp-policy ingress)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt ancp ancp-policy ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress ANCP policy parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>vpls-only ingress)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>ies-vprn ingress)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt msap-policy vpls-only-sap-parameters ingress
configure subscriber-mgmt msap-policy ies-vprn-only-sap-parameters ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress policies for Managed SAPs (MSAPs).
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile ingress)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress parameters for the SLA profile.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if ingress)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress network filter parameters for the interface.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap ingress)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap ingress)
Full Context
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface sap ingress
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface sap ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress SAP Quality of Service (QoS) policies and filter policies.
If no SAP ingress QoS policy is defined, the system default sap-ingress QoS policy is used for ingress processing. If no ingress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp ingress)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>spoke-sdp ingress)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp ingress)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap ingress)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>red-if>spoke-sdp>egress ingress)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap ingress)
Full Context
configure service vpls spoke-sdp ingress
configure service ies interface spoke-sdp ingress
configure service vpls mesh-sdp ingress
configure service ies interface sap ingress
configure service ies red-if spoke-sdp egress ingress
configure service vpls sap ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress Quality of Service (QoS) policies and filter policies.
If no QoS policy is defined, the system default sap-ingress QoS policy is used for ingress processing. If no ingress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>card>mda>access ingress)
[Tree] (config>port>access ingress)
Full Context
configure card mda access ingress
configure port access ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress buffer pool parameters which define the percentage of the pool buffers that are used for CBS calculations and specify the slope policy that is configured in the config>qos>slope-policy context.
On the MDA level, access ingress pools are only allocated on channelized MDAs.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>access ingress)
Full Context
configure port ethernet access ingress
Description
This command configures Ethernet access ingress port parameters.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>cpipe>sap ingress)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap ingress)
[Tree] (config>service>ipipe>sap ingress)
Full Context
configure service cpipe sap ingress
configure service epipe sap ingress
configure service ipipe sap ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress SAP Quality of Service (QoS) policies.
If no sap-ingress QoS policy is defined, the system default sap-ingress QoS policy is used for ingress processing.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
- configure service cpipe sap ingress
All
- configure service epipe sap ingress
- configure service ipipe sap ingress
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>cpipe>spoke-sdp ingress)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>spoke-sdp ingress)
[Tree] (config>service>ipipe>spoke-sdp ingress)
Full Context
configure service cpipe spoke-sdp ingress
configure service epipe spoke-sdp ingress
configure service ipipe spoke-sdp ingress
Description
This command configures the ingress SDP context.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
- configure service cpipe spoke-sdp ingress
All
- configure service epipe spoke-sdp ingress
- configure service ipipe spoke-sdp ingress
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>template>epipe-sap-template ingress)
Full Context
configure service template epipe-sap-template ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress SAP Quality of Service (QoS) policies and filter policies.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>vxlan>network ingress)
Full Context
configure service vpls vxlan network ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure network ingress parameters for the VPLS VXLAN service.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>aarp-interface>spoke-sdp ingress)
Full Context
configure service ies aarp-interface spoke-sdp ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure the ingress for a spoke SDP.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>vpls ingress)
Full Context
configure service ies interface vpls ingress
Description
The ingress node in this context under the vpls binding is used to define the routed IPv4 and IPv6 optional filter overrides.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if ingress)
Full Context
configure service ies interface ingress
Description
This command enters context to configure ingress parameters for network interfaces.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>network ingress)
Full Context
configure service vprn network ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure network ingress parameters for the VPRN service.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>aarp-interface>spoke-sdp ingress)
Full Context
configure service vprn aarp-interface spoke-sdp ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure the ingress for a spoke SDP.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if ingress)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface ingress
Description
This command enters context to configure ingress parameters for network interfaces.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap ingress)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface sap ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress SAP Quality of Service (QoS) policies and filter policies.
If no sap-ingress QoS policy is defined, the system default sap-ingress QoS policy is used for ingress processing. If no ingress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>vpls ingress)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface vpls ingress
Description
The ingress node in this context under the vpls binding is used to define the routed IPv4 and IPv6 optional filter overrides.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>aa-interface>sap ingress)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>aa-interface>sap ingress)
Full Context
configure service ies aa-interface sap ingress
configure service vprn aa-interface sap ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>card>mda>network ingress)
Full Context
configure card mda network ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure MDA-level IOM Quality of Service (QoS).
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>video-interface>video-sap ingress)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>video-interface>video-sap ingress)
Full Context
configure service ies video-interface video-sap ingress
configure service vprn video-interface video-sap ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure in parameters for the service’s video SAP.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-1s, 7750 SR-2s, 7750 SR-7s, 7750 SR-14s
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ipmirrorif>spoke-sdp ingress)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>red-if>spoke-sdp ingress)
[Tree] (config>mirror>mirror-dest>spoke-sdp ingress)
[Tree] (config>mirror>mirror-dest>remote-src>spoke-sdp ingress)
Full Context
configure service vprn ip-mirror-interface spoke-sdp ingress
configure service vprn redundant-interface spoke-sdp ingress
configure mirror mirror-dest spoke-sdp ingress
configure mirror mirror-dest remote-source spoke-sdp ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure spoke SDP ingress parameters.
Platforms
All
- configure mirror mirror-dest remote-source spoke-sdp ingress
- configure service vprn ip-mirror-interface spoke-sdp ingress
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service vprn redundant-interface spoke-sdp ingress
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
- configure mirror mirror-dest spoke-sdp ingress
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>qos>network ingress)
Full Context
configure qos network ingress
Description
This command is used to enter the CLI node that creates or edits policy entries that specify the DiffServ code points-to-forwarding class mapping for all IP packets and define the MPLS EXP bits-to-forwarding class mapping for all labeled packets.
When premarked IP or MPLS packets ingress on a network port, they get a Per Hop Behavior (that is, the QoS treatment through the router, based on the mapping defined under the current node).
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>qos>queue-group-templates ingress)
Full Context
configure qos queue-group-templates ingress
Description
Commands in this context create ingress queue group templates. Ingress queue group templates can be applied to ingress ports to create an ingress queue group of the same name.
An ingress template must be created for a group-name prior to creating a queue group with the same name on an ingress port.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>router>if ingress)
Full Context
configure router interface ingress
Description
This command enables access to the context to configure ingress network filter policies for the IP interface. If an ingress filter is not defined, no filtering is performed.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>cust>multi-service-site ingress)
Full Context
configure service customer multi-service-site ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure the ingress node associate an existing scheduler policy name with the customer site. The ingress node is an entity to associate commands that complement the association.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>pw-template ingress)
Full Context
configure service pw-template ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure spoke SDP binding ingress filter parameters.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>service>sdp>binding>pw-port ingress)
Full Context
configure service sdp binding pw-port ingress
Description
This command configures ingress parameters for the PW port.
Platforms
All
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-prof ingress)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile ingress
Description
Commands in this context configure subscriber profile ingress setting parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ingress-buffer-allocation
ingress-buffer-allocation
Syntax
ingress-buffer-allocation percentage
no ingress-buffer-allocation
Context
[Tree] (config>card>fp ingress-buffer-allocation)
Full Context
configure card fp ingress-buffer-allocation
Description
This command allows the user to configure an ingress buffer allocation percentage per forwarding plane from 20.00% to 80.00%. Ingress buffer allocation applies to user-accessible buffers (total buffers less those reserved for system use).
The ingress buffer allocation percentage determines how much of the user-accessible buffers will be available for ingress purposes. The remaining buffers will be available for egress purposes.
This command is supported on all 50G FP2-based and 100G/200G FP3-based hardware. It is not supported on other FP2 or FP3-based hardware, nor on FP4-based hardware.
The no form of this command reverts the ingress buffer allocation to the default value.
Default
ingress-buffer-allocation 50.00
Parameters
- percentage
-
Specifies the buffer allocation percentage.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR-7/12/12e, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7950 XRS
ingress-counter-map
ingress-counter-map
Syntax
ingress-counter-map policer policer-id traffic-type { unicast | multicast | broadcast} [create]
ingress-counter-map queue queue-id traffic-type { unicast | multicast | broadcast} [create]
no ingress-counter-map policer policer-id
no ingress-counter-map queue queue-id
Context
[Tree] (config>sflow ingress-counter-map)
Full Context
configure sflow ingress-counter-map
Description
This command configures the ingress counter map for sFlow. The map must be configured so sFlow agent understands how to interpret data collected against SAP queues and policers. Multiple queues/policers can be mapped to the same traffic-type using separate line entries.
The no form of this command deletes a SAP policy queue/policer from the map.
Parameters
- policer-id
-
Specifies the policer ID in a SAP ingress QoS policy. If the SAP policy does not have a policer with the specified ID, the map entry will be ignored for this SAP.
- queue-id
-
Specifies the queue ID in a SAP ingress QoS policy. If the SAP policy does not have a queue with the specified ID, the map entry will be ignored for this SAP.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ingress-ip-filter-entries
ingress-ip-filter-entries
Syntax
[no] ingress-ip-filter-entries
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>cat-map>category>exh-lvl ingress-ip-filter-entries)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt category-map category exhausted-credit-service-level ingress-ip-filter-entries
Description
Commands in this context configure the ingress IP filter parameters.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
ingress-ip-filter-entries
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ingress-ipv6-filter-entries
ingress-ipv6-filter-entries
Syntax
[no] ingress-ipv6-filter-entries
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>cat-map>category>exh-lvl ingress-ipv6-filter-entries)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt category-map category exhausted-credit-service-level ingress-ipv6-filter-entries
Description
Commands in this context configure the ingress IPv6 filter parameters.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
ingress-ipv6-filter-entries
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ingress-label
ingress-label
Syntax
ingress-label label [label]
no ingress-label [label]
Context
[Tree] (debug>mirror-source ingress-label)
Full Context
debug mirror-source ingress-label
Description
This command enables ingress mirroring based on MPLS labels with the following limitations.
-
The ingress label provisioned must be a MPLS transport label and can be at any label stack as long as it is known by the system. Transport label distributed by LDP, RSVP, and segment routing are supported. For BGP-specific label distribution mirroring, the following are supported.
-
BGP label-unicast (RFC 8277, Using BGP to Bind MPLS Labels to Address Prefixes)
-
VPN service labels distributed by BGP for Carrier Supporting Carrier (CSC) VPNs (RFC 4364, BGP/MPLS IP Virtual Private Networks (VPNs))
-
VPN service labels distributed by BGP in an ASBR (inter-as-option-B)
-
VPN service labels distributed by BGP in a route reflector with next-hop-self (RR + NHS)
-
-
VPN service label mirroring is not supported in a provider edge (PE) router.
-
The ingress label can only be mirrored to a single mirror destination. If the same label is defined with multiple mirror destinations, an error is generated and the original mirror destination remains unchanged.
The ingress label mirror source overrides all other mirror source definitions. The MPLS frame is mirrored to the mirror destination as it is received on the ingress network port. The router MPLS label space is global for the system. A specific label is mirrored to a mirror destination regardless of the ingress interface. In addition to mirroring known labels, debug also allows pre-provisioning label values which are yet to be known by the system. Be aware that debug mirroring requires provisioning of static label values while labels distributed by label distribution protocols are dynamic in nature. Therefore, when label values change due to network changes, labels provisioned in debug mirroring must be changed or deleted manually.
By default, no ingress MPLS frames are mirrored. The ingress-label command must be executed to start mirroring on a specific MPLS label.
Parameters
- label
-
Specifies up to eight transport labels received on ingress to be mirrored. Each label can only be mirrored to a single mirror destination.
If the label does not exist on any ingress network ports, no packets are mirrored for that label. An error will not occur. Once the label exists on a network port, ingress mirroring begins for that label.
Platforms
All
ingress-percent-of-total
ingress-percent-of-total
Syntax
ingress-percent-of-total percent-of-total-queues
no ingress-percent-of-total
Context
[Tree] (config>qos>fp-resource-policy>queues ingress-percent-of-total)
Full Context
configure qos fp-resource-policy queues ingress-percent-of-total
Description
This command configures the percentage of the total number of queues on the FP on which the policy is applied that are allocated to ingress, with the remainder allocated to egress. The ingress and egress buffer pool sizes are not affected by the queue allocation.
The allocation is performed in sets of 8192 queues, with a minimum of 8192 queues at ingress and 8192 queues at egress. If the percentage configured results in the queue allocation not being a multiple of 8192, the number of queues at ingress is rounded down to the next 8192 boundary, and consequently the number of queues at egress is rounded up to the next 8192 boundary, both while respecting the minimum at ingress and egress.
If the FP resources policy being applied to any FP and the updated allocation is not achievable with the current ingress or egress queue consumption on any of the related FPs, then the command fails.
The configuration of ingress-percent-of-total command, including removing this parameter to return to its default configuration, causes the router to immediately reset the associated cards, XIOMs, and MDAs, except on the 7750 SR-1 where the configuration must be saved, and the router rebooted, immediately after committing the configuration transaction.
The no form of this command reverts the percentage of ingress queues, and consequently egress queues, to their default allocation.
Default
ingress-percent-of-total 50.00
Parameters
- percent-of-total-queues
-
Specifies the percentage of total ingress queues as two fraction digits.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ingress-policer
ingress-policer
Syntax
ingress-policer policer-name
no ingress-policer
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>dsm ingress-policer)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>dsm ingress-policer)
Full Context
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range distributed-sub-mgmt ingress-policer
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range distributed-sub-mgmt ingress-policer
Description
This command specifies the ingress policer applied to all UEs corresponding to default vlan-range (such as group-interface) or the specified vlan-range. The policer can be created in the config>subscr-mgmt>isa-policer context. The ingress policer can be overridden per UE from RADIUS via access-accept or COA.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- policer-name
-
Specifies the identifier of the distributed-sub-mgmt policer for ingress traffic.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ingress-rate
ingress-rate
Syntax
ingress-rate sub-rate
no ingress-rate
Context
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet ingress-rate)
Full Context
configure port ethernet ingress-rate
Description
This command configures the maximum amount of ingress bandwidth that this port can receive with the configured sub-rate using packet-based accounting.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
Default
no ingress-rate
Parameters
- sub-rate
-
Specifies the ingress rate, in Mb/s.
Platforms
All
ingress-repl-inc-mcast-advertisement
ingress-repl-inc-mcast-advertisement
Syntax
[no] ingress-repl-inc-mcast-advertisement
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>bgp-evpn ingress-repl-inc-mcast-advertisement)
Full Context
configure service vpls bgp-evpn ingress-repl-inc-mcast-advertisement
Description
This command enables and disables the advertisement of the Inclusive Multicast Ethernet Tag route (IMET route) with tunnel-type Ingress-Replication in the PMSI Tunnel Attribute, or with the tunnel-type Composite Point-to-Multipoint and Ingress-Replication (P2MP+IR) in the root-and-leaf nodes. The following must be considered:
-
When no ingress-repl-inc-mcast-advertisement is configured, no IMET routes will be sent for the service unless the provider-tunnel is configured with owner bgp-evpn-mpls and root-and-leaf, in which case, an IMET-P2MP route is sent.
-
When ingress-repl-inc-mcast-advertisement and provider-tunnel are configured for bgp-evpn-mpls with root-and-leaf, the system will send an IMET-P2MP-IR route, that is, an IMET route with a composite P2MP+IR tunnel type.
-
When no ingress-repl-inc-mcast-advertisement and assisted-replication replicator are configured, the system will send IMET-AR routes, but IMET-IR routes will not be sent.
Default
ingress-repl-inc-mcast-advertisement
Platforms
All
ingress-replication-bum-label
ingress-replication-bum-label
Syntax
[no] no-ingress-replication-bum-label
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>bgp-evpn>mpls ingress-replication-bum-label)
Full Context
configure service vpls bgp-evpn mpls ingress-replication-bum-label
Description
This command allows the user to configure the system so that a separate label is sent for BUM (Broadcast, Unknown unicast and Multicast) traffic in a specified service. By default ( no ingress-replication-bum-label), the same label is used for unicast and flooded BUM packets when for-warding traffic to remote PEs.
When saving labels, this might cause transient traffic duplication for all-active multi-homing. By enabling ingress-replication-bum-label, the system will advertise two labels per EVPN VPLS instance, one for unicast and one for BUM traffic. The ingress PE will use the BUM label for flooded traffic to the advertising egress PE, so that the egress PE can determine if the unicast traffic has been flooded by the ingress PE. Depending on the scale required in the network, the user may choose between saving label space or avoiding transient packet duplication sent to an all-active multi-homed CE for certain macs.
Default
no ingress-replication-bum-label
Platforms
All
ingress-statistics
ingress-statistics
Syntax
ingress-statistics
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mpls ingress-statistics)
Full Context
configure router mpls ingress-statistics
Description
Commands in this context enable ingress-statistics on an MPLS-TP LSP.
Platforms
All
ingress-statistics
Syntax
ingress-statistics
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp ingress-statistics)
Full Context
configure router mpls lsp ingress-statistics
Description
Commands in this context enter the LSP names for the purpose of enabling ingress data path statistics at the terminating node of the LSP, for example, egress LER.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ingress-statistics
Syntax
[no] ingress-statistics
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>fwd-policies>fwd-policy ingress-statistics)
Full Context
configure router mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy ingress-statistics
Description
This command configures ingress statistics in an MPLS forwarding policy.
The ingress statistics are associated with a binding label, that is the ILM of the forwarding policy, and provides aggregate packet and byte counters for packets matching the binding label.
The no form of this command removes the statistics from the MPLS forwarding policy.
Platforms
All
ingress-statistics
Syntax
ingress-statistics
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>segm-rtng ingress-statistics)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>segm-rtng ingress-statistics)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>segm-rtng ingress-statistics)
Full Context
configure router isis segment-routing ingress-statistics
configure router ospf3 segment-routing ingress-statistics
configure router ospf segment-routing ingress-statistics
Description
Commands in this context configure the ingress statistics for IGP SIDs.
Platforms
All
ingress-statistics
Syntax
[no] ingress-statistics
Context
[Tree] (config>router>segment-routing>sr-policies ingress-statistics)
Full Context
configure router segment-routing sr-policies ingress-statistics
Description
This command administratively enables the collection of ingress traffic statistics for all segment routing policies. The statistics provide counts for the number of incoming packets and bytes corresponding to each (color, endpoint) combination.
If there are any SR-MPLS interfaces on an FP2 or older line-cards, an attempt to enable this command will fail.
The no form of this command disables ingress stats collection for all segment routing policies.
Default
no ingress-statistics
Platforms
All
ingress-statistics
Syntax
[no] ingress-statistics
Context
[Tree] (config>router>policy-options>policy-statement>default-action ingress-statistics)
[Tree] (config>router>policy-options>policy-statement>entry>action ingress-statistics)
Full Context
configure router policy-options policy-statement default-action ingress-statistics
configure router policy-options policy-statement entry action ingress-statistics
Description
This command enables the allocation of statistical indexes to BGP-LU route entries that are programmed on ingress data paths. For effective operation, a prefix must be advertised with a label per prefix for ILM statistics.
The no form of this command disables the allocation of statistical indexes to BGP-LU route entries.
Default
no ingress-statistics
Platforms
All
ingress-xpl
ingress-xpl
Syntax
ingress-xpl
Context
[Tree] (config>card>mda ingress-xpl)
Full Context
configure card mda ingress-xpl
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress MDA XPL interface error parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
init
init
Syntax
init [detail]
no init
Context
[Tree] (debug>router>ldp>peer>packet init)
Full Context
debug router ldp peer packet init
Description
This command enables debugging for LDP Init packets.
The no form of the command disables the debugging output.
Parameters
- detail
-
Displays detailed information.
Platforms
All
init-cwnd-size
init-cwnd-size
Syntax
init-cwnd-size init-cwnd-size
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>tcp-optimizer init-cwnd-size)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group tcp-optimizer init-cwnd-size
Description
This command configures the initial TCP congestion window (cwnd) used during the TCP Slow Start (SS) period.
Default
10
Parameters
- init-cwnd-size
-
Specifies the initial TCP congestion window size value in maximum segment size (mss).
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
init-delay
init-delay
Syntax
init-delay seconds
no init-delay
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipv6>vrrp init-delay)
Full Context
configure service ies interface ipv6 vrrp init-delay
Description
This command configures a VRRP initialization delay timer.
Default
no init-delay
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the initialization delay timer for VRRP, in seconds.
Platforms
All
init-delay
Syntax
init-delay seconds
no init-delay
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>vrrp init-delay)
Full Context
configure service ies interface vrrp init-delay
Description
This command configures a VRRP initialization delay timer.
Default
no init-delay
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the initialization delay timer for VRRP, in seconds.
Platforms
All
init-delay
Syntax
init-delay seconds
no init-delay
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>vrrp init-delay)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>vrrp init-delay)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface vrrp init-delay
configure service vprn interface ipv6 vrrp init-delay
Description
This command configures a VRRP initialization delay timer.
Default
no init-delay
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the initialization delay timer for VRRP, in seconds.
Platforms
All
init-delay
Syntax
init-delay seconds
no init-delay
Context
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipv6>vrrp init-delay)
[Tree] (config>router>if>vrrp init-delay)
Full Context
configure router interface ipv6 vrrp init-delay
configure router interface vrrp init-delay
Description
This command configures a VRRP initialization delay timer.
Default
no init-delay
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the initialization delay timer for VRRP, in seconds.
Platforms
All
init-extract-prio-mode
init-extract-prio-mode
Syntax
init-extract-prio-mode {uniform | l3-classify}
Context
[Tree] (config>card>fp init-extract-prio-mode)
Full Context
configure card fp init-extract-prio-mode
Description
This command determines the scheme used to select the initial drop priority of extracted control plane traffic. The initial drop priority of extracted packets can be either low or high priority. The drop priority of the extracted packets can be subsequently altered by mechanisms such as CPU protection. High-priority traffic receives preferential treatment in control plane congestion situations over low-priority traffic.
Default
init-extract-prio-mode uniform
Parameters
- uniform
-
Initializes the drop priority of all extracted control traffic as high priority. Drop priority can then be altered (marked low priority) by distributed CPU protection (DCP) or centralized CPU protection rate-limiting functions in order to achieve protocol and interface isolation.
- l3-classify
-
Initializes the drop priority of Layer 3 extracted control traffic (BGP and OSPF) based on the QoS classification of the packets. This is useful in networks where the DSCP and EXP markings can be trusted as the primary method to distinguish, protect, and isolate good terminating protocol traffic from unknown or potentially harmful protocol traffic instead of using the rate-based DCP and centralized CPU protection traffic marking/coloring mechanisms (for example, out-profile-rate and exceed-action low-priority).
For network interfaces, the QoS classification profile result selects the drop priority (in = high priority, out = low priority) for extracted control traffic, and the default QoS classification maps different DSCP and EXP values to different in/out profile states.
For access interfaces, the QoS classification priority result typically selects the drop priority for extracted control traffic. The default access QoS classification ( default-priority) maps all traffic to low. If the queues in the access QoS policy are configured as profile-mode queues (rather than the default priority-mode) extracted traffic will use the QoS classification profile value configured against the associated FC (rather than the priority result) to select the drop priority.
Layer 2 extracted control traffic (ARP or ETH-CFM) and protocols that cannot always be QoS-classified, such as IS-IS, are initialized as low drop priority in order to protect Layer 2 protocol traffic on uniform interfaces (which would typically be subject to centralized CPU protection). Alternately, DCP can be used (by configuring a non-zero rate with exceed-action of low-priority for the all-unspecified protocol) to mark some of this traffic as high priority.
Platforms
All
init-ss-threshold
init-ss-threshold
Syntax
init-ss-threshold init-ss-threshold
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>tcp-optimizer init-ss-threshold)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group tcp-optimizer init-ss-threshold
Description
This command configures the initial Slow Start (SS) threshold for a given TCP optimizer policy. Nokia recommends to set the threshold close to the access network Bandwidth Delay Product (BDP).
Default
1000000
Parameters
- init-ss-threshold
-
Specifies the initial SS threshold value in kilobytes.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
initial-app-profile
initial-app-profile
Syntax
initial-app-profile app-profile-name
no initial-app-profile
Context
[Tree] (config service ies sub-if grp-if wpp initial-app-profile)
[Tree] (config subscr-mgmt loc-user-db ipoe host wpp initial-app-profile)
[Tree] (config service vprn sub-if grp-if wpp initial-app-profile)
Full Context
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wpp initial-app-profile
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host wpp initial-app-profile
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wpp initial-app-profile
Description
This command specifies the initial app-profile for the hosts created on the group-interface. This initial app-profile is replaced after hosts pass web portal authentication.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
no initial-app-profile
Parameters
- app-profile-name
-
Specifies the initial application profile, up to 32 characters, to be used during the WPP authentication phase of the IPoE hosts.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
initial-hold-time
initial-hold-time
Syntax
initial-hold-time seconds
initial-hold-time [min min] [ sec sec]
no initial-hold-time
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>vrgw>brg>brg-profile initial-hold-time)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt vrgw brg brg-profile initial-hold-time
Description
This hold time applies to BRG instances that are created without any hosts; for example, triggered due to proxy authentication. During this initial hold-time the BRG is not deleted and no connectivity-verification is started. When this timer expires, connectivity verification is started. If connectivity verification is disabled and no hosts are associated with the BRG upon expiry, the regular hold time is started and the BRG instance will be removed.
This command allows an operator to have fast BRG removal (no connectivity-verification and no hold-time) but still use BRG proxy authentication. Without an initial hold time the BRG would be removed immediately after creation.
This command does not apply to BRG instances that are created through host setup.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
initial-hold-time min 5
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the initial time, in seconds, to hold on to a BRG after the system considered it down.
- min
-
Specifies the initial time in minutes.
- sec
-
Specifies the initial time in seconds.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
initial-lease-time
initial-lease-time
Syntax
initial-lease-time [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no initial-lease-time
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>dhcp initial-lease-time)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>dhcp initial-lease-time)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>dhcp initial-lease-time)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>dhcp initial-lease-time)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range dhcp initial-lease-time
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw dhcp initial-lease-time
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw dhcp initial-lease-time
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range dhcp initial-lease-time
Description
This command configures the lease time for a user which is migrant (unauthenticated).
Default
initial-lease-time min 10
Parameters
- hours
-
Specifies the number of initial lease time hours.
- minutes
-
Specifies the number of initial lease time minutes.
- seconds
-
Specifies the number of initial lease time.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
initial-preferred-lifetime
initial-preferred-lifetime
Syntax
initial-preferred-lifetime [hrs hours] [ min minutes] [sec seconds]
no initial-preferred-lifetime
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>dhcp6 initial-preferred-lifetime)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>slaac initial-preferred-lifetime)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>slaac initial-preferred-lifetime)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>dhcp6 initial-preferred-lifetime)
Full Context
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range dhcp6 initial-preferred-lifetime
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range slaac initial-preferred-lifetime
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range slaac initial-preferred-lifetime
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range dhcp6 initial-preferred-lifetime
Description
This command specifies the signaled preferred lifetime in DHCPv6 or SLAAC after full authentication (DSM and/or ESM).
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
initial-preferred-lifetime min 5
Parameters
- hours
-
Specifies the number of initial preferred lifetime hours.
- minutes
-
Specifies the number of initial preferred lifetime minutes.
- seconds
-
Specifies the number of initial preferred lifetime seconds.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
initial-registration
initial-registration
Syntax
initial-registration ca ca-profile-name key-to-certify key-filename protection-alg {password password reference ref-number | signature [ cert cert-file-name [send-chain [ with-ca ca-profile-name]]] [protection-key key-file-name] [hash-alg {md5 | sha1 | sha224 | sha256 | sha384 | sha512}]} subject-dn dn [ domain-name domain-names] [ip-addr ip-address | ipv6-address] save-as save-path-of-result-cert
Context
[Tree] (admin>certificate>cmpv2 initial-registration)
Full Context
admin certificate cmpv2 initial-registration
Description
This command request initial certificate from CA by using CMPv2 initial registration procedure.
The ca parameter specifies a CA-profile which includes CMP server information.
The key-to-certify is an imported key file to be certified by the CA.
The protection-key is an imported key file used to for message protection if protection-alg is signature.
The request is authenticated either of following methods:
-
A password and a reference number that pre-distributed by CA via out-of-band means.
-
The specified password and reference number are not necessarily in the cmp-keylist configured in the corresponding CA-Profile
-
A signature signed by the protection-key or key-to-certify, optionally along with the corresponding certificate. If the protection-key is not specified, system will use the key-to-certify for message protection. The hash algorithm used for signature is depends on key type:
-
DSA key: SHA1
-
RSA key: MD5/SHA1/SHA224 | SHA256 | SHA384 | SHA512, by default is SHA1
Optionally, the system could also send a certificate or a chain of certificates in extraCerts field. Certificate is specified by the "cert” parameter, it must include the public key of the key used for message protection.
Sending a chain is enabled by specify the send-chain parameter.
subject-dn specifies the subject of the requesting certificate.
save-as specifies full path name of saving the result certificate.
In some cases, CA may not return certificate immediately, due to reason like request processing need manual intervention. In such cases, the admin certificate cmpv2 poll command could be used to poll the status of the request. If key-list is not configured in the corresponding ca-profile, then the system will use the existing password to authenticate the CMPv2 packets from server if it is in password protection.
If key-list is configured in the corresponding ca-profile and server does not send SenderKID, then the system will use lexicographical first key in the key-list to authenticate the CMPv2 packets from server in case it is in password protection.
Parameters
- ca-profile-name
-
Specifies a ca-profile name which includes CMP server information up to 32 characters.
- key-filename
-
Specifies the file name of the key to certify up to 95 characters.
- password
-
Specifies an ASCII string up to 64 characters.
- ref-number
-
Specifies the reference number for this CA initial authentication key up to 64 characters.
- cert-file-name
-
specifies the certificate file up to 95 characters.
- ca-profile-name
-
Specifies to send the chain.
- key-file-name
-
Specifies the protection key associated with the action on the CA profile.
- hash-algorithm
-
Specifies the hash algorithm for RSA key.
- dn
-
Specifies the subject of the requesting certificate up to 256 characters.
- save-path-of-result-cert
-
Specifies the save full path name of saving the result certificate up to 200 characters.
- domain-name domain-names
-
Specifies FQDNs for SubjectAltName of the requesting certificate, separated by commas, up to 512 characters.
- ip-address | ipv6-address
-
Specifies an IPv4 or IPv6 address for SubjectAtName of the requesting certificate.
Platforms
All
initial-send-delay-zero
initial-send-delay-zero
Syntax
[no] initial-send-delay-zero
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor initial-send-delay-zero)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group initial-send-delay-zero)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp initial-send-delay-zero)
Full Context
configure service vprn bgp group neighbor initial-send-delay-zero
configure service vprn bgp group initial-send-delay-zero
configure service vprn bgp initial-send-delay-zero
Description
This command configures BGP to send UPDATE messages announcing reachability information to a peer or set of peers immediately after the sessions come up (become established) with these peers.
The default behavior, provided by the no form of this command, is to wait for min-route-advertisement time after each session is established before sending the first set of UPDATE messages.
Platforms
All
initial-send-delay-zero
Syntax
[no] initial-send-delay-zero
Context
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group initial-send-delay-zero)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor initial-send-delay-zero)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp initial-send-delay-zero)
Full Context
configure router bgp group initial-send-delay-zero
configure router bgp group neighbor initial-send-delay-zero
configure router bgp initial-send-delay-zero
Description
This command configures BGP to send UPDATE messages announcing reachability information to a peer or set of peers immediately after the sessions become established with these peers.
The no form of this command waits for min-route-advertisement time after each session is established before sending the first set of UPDATE messages.
Platforms
All
initial-sla-profile
initial-sla-profile
Syntax
initial-sla-profile sla-profile-name
no initial-sla-profile
Context
[Tree] (config service vprn sub-if grp-if wpp initial-sla-profile)
[Tree] (config service ies sub-if grp-if wpp initial-sla-profile)
[Tree] (config subscr-mgmt loc-user-db ipoe host wpp initial-sla-profile)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wpp initial-sla-profile
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wpp initial-sla-profile
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host wpp initial-sla-profile
Description
This command specifies the initial sla-profile for the hosts created on the group-interface. This initial sla-profile is replaced after hosts pass web portal authentication.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- sla-profile-name
-
Specifies the initial SLA profile, up to 32 characters, to be used during the WPP authentication phase of the IPOE host.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
initial-sla-profile
Syntax
initial-sla-profile profile-name
no initial-sla-profile
Context
[Tree] (config router wpp initial-sla-profile)
Full Context
configure router wpp initial-sla-profile
Description
This command specifies the initial sla-profile for the hosts created on the group-interface. This initial sla-profile is replaced after hosts pass the web portal authentication.
Default
no initial-sla-profile
Parameters
- profile-name
-
Specifies the name of sla-profile.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
initial-sub-profile
initial-sub-profile
Syntax
initial-sub-profile sub-profile-name
no initial-sub-profile
Context
[Tree] (config service vprn sub-if grp-if wpp initial-sub-profile)
[Tree] (config service ies sub-if grp-if wpp initial-sub-profile)
[Tree] (config subscr-mgmt loc-user-db ipoe host wpp initial-sub-profile)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wpp initial-sub-profile
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wpp initial-sub-profile
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host wpp initial-sub-profile
Description
This command specifies the initial sub-profile for the hosts created on the group-interface. This initial sub-profile is replaced after hosts pass web portal authentication.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
no initial-sub-profile
Parameters
- sub-profile-name
-
Specifies the initial subscriber profile, up to 32 characters, to be used during the WPP authentication phase of the IPoE host.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
initial-valid-lifetime
initial-valid-lifetime
Syntax
initial-valid-lifetime [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no initial-valid-lifetime
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>slaac initial-valid-lifetime)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>dhcp6 initial-valid-lifetime)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>slaac initial-valid-lifetime)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>dhcp6 initial-valid-lifetime)
Full Context
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range slaac initial-valid-lifetime
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range dhcp6 initial-valid-lifetime
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range slaac initial-valid-lifetime
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range dhcp6 initial-valid-lifetime
Description
This command specifies the signaled preferred lifetime in DHCPv6 or SLAAC during a migrant phase.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
initial-valid-lifetime min 5
Parameters
- hours
-
Specifies the number of initial preferred lifetime hours.
- minutes
-
Specifies the number of initial preferred lifetime minutes.
- seconds
-
Specifies the number of initial preferred lifetime seconds.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
initiation-message
initiation-message
Syntax
initiation-message [initiation-message]
no initiation-message
Context
[Tree] (config>bmp>station initiation-message)
Full Context
configure bmp station initiation-message
Description
This command configures a free-form initiation message for a type 0 TLV to be sent to the BMP monitoring station. The message is transmitted when a BMP monitoring station establishes a connection to the device. Information can be provided to the BMP station system administrator (for example, a contact phone number). The initiation message includes a type 1 TLV containing the SNMP sysDescr value specified in RFC 1213, Management Information Base for Network Management of TCP/IP-based internets: MIB-II, and a type 2 TLV containing the SNMP sysName value also from RFC 1213. The string in the initiation-message is UTF-8 encoded.
The no form of this command removes initiation message from the configuration and causes a free-form message to be included in the type 0 information TLV and the corresponding tlv-length is made 0.
Parameters
- initiation-message
-
Specifies an initiation message up to 256 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Platforms
All
inner-tag
inner-tag
Syntax
inner-tag value [vid-mask]
no inner-tag
Context
[Tree] (config>qos>sap-ingress>mac-criteria>entry>match inner-tag)
Full Context
configure qos sap-ingress mac-criteria entry match inner-tag
Description
This command configures the matching of the second tag that is carried transparently through the service. The inner tag on ingress is the second tag on the frame if there are no service delimiting tags. The inner tag is the second tag before any service delimiting tags on egress but is dependent in the ingress configuration and may be set to 0 even in cases where additional tags are on the frame. This allows matching VLAN tags for explicit filtering or QoS setting when using default or null encapsulations.
The inner tag is not applicable in ingress on dot1Q SAPs. The inner tag may be populated on egress depending on the ingress SAP type.
On QinQ SAPs of null and default that do not strip tags, the inner-tag will contain the second tag (which is still the second tag carried transparently through the service.) On ingress SAPs that strip any tags, the inner tag will contain 0 even if there are more than two tags on the frame.
The optional vid_mask is defaulted to 4095 (exact match) but may be specified to allow pattern matching. The masking operation is ((value and vid-mask) = = (tag and vid-mask)). A value of 6 and a mask of 7 would match all VIDs with the lower 3 bits set to 6.
For QoS, the VID type cannot be specified on the default QoS policy.
The default vid-mask is set to 4095 for exact match.
Platforms
All
inner-tag
Syntax
inner-tag value [vid-mask]
no inner-tag
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>mac-filter>entry>match inner-tag)
Full Context
configure filter mac-filter entry match inner-tag
Description
This command configures the matching of the second tag that is carried transparently through the service. The inner-tag on ingress is the second tag on the frame if there are no service delimiting tags. Inner tag is the second tag before any service delimiting tags on egress but is dependent in the ingress configuration and may be set to 0 even in cases where additional tags are on the frame. This allows matching VLAN tags for explicit filtering or QoS setting when using default or null encapsulations.
The inner-tag is not applicable in ingress on dot1Q SAPs. The inner-tag may be populated on egress depending on the ingress SAP type.
On QinQ SAPs of null and default that do not strip tags inner-tag will contain the second tag (which is still the second tag carried transparently through the service.) On ingress SAPs that strip any tags, inner-tag will contain 0 even if there are more than 2 tags on the frame.
The optional vid-mask is defaulted to 4095 (exact match) but may be specified to allow pattern matching. The masking operation is ((value and vid-mask) = = (tag and vid-mask)). A value of 6 and a mask of 7 would match all VIDs with the lower 3 bits set to 6.
For QoS the VID type cannot be specified on the default QoS policy.
The default vid-mask is set to 4095 for exact match.
Default
no inner-tag
Platforms
All
input
input
Syntax
input
Context
[Tree] (config>system>sync-if-timing>bits input)
Full Context
configure system sync-if-timing bits input
Description
This command provides a context to enable or disable the external BITS timing reference inputs to the central clock of the router. In redundant systems with BITS ports, there are two possible BITS-in interfaces, one for each CPM or CCM.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
input-power-mode
input-power-mode
Syntax
input-power-mode amperage
Context
[Tree] (cfg>sys>pwr-mgmt>peq input-power-mode)
Full Context
configure system power-management peq input-power-mode
Description
This command sets the input-power-mode of the APEQ for the designated APEQ slot.
Parameters
- amperage
-
Sets the APEQ input power mode.
Platforms
7750 SR-12e, 7950 XRS
insert
insert
Syntax
insert [line]
Context
[Tree] (candidate insert)
Full Context
candidate insert
Description
This command inserts the contents of the temporary buffer (populated by a previous copy or delete command) into the candidate configuration. The contents are inserted by default after the current edit point. Optional parameters allow the insertion after some other point of the candidate. The contents of the temporary buffer are deleted when the operator exits candidate edit mode.
Insertions are context-aware. The temporary buffer always stores the CLI context (such as the current CLI branch) for each line deleted or copied. If the lines to be inserted are supported at the context of the insertion point then the lines are simply inserted into the configuration. If the lines to be inserted are not supported at the context of the insertion point, then the context at the insertion point is first closed using multiple exit statements, the context of the lines to be inserted is built (added) into the candidate at the insertion point, then the lines themselves are added, the context of the inserted lines is closed using exit statements and finally the context from the original insertion point is built again leaving the context at the same point as it was before the insertion.
Parameters
- line
-
Indicates where to insert the line starting at the point indicated by the following options.
Platforms
All
insert-ipv6-fragment-header
insert-ipv6-fragment-header
Syntax
[no] insert-ipv6-fragment-header
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>inside>nat64 insert-ipv6-fragment-header)
Full Context
configure service vprn inside nat64 insert-ipv6-fragment-header
Description
This command specifies if the system always inserts an IPv6 fragment header, to indicate that the sender allows fragmentation.
The no form of the command does not allow the system to insert an IPv6 fragment header.
Default
disabled
insert-ipv6-fragment-header
Syntax
[no] insert-ipv6-fragment-header
Context
[Tree] (config>router>nat>inside>nat64 insert-ipv6-fragment-header)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>nat>inside>nat64 insert-ipv6-fragment-header)
Full Context
configure router nat inside nat64 insert-ipv6-fragment-header
configure service vprn nat inside nat64 insert-ipv6-fragment-header
Description
This command specifies whether the NAT64 node will insert IPv6 fragment header to IPv6 packets for which the DF bit is not set in the corresponding IPv4 packet, and is not already a fragment.
The no form of the command disables the insertion.
Default
disabled
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
insert-nsh
insert-nsh
Syntax
[no] insert-nsh
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>isa-svc-chain>vas-filter>entry>action insert-nsh)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt isa-service-chaining vas-filter entry action insert-nsh
Description
Commands in this context configure NSH parameters in the steered traffic.
The no form of this command removes insert NSA parameters from the configuration.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
insert-subscriber-id
insert-subscriber-id
Syntax
[no] insert-subscriber-id
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>isa-svc-chain>vas-filter>entry>action>insert-nsh>meta-data insert-subscriber-id)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt isa-service-chaining vas-filter entry action insert-nsh meta-data insert-subscriber-id
Description
This command specifies that the metadata to be inserted in NSH (with MD-Type set to 1) must contain a subscriber identifier that is derived from the subscriber string that comes from the AAA server (in Alc-Subsc-Id-Str VSA). The subscriber string is truncated after the first 16 bytes, and therefore, the first 16 bytes should be unique. The insert-subscriber-id and insert-subscriber-id commands are mutually exclusive.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
inside
inside
inside-service-id
inside-service-id
Syntax
[no] inside-service-id
Context
[Tree] (config>aaa>isa-radius-plcy>acct-include-attributes inside-service-id)
Full Context
configure aaa isa-radius-policy acct-include-attributes inside-service-id
Description
This command enables the inclusion of the NAT inside service ID attributes.
The no form of the command excludes NAT inside service ID attributes.
Default
no inside-service-id
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
install-backup-path
install-backup-path
Syntax
install-backup-path
no install-backup-path
Context
[Tree] (config>router>policy-options>policy-statement>default-action install-backup-path)
[Tree] (config>router>policy-options>policy-statement>entry>action install-backup-path)
Full Context
configure router policy-options policy-statement default-action install-backup-path
configure router policy-options policy-statement entry action install-backup-path
Description
When the best BGP route for an IPv4 or IPv6 prefix is matched by a policy entry or policy default action with this command, BGP attempts to find and install a preprogrammed backup path for the prefix in order to provide BGP fast reroute protection.
The install-backup-path command overrides and has no dependency on commands such as the BGP instance backup-path command or the VPRN-level enable-bgp-vpn-backup command, which enable BGP fast reroute for an entire address family. The install-backup-path command provides more precise control over which IP prefixes are supported with preprogrammed backup paths.
In VPRN, if the best path for an IP prefix is provided by a VPRN BGP route, the backup path can be provided by another VPRN BGP route or an imported VPN-IP route. If the best path for an IP prefix is provided by an imported VPN-IP route, the backup path can be provided by another VPN-IP route.
The install-backup-path command is supported only in BGP and VRF import policies and has no effect on other types. The install-backup-path command applies only to the following types of matched routes: IPv4, IPv6, label-IPv4, label-IPv6, VPN-IPv4, and VPN-IPv6.
The no form of this command disables the install-backup-path functionality.
Default
no install-backup-path
Platforms
All
instance
instance
Syntax
instance instance
Context
[Tree] (debug>dynsvc>scripts instance)
Full Context
debug dynamic-services scripts instance
Description
Commands in this context configure dynamic services script debugging for a specific instance.
Parameters
- instance
-
Specifies the instance name.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
instance
Syntax
instance instance-id instance-value instance-value
no instance instance-id
Context
[Tree] (config>router>p2mp-sr-tree>p2mp-policy>p2mp-candidate-path>instances instance)
Full Context
configure router p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy p2mp-candidate-path instances instance
Description
This command configures the candidate path instance for the P2MP SR tree as primary or secondary, and the instance identifier.
The no form of this command removes the candidate path instance.
Parameters
- instance-id
-
Specifies the instance as primary (1) or secondary (2).
- instance-value
-
Specifies the instance identifier.
Platforms
All
instance-id
instance-id
Syntax
instance-id instance-id
no instance-id
Context
[Tree] (config>router>p2mp-sr-tree>replication-segment instance-id)
Full Context
configure router p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment instance-id
Description
This command configures the instance ID for the P2MP SR tree replication segment entry.
The ID is a unique identifier for the P2MP LSP on the root. The combination of root ID, tree ID, and instance ID uniquely identifies a P2MP LSP throughout the network.
The no form of this command removes the instance.
Parameters
- instance-id
-
Specifies the ID of the instance.
Platforms
All
instances
instances
Syntax
instances
Context
[Tree] (config>router>p2mp-sr-tree>p2mp-policy>p2mp-candidate-path instances)
Full Context
configure router p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy p2mp-candidate-path instances
Description
Commands in this context configure the instance entries of the candidate path.
Multiple path instances can exist in a candidate path for the P2MP SR tree. Each path instance is a P2MP LSP and has an instance ID. Path instances are used for global optimization of the active candidate path.
Platforms
All
instant-prune-echo
instant-prune-echo
Syntax
[no] instant-prune-echo
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>pim>if instant-prune-echo)
Full Context
configure service vprn pim interface instant-prune-echo
Description
This command enables PIM to send an instant prune echo when the router starts the prune pending timer for a group on the interface. All downstream routers will see the prune message immediately, and can send a join override if they are interested in receiving the group. Configuring instant-prune-echo is recommended on broadcast interfaces with more than one PIM neighbor to optimize multicast convergence.
The no form of this command disables instant Prune Echo on the PIM interface.
Default
no instant-prune-echo
Platforms
All
instant-prune-echo
Syntax
[no] instant-prune-echo
Context
[Tree] (config>router>pim>interface instant-prune-echo)
Full Context
configure router pim interface instant-prune-echo
Description
This command enables PIM to send an instant prune echo when the router starts the prune pending timer for a group on the interface. All downstream routers will see the prune message immediately, and can send a join override if they are interested in receiving the group. Configuring instant-prune-echo is recommended on broadcast interfaces with more than one PIM neighbor to optimize multicast convergence.
The no form of this command disables instant Prune Echo on the PIM interface.
Default
no instant-prune-echo
Platforms
All
int-dest-id
int-dest-id
Syntax
int-dest-id int-dest-id
no int-dest-id
Context
[Tree] (config>service>sdp>binding>pw-port>egress>shaper int-dest-id)
Full Context
configure service sdp binding pw-port egress shaper int-dest-id
Description
This command configures an intermediate destination identifier applicable to ESM PW SAPs.
The no form of the command removes the intermediate destination identifier from the configuration.
Default
no int-dest-id
Parameters
- int-dest-id
-
Specifies the intermediate destination ID.
Platforms
All
int-dest-id
Syntax
int-dest-id name
no int-dest-id
Context
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>pw-port>egress>shaper int-dest-id)
Full Context
configure service epipe pw-port egress shaper int-dest-id
Description
This command configures an intermediate destination identifier applicable to ESM PW SAPs.
Parameters
- name
-
Specifies the default intermediate destination identifier, up to 32 characters in length, on the egress side for this PW-port entry.
Platforms
All
inter-chassis-redundancy
inter-chassis-redundancy
Syntax
inter-chassis-redundancy
Context
[Tree] (config>isa>nat-group inter-chassis-redundancy)
Full Context
configure isa nat-group inter-chassis-redundancy
Description
Commands in this context configure inter-chassis redundancy parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
inter-dest-id
inter-dest-id
Syntax
inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id
no inter-dest-id
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host>ident-strings inter-dest-id)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>ident-strings inter-dest-id)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host identification-strings inter-dest-id
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host identification-strings inter-dest-id
Description
This command specifies the intermediate destination identifier which is encoded in the identification strings.
The no form of this command returns to the default.
Parameters
- intermediate-destination-id
-
Specifies the intermediate destination identifier, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
inter-dest-id
Syntax
inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id
no inter-dest-id
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host inter-dest-id)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host inter-dest-id)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host inter-dest-id)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>static-host inter-dest-id)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>static-host inter-dest-id)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface sap static-host inter-dest-id
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface sap static-host inter-dest-id
configure service ies interface sap static-host inter-dest-id
configure service vprn interface sap static-host inter-dest-id
configure service vpls sap static-host inter-dest-id
Description
This command specifies to which intermediate destination (for example a DSLAM) this host belongs.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- intermediate-destination-id
-
Specifies the intermediate destination identifier, up to 32 characters in length.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
inter-vlan
inter-vlan
Syntax
[no] inter-vlan
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>mobility inter-vlan)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>mobility inter-vlan)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw mobility inter-vlan
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw mobility inter-vlan
Description
This command enables mobility within different VLANs of the same range. When enabled, mobility between different VLANs in a single vlan-range is allowed for the configured mobility triggers.
The no form of this command disables mobility between VLANs.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interactive-authentication
interactive-authentication
Syntax
[no] interactive-authentication
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>aaa>remote-servers>radius interactive-authentication)
Full Context
configure service vprn aaa remote-servers radius interactive-authentication
Description
This command enables RADIUS interactive authentication for the system. Enabling interactive-authentication forces RADIUS to fall into challenge/response mode.
Default
no interactive-authentication
Platforms
All
interactive-authentication
Syntax
[no] interactive-authentication
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>aaa>remote-servers>tacplus interactive-authentication)
Full Context
configure service vprn aaa remote-servers tacplus interactive-authentication
Description
This configuration instructs the SR OS to send no username nor password in the TACACS+ start message, and to display the server_msg in the GETUSER and GETPASS response from the TACACS+ server. Interactive authentication can be used to support a One Time Password scheme (such as an S/Key). An example flow (such as with a telnet connection) is as follows:
-
The SR OS sends an authentication start request to the TACACS+ server with no username nor password.
-
TACACS+ server replies with TAC_PLUS_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETUSER and a server_msg.
-
The SR OS displays the server_msg, and collects the username.
-
The SR OS sends a continue message with the username.
-
TACACS+ server replies with TAC_PLUS_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETPASS and a server_msg.
-
The SR OS displays the server_msg (which may contain, for example, an S/Key for One Time Password operation), and collects the password.
-
The SR OS sends a continue message with the password.
-
TACACS+ server replies with PASS or FAIL.
When interactive-authentication is disabled the SR OS will send the username and password in the tacplus start message. An example flow (e.g. with a telnet connection) is as follows:
-
TAC_PLUS_AUTHEN_TYPE_ASCII.
-
the login username in the "user” field.
-
the password in the user_msg field (while this is non-standard, it does not cause interoperability problems).
-
-
TACACS+ server ignores the password and replies with TAC_PLUS_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETPASS.
-
The SR OS sends a continue packet with the password in the user_msg field.
-
TACACS+ server replies with PASS or FAIL.
When interactive-authentication is enabled, tacplus must be the first method specified in the authentication-order configuration.
Default
no interactive-authentication
Platforms
All
interactive-authentication
Syntax
[no] interactive-authentication
Context
[Tree] (config>system>security>radius interactive-authentication)
Full Context
configure system security radius interactive-authentication
Description
This command enables RADIUS interactive authentication for the system. Enabling interactive-authentication forces RADIUS to fall into challenge/response mode.
Default
no interactive-authentication
Platforms
All
interactive-authentication
Syntax
[no] interactive-authentication
Context
[Tree] (config>system>security>tacplus interactive-authentication)
Full Context
configure system security tacplus interactive-authentication
Description
This configuration instructs the SR OS to send no username nor password in the TACACS+ start message, and to display the server_msg in the GETUSER and GETPASS response from the TACACS+ server. Interactive authentication can be used to support a One Time Password scheme (e.g. S/Key). An example flow (e.g. with a telnet connection) is as follows:
-
The SR OS sends an authentication start request to the TACACS+ server with no username nor password.
-
TACACS+ server replies with TAC_PLUS_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETUSER and a server_msg.
-
The SR OS displays the server_msg, and collects the user name.
-
The SR OS sends a continue message with the user name.
-
TACACS+ server replies with TAC_PLUS_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETPASS and a server_msg.
-
The SR OS displays the server_msg (which may contain, for example, an S/Key for One Time Password operation), and collects the password.
-
The SR OS sends a continue message with the password.
-
TACACS+ server replies with PASS or FAIL.
When interactive-authentication is disabled the SR OS sends the username and password in the tacplus start message. An example flow (e.g. with a telnet connection) is as follows:
-
TAC_PLUS_AUTHEN_TYPE_ASCII.
-
the login username in the "user” field.
-
the password in the user_msg field (while this is non-standard, it does not cause interoperability problems).
-
-
TACACS+ server ignores the password and replies with TAC_PLUS_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETPASS.
-
The SR OS sends a continue packet with the password in the user_msg field.
-
TACACS+ server replies with PASS or FAIL.
When interactive-authentication is enabled, tacplus must be the first method specified in the authentication-order configuration.
Default
no interactive-authentication
Platforms
All
intercept-id
intercept-id
Syntax
intercept-id id
no intercept-id
Context
[Tree] (config>li>li-source>nat>ethernet-header intercept-id)
[Tree] (config>li>li-source>nat>l2-aware-sub intercept-id)
[Tree] (config>li>li-source>nat>nat64-lsn-sub intercept-id)
[Tree] (config>li>li-source>nat>classic-lsn-sub intercept-id)
[Tree] (config>li>li-source>nat>dslite-lsn-sub intercept-id)
Full Context
configure li li-source nat ethernet-header intercept-id
configure li li-source nat l2-aware-sub intercept-id
configure li li-source nat nat64-lsn-sub intercept-id
configure li li-source nat classic-lsn-sub intercept-id
configure li li-source nat dslite-lsn-sub intercept-id
Description
This command configures the intercept-id that is inserted into the packet header for all mirrored packets of the associated li-source entry. This intercept-id can be used (for example by a downstream LI gateway) to identify the particular LI session to which the packet belongs.
For nat mirroring (a nat li-source entry type), when the mirror service is not configured with any routable encap (for example, no ip-udp-shim or ip-gre configured under config>mirror>mirror-dest>encap), the presence of a configured intercept-id against an li-source (nat) entry will cause the insertion of the intercept-id after a configurable mac-da, mac-sa and etype (configured under li-source>nat>ethernet-header), at the front of each packet mirrored for that particular li-source entry. If there is no intercept-id configured (for a nat entry using a mirror service without routable encap), then a configurable mac-da and mac-sa are added to the front of the packets (but no intercept-id). In both cases a non-configurable etype is also added immediately before the mirrored customer packet. Note that routable encapsulation configured in the mirror-dest takes precedence over the ethernet-header configuration in the li-source nat entries. If routable encapsulation is configured, then the ethernet-header config is ignored and no mac header is added to the packet (the encap is determined by the mirror-dest in this case).
For all types of li-source entries (filter, nat, sap, subscriber), when the mirror service is configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap, an intercept-id field (as part of the routable encap) is always present in the mirrored packets. If there is no intercept ID configured for an li-source entry, then the default value will be inserted. When the mirror service is configured with ip-gre routable encap, no intercept-id is inserted and none should be specified against the li-source entries.
The no form of this command removes the value from the configuration.
Default
no intercept-id (an id of 0, or no id)
Parameters
- id
-
Specifies the intercept ID value to insert into the header of the mirrored packets.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
intercept-id
Syntax
intercept-id [intercept-id]
no intercept-id
Context
[Tree] (config>li>li-source>wlan-gw intercept-id)
Full Context
configure li li-source wlan-gw intercept-id
Description
This command configures the intercept-id inserted in the packet header for all mirrored packets of the associated li-source. When the mirror service is configured with the ip-udp-shim routable encapsulation, the intercept-id field (as part of the routable encap) is always present in the mirrored packets. The intercept ID can be used by the LIG to identify a particular LI session to which the packet belongs.
Parameters
- intercept-id
-
Specifies the intercept ID inserted in the LI header.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interconnect
interconnect
Syntax
interconnect {ring-id ring-index | vpls}
no interconnect
Context
[Tree] (config>eth-ring>sub-ring interconnect)
Full Context
configure eth-ring sub-ring interconnect
Description
This command links the G.8032 sub-ring to a ring instance or to a VPLS instance. The ring instance must be a complete ring with two paths but may itself be a sub-ring or a major ring (declared by its configuration on another node).
When the interconnection is to another node, the sub-ring may have a virtual link or a non-virtual-link.
When the sub-ring is configured with a non-virtual link, the sub ring may be alternatively connected to a VPLS service.
This command is only valid on the interconnection node where a single sub-ring port connects to a major ring or terminates on a VPLS service.
The no form of this command removes the interconnect node.
Default
no interconnect
Parameters
- ring-id
-
Specifies the identifier for the ring instance of the connection ring for this sub-ring on this node.
- vpls
-
Specifies that the sub-ring is connected to the VPLS instance that contains the sub-ring SAP.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
interface
interface
Syntax
interface ip-int-name service-id service-id
no interface
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host interface)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host interface
Description
This command specifies the interface where IPoE sessions are terminated.
The no version of this command disables the parameter.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of the group interface.
- service-id
-
Specifies the service ID or name where the group interface resides.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interface
Syntax
interface ip-int-name service-id service-id
no interface
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host interface)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host interface
Description
This command configures the interface where PPP sessions are terminated.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of the group interface, up to 32 characters, where the PPP sessions are established.
- service-id
-
Specifies the service ID or name of the service where the PPP sessions are established.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interface
Syntax
interface ip-int-name
no interface
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp6 interface)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp interface)
Full Context
configure service vprn dhcp6 interface
configure service vprn dhcp interface
Description
Commands in this context configure interface parameters.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of the IP interface, up to 32 characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interface
Syntax
interface ip-int-name [create]
interface ip-int-name [create] tunnel
no interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn interface)
[Tree] (config>service>ies interface)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface
configure service ies interface
Description
This command creates a logical IP routing interface. Once created, attributes like an IP address and service access point (SAP) can be associated with the IP interface.
The interface command, under the context of services, is used to create and maintain IP routing interfaces within service IDs. The interface command can be executed in the context of a service ID. The IP interface created is associated with the service core network routing instance and default routing table. The typical use for IP interfaces created in this manner is for subscriber Internet access. An IP address cannot be assigned to an IES interface. Multiple SAPs can be assigned to a single group interface.
Interface names are case sensitive and must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces defined for config>router>interface, config>service>ies>interface and config>service>vprn>interface (that is, the network core router instance). Interface names must not be in the dotted decimal notation of an IP address. For example, the name "1.1.1.1” is not allowed, but "int-1.1.1.1” is allowed. Show commands for router interfaces use either interface names or the IP addresses. Use unique IP address values and IP address names to maintain clarity. It could be unclear to the user if the same IP address and IP address name values are used. Although not recommended, duplicate interface names can exist in different router instances.
When a new name is entered, a new logical router interface is created. When an existing interface name is entered, the user enters the router interface context for editing and configuration.
By default, there are no default IP interface names defined within the system. All IP interfaces must be explicitly defined. Interfaces are created in an enabled state.
The no form of this command removes IP the interface and all the associated configuration. The interface must be administratively shut down before issuing the no interface command.
The IP interface must be shut down before the SAP on that interface may be removed. IES and VPRN services do not have the shutdown command in the SAP CLI context. The service SAPs rely on the interface status to enable and disable them.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service vprn interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes.
If ip-int-name already exists within the service ID, the context will be changed to maintain that IP interface. If ip-int-name already exists within another service ID or is an IP interface defined within the config router commands, an error will occur and context will not be changed to that IP interface. If ip-int-name does not exist, the interface is created and context is changed to that interface for further command processing.
- tunnel
-
Specifies that the interface is configured as tunnel interface, which could be used to terminate IPsec or GRE runnels in the private service.
- create
-
Creates the IPsec interface instance. The create keyword requirement can be enabled/disabled in the environment>create context.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>igmp interface)
Full Context
configure router igmp interface
Description
Commands in this context configure an IGMP interface. The interface is a local identifier of the network interface on which reception of the specified multicast address is to be enabled or disabled.
The no form of the command deletes the IGMP interface. The shutdown command in the config>router>igmp>interface context can be used to disable an interface without removing the configuration for the interface.
Default
no interface
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
The IP interface name. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service ies interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured an error message will be returned.
If the IP interface exists in a different area it will be moved to this area.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mld interface)
Full Context
configure router mld interface
Description
Commands in this context configure an Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) interface. The interface is a local identifier of the network interface on which reception of the specified multicast address is to be enabled or disabled.
The no form of this command deletes the MLD interface. The shutdown command in the config>router>mld>interface context can be used to disable an interface without removing the configuration for the interface.
Default
no interface — No interfaces are defined.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the IP interface name. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config>router>interface and config>service>ies>interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured an error message will be returned.
If the IP interface exists in a different area it will be moved to this area.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
interface interface-name [create]
no interface interface-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>gtp>s11 interface)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>gtp>s11 interface)
Full Context
configure router gtp s11 interface
configure service vprn gtp s11 interface
Description
This command activates GTP termination on the specified interface.
The no form of this command disables GTP termination on the specified interface, if there are no active sessions associated with the interface.
Parameters
- interface-name
-
Specifies the name of the interface, up to 32 characters. The name must begin with a letter.
- create
-
Creates an entry.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interface
Syntax
interface ip-int-name
no interface
Context
[Tree] (config>redundancy>mc>peer>mc>l3-ring>in-band-control-path interface)
[Tree] (config>redundancy>mc>peer>mcr>ring>in-band-control-path interface)
Full Context
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer multi-chassis l3-ring in-band-control-path interface
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer mc-ring ring in-band-control-path interface
Description
This command specifies the name of the IP interface used for the inband control connection.
If an interface name is not configured, the ring cannot become operational.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies an interface name up to 32 characters.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>radius-proxy>server interface)
[Tree] (config>router>radius-proxy>server interface)
Full Context
configure service vprn radius-proxy server interface
configure router radius-proxy server interface
Description
This command configures the IP interface the RADIUS-proxy server will bind to. One RADIUS-proxy server could bind to multiple interfaces.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of an IP interface.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interface
Syntax
interface router router-instance name interface-name
no interface
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>pfcp-association interface)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt pfcp-association interface
Description
This command configures the interface from which PFCP messages are sent and on which PFCP messages are received.
The no form of this command removes the interface.
Default
no interface
Parameters
- router-instance
-
Specifies the router instance.
- interface-name
-
Specifies the interface name, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls interface)
Full Context
configure service vpls interface
Description
This command creates a logical IP routing interface for a VPLS service. Once created, attributes such as IP address and service access points (SAP) can be associated with the IP interface.
The interface command, under the context of services, is used to create and maintain IP routing interfaces within the VPLS service IDs. The IP interface created is associated with the VPLS management routing instance. This instance does not support routing.
Interface names are case-sensitive and must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces defined for the network core router instance. Interface names in the dotted decimal notation of an IP address are not allowed. For example, the name "1.1.1.1” is not allowed, but "int-1.1.1.1” is allowed. Show commands for router interfaces use either interface names or the IP addresses. Use unique IP address values and IP address names to maintain clarity. Duplicate interface names can exist in different router instances.
Enter a new name to create a logical router interface. When an existing interface name is entered, the user enters the router interface context for editing and configuration.
By default, no default IP interface names are defined within the system. All VPLS IP interfaces must be explicitly defined in an enabled state.
The no form of this command removes the IP interface and the entire associated configuration. The interface must be administratively shut down before issuing the no interface command.
For VPLS services, the IP interface must be shut down before the SAP on that interface is removed.
For VPLS service, ping and traceroute are the only applications supported.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP.
An interface name:
-
Should not be in the form of an IP address.
-
Can be from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters.
-
If the string contains special characters (such as #,$,spaces), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
If ip-int-name already exists within the service ID, the context changes to maintain that IP interface. If ip-int-name already exists within another service ID, an error occurs and the context does not change to that IP interface. If ip-int-name does not exist, the interface is created and the context is changed to that interface for further command processing.
-
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface [ip-int-name | ip-address]
Context
[Tree] (debug>router>igmp interface)
Full Context
debug router igmp interface
Description
This command enables debugging for IGMP interfaces.
The no form of this command disables the IGMP interface debugging for the specifies interface name or IP address.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Debugs the information associated with the specified IP interface name.
- ip-address
-
Debugs the information associated with the specified IP address.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>igmp interface)
Full Context
configure service vprn igmp interface
Description
Commands in this context configure interface parameters.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of the IP interface, up to 32 characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis interface)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis interface
Description
This command creates the context to configure an IS-IS interface.
When an area is defined, the interfaces belong to that area. Interfaces cannot belong to separate areas.
When the interface is a POS channel, the OSI Network Layer Control Protocol (OSINLCP) is enabled when the interface is created and removed when the interface is deleted.
The no form of this command removes IS-IS from the interface.
The shutdown command in the config>router>isis>if context administratively disables IS-IS on the interface without affecting the IS-IS configuration.
Default
no interface — No IS-IS interfaces are defined.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Identify the IP interface name created in the config>router>if context. The IP interface name must already exist.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mld interface)
Full Context
configure service vprn mld interface
Description
Commands in this context configure an Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) interface. The interface is a local identifier of the network interface on which reception of the specified multicast address is to be enabled or disabled.
The no form of this command deletes the MLD interface. The shutdown command in the config>router>mld>if context can be used to disable an interface without removing the configuration for the interface.
Default
no interface
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the IP interface name. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service ies interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes.
If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured an error message will be returned.
If the IP interface exists in a different area it will be moved to this area.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
interface ip-int-name [secondary]
no interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf>area interface)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf3>area interface)
Full Context
configure service vprn ospf area interface
configure service vprn ospf3 area interface
Description
This command creates a context to configure an OSPF interface.
By default interfaces are not activated in any interior gateway protocol, such as OSPF, unless explicitly configured.
The no form of this command deletes the OSPF interface configuration for this interface. The shutdown command in the config>router>ospf>if context can be used to disable an interface without removing the configuration for the interface.
Default
no interface
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the IP interface name. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service vprn interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes.
If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured an error message will be returned.
If the IP interface exists in a different area it will be moved to this area.
- secondary
-
Keyword used to allow multiple secondary adjacencies, in addition to the primary adjacency, to be established over a single IP interface. This keyword can also be applied to the system interface and to loopback interfaces to allow them to participate in multiple areas, although no adjacencies are formed over these types of interfaces.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>pim interface)
Full Context
configure service vprn pim interface
Description
This command enables PIM on an interface and enables the context to configure interface-specific parameters. By default interfaces are activated in PIM based on the apply-to command, and do not have to be configured on an individual basis unless the default values must be changed.
The no form of this command deletes the PIM interface configuration for this interface. If the apply-to command parameter is configured, then the no interface form must be saved in the configuration to avoid automatic (re)creation after the next apply-to is executed as part of a reboot.
The shutdown command can be used to disable an interface without removing the configuration for the interface.
Default
Interfaces are activated in PIM based on the apply-to command.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the interface name. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>router-advertisement interface)
Full Context
configure service vprn router-advertisement interface
Description
This command configures router advertisement properties on a specific interface. The interface must already exist in the config>router>if context.
Default
No interfaces are configured by default.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the interface name. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name [dual-stack]
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>interface-parameters interface)
Full Context
configure router ldp interface-parameters interface
Description
This command enables LDP on the specified IP interface.
The no form of the command deletes the LDP interface and all configuration information associated with the LDP interface.
The LDP interface must be disabled using the shutdown command before it can be deleted.
The user can configure different parameters for IPv4 and IPv6 LDP interfaces by entering ipv4 or ipv6 as the next command.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of an existing interface. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
- dual-stack
-
This optional keyword allows the user to explicitly indicate if this interface should create the IPv4 context automatically or not. With the introduction of LDP IPv6, the creation of the interface does not automatically mean it is to be used for IPv4 like with legacy IPv4 only LDP interface. Thus the dual-stack keyword is an indication to the system that user will manually enable the IPv4, IPv6, or the dual-stack IPv4/IPv6 contexts manually.
The following are some of the key points for this keyword:
-
If the keyword is provided, then IPv4 interface context will not be created automatically. If it is not provided, the IPv4 interface context will be created like in the legacy single stack LDP IPv4 interface behavior.
-
This new keyword will always show in a configuration.
-
When entering an already configured interface, there is no need to provide the keyword, but it will be ignored if provided.
-
When deleting a configured interface, the keyword will not be accepted in the no version of the interface command.
-
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface interface-name family
Context
[Tree] (debug>router>ldp interface)
Full Context
debug router ldp interface
Description
Use this command for debugging an LDP interface.
Parameters
- interface-name
-
The name of an existing interface.
- family
-
Specifies the family type.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
interface ip-address srlg-group group-name [group-name]
no interface ip-address [srlg-group group-name]
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>srlg-database>router-id interface)
Full Context
configure router mpls srlg-database router-id interface
Description
This command allows the operator to manually enter the SRLG membership information for any link in the network, including links on this node, into the user SRLG database.
An interface can be associated with up to five SRLG groups for each execution of this command. The operator can associate an interface with up to 64 SRLG groups by executing the command multiple times.
CSPF will not use entered SRLG membership if an interface is not validated as part of a router ID in the routing table.
The no form of this command deletes a specific interface entry in this user SRLG database. The group-name must already exist in the config>router>if-attribute>srlg-group context.
Parameters
- ip-address
-
Specifies the IPv4 address in a.b.c.d
- srlg-group group-name
-
Specifies the SRLG group name. Up to 1024 group names can be defined in the config>router>if-attribute context. The SRLG group names must be identical across all routers in a single domain.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mpls interface)
Full Context
configure router mpls interface
Description
This command specifies MPLS protocol support on an IP interface. No MPLS commands are executed on an IP interface where MPLS is not enabled. An MPLS interface must be explicitly enabled (no shutdown).
The no form of this command deletes all MPLS commands such as label-map which are defined under the interface. The MPLS interface must be shutdown first in order to delete the interface definition. If the interface is not shutdown, the no interface ip-int-name command does nothing except issue a warning message on the console indicating that the interface is administratively up.
Default
shutdown
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of the network IP interface. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>rsvp interface)
Full Context
configure router rsvp interface
Description
This command enables RSVP protocol support on an IP interface. No RSVP commands are executed on an IP interface where RSVP is not enabled.
The no form of this command deletes all RSVP commands such as hello-interval and subscription, which are defined for the interface. The RSVP interface must be shutdown it can be deleted. If the interface is not shut down, the no interface ip-int-name command does nothing except issue a warning message on the console indicating that the interface is administratively up.
Default
shutdown
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of the network IP interface. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
interface [ip-int-name | mt-int-name | ip-address] [detail]
no interface
Context
[Tree] (debug>router>pim interface)
Full Context
debug router pim interface
Description
This command enables debugging for PIM interface information.
The no form of this command disables PIM interface debugging.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Debugs the information associated with the specified IP interface name.
- mt-int-name
-
Debugs the information associated with the specified VPRN ID and group address.
- ip-address
-
Debugs the information associated with the specified IP address.
- detail
-
Debugs detailed IP interface information.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>pim interface)
Full Context
configure router pim interface
Description
This command creates a PIM interface.
Interface names are case-sensitive and must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces defined for config>router>interface, config>service>ies>interface, and config>service>ies>subscriber-interface>group-interface. Interface names must not be in the dotted decimal notation of an IP address. For example, the name "1.1.1.1” is not allowed, but "int-1.1.1.1” is allowed. Show commands for router interfaces use either the interface names or the IP addresses. Ambiguity can exist if an IP address is used as an IP address and an interface name. Duplicate interface names can exist in different router instances, although this is not recommended because it may be confusing.
By default, no interfaces or names are defined within PIM.
The no form of this command removes the IP interface and all the associated configurations.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of the IP interface, up to 32 characters. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface, config service ies interface, and config service ies subscriber-interface group-interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
interface interface-name [unnumbered-mpls-tp]
interface interface-name pdn
no interface interface-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router interface)
Full Context
configure router interface
Description
This command creates a logical IP routing or unnumbered MPLS-TP interface. Once created, attributes like IP address, port, or system can be associated with the IP interface.
Interface names are case-sensitive and must be unique within the group of IP interfaces defined for config router interface and config service ies interface. Interface names must not be in the dotted decimal notation of an IP address.; for example, the name "1.1.1.1” is not allowed, but "int-1.1.1.1” is allowed. Show commands for router interfaces use either the interface names or the IP addresses. Ambiguity can exist if an IP address is used as an IP address and an interface name. Duplicate interface names can exist in different router instances, although this is not recommended because it is confusing. Nokia recommends that names are meaningful and unique to remove ambiguity when displaying the state associated with IP interfaces through show commands.
When a new name is entered, a new logical router interface is created. When an existing interface name is entered, the user enters the router interface context for editing and configuration.
Although not a keyword, the ip-int-name "system” is associated with the network entity (such as a specific router), not a specific interface. The system interface is also referred to as the loopback address.
An unnumbered MPLS-TP interface is a special type of interface that is only intended for MPLS-TP LSPs. IP routing protocols are blocked on interfaces of this type. If an interface is configured as unnumbered-mpls-tp, then it can only be associated with an Ethernet port or VLAN, using the port command, then either a unicast, multicast, or broadcast remote MAC address may be configured. Only static ARP is supported.
The control-tunnel parameter creates a loopback interface representing a GRE tunnel. One IP tunnel can be created in this interface.
Only the primary IPv4 interface address and only one IP tunnel per interface are allowed. Multiple tunnels can be configured using up to four controlTunnel loopback interfaces. A static route can take the new controlTunnel interface as a next hop.
The no form of this command removes the IP interface and all the associated configurations. The interface must be administratively shut down before issuing the no interface command.
Parameters
- interface-name
-
Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service ies interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
- unnumbered-mpls-tp
-
Specifies that an interface is an unnumbered MPLS-TP. An unnumbered MPLS-TP interface is a special type of interface that is only intended for MPLS-TP LSPs. IP routing protocols are blocked on interfaces of this type. If an interface is configured as unnumbered-mpls-tp, then it can only be associated with an Ethernet port or VLAN, using the port command. A unicast, multicast, or broadcast remote MAC address can be configured using the static-arp command. Only static ARP is supported.
- pdn
-
Specifies that the interface is a PDN.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>router-advert interface)
Full Context
configure router router-advertisement interface
Description
This command configures router advertisement properties on a specific interface. The interface must already exist in the config>router>if context.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the interface name. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface interface-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>pcp-server>server interface)
Full Context
configure router pcp-server server interface
Description
This command associates an interface.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Parameters
- interface-name
-
Specifies the interface name, up to 32 characters. The interface name must start with a letter.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interface
Syntax
[no] interface [{ip-int-name | ip-address}]
Context
[Tree] (debug>router>ip interface)
Full Context
debug router ip interface
Description
This command displays the router IP interface table sorted by interface index.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Only displays the interface information associated with the specified IP interface name.
- ip-address
-
Only displays the interface information associated with the specified IP address.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis interface)
Full Context
configure router isis interface
Description
This command creates the context to configure an IS-IS interface.
When an area is defined, the interfaces belong to that area. Interfaces cannot belong to separate areas.
When the interface is a POS channel, the OSINLCP is enabled when the interface is created and removed when the interface is deleted.
The no form of this command removes IS-IS from the interface.
The shutdown command in the config>router>isis>interface context administratively disables IS-IS on the interface without affecting the IS-IS configuration.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Identify the IP interface name created in the config>router>interface context. The IP interface name must already exist.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
interface [ip-int-name | ip-address]
no interface
Context
[Tree] (debug>router>isis interface)
Full Context
debug router isis interface
Description
This command enables debugging for IS-IS interface.
The no form of the command disables debugging.
Parameters
- ip-address
-
When specified, only the interface with the specified interface address is debugged.
- ip-int-name
-
When specified, only the interface with the specified interface name is debugged.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
interface ip-int-name [secondary]
no interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>area interface)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>area interface)
Full Context
configure router ospf area interface
configure router ospf3 area interface
Description
This command configures an OSPF interface.
Unless they are explicitly configured, interfaces are not activated, by default, in any interior gateway protocol, such as OSPF.
The no form of this command deletes the OSPF interface configuration for this interface. Use the shutdown command in the config>router>ospf>interface context to disable an interface without removing the configuration for the interface.
Default
no interface
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the IP interface name. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for the configure router interface and configure service ies interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be any string, up to 32 characters, composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured, an error message is returned.
If the IP interface exists in a different area it is moved to this area.
- secondary
-
Keyword used to allow multiple secondary adjacencies, in addition to the primary adjacency, to be established over a single IP interface. This keyword can also be applied to the system interface and to loopback interfaces to allow them to participate in multiple areas, although no adjacencies are formed over these types of interfaces.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
interface [ip-int-name | ip-address]
interface [interface-name]
no interface
Context
[Tree] (debug>router>ospf3 interface)
[Tree] (debug>router>ospf interface)
Full Context
debug router ospf3 interface
debug router ospf interface
Description
This command enables debugging for an OSPF and OSPF3 interface.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the IP interface name, in the debug>router>ospf context. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be any string up to 32 composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
- ip-address
-
Specifies the interface’s IP address, in the debug>router>ospf context.
- interface-name
-
Specifies the interface name, in the debug>router>ospf3 context.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
interface interface-name
no interface
Context
[Tree] (config>router>policy-options>policy-statement>entry>from interface)
Full Context
configure router policy-options policy-statement entry from interface
Description
This command specifies the router interface, specified either by name or address, as a filter criterion.
The no form of this command removes the criterion from the configuration.
Default
no interface
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of the interface as a match criterion for this entry. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
interface interface-name
no interface
Context
[Tree] (config>router>segment-routing>srv6>inst>loc>func>end-x interface)
Full Context
configure router segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator function end-x interface
Description
This command configures an interface for the End.X function.
The no form of this command removes the interface name from the configuration.
Default
no interface
Parameters
- interface-name
-
Specifies an existing interface name, up to 32 characters
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR
interface
Syntax
interface interface-name
no interface
Context
[Tree] (config>router>segment-routing>srv6>inst>ms-loc>func>ua interface)
Full Context
configure router segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator function ua interface
Description
This command configures an interface for the uA function.
The no form of this command removes the interface name from the configuration.
Default
no interface
Parameters
- interface-name
-
Specifies an existing interface name, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>dynamic-neighbor interface)
Full Context
configure router bgp group dynamic-neighbor interface
Description
Commands in this context configure an unnumbered base router network interface for dynamic neighbors.
If this interface connects to a network with other BGP routers, sessions with the other routers can be set up automatically without explicitly configuring them as BGP neighbors. The interface must be IPv6 enabled, but because the interface is considered unnumbered, it does not require an IPv4 address or a global-unicast IPv6 address. The sessions are set up using IPv6 link-local addresses.
The BGP unnumbered feature supports all address families that allow IPv6 link-local BGP next-hop addresses. This includes IPv4 with the use of RFC 8950 extensions.
When an interface is added to the list of dynamic-neighbor interfaces, an outgoing connection attempt is initiated toward any directly connected router on the interface that announces itself using an ICMPv6 router advertisement message. The session attempt is unsuccessful if the peer type is not EBGP, the reported AS number of the peer does not match one of the allowed values, or the maximum session limit of the interface would be exceeded.
The no form of this command removes the interface from the list of dynamic-neighbor interfaces.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of a base router IP interface, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
All
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group>dynamic-neighbor interface)
Full Context
configure service vprn bgp group dynamic-neighbor interface
Description
Commands in this context configure an unnumbered VPRN access IP interface for dynamic neighbors.
If this interface connects to a network with other BGP routers, sessions with the other routers can be set up automatically without explicitly configuring them as BGP neighbors. The interface must be IPv6 enabled, but because the interface is considered unnumbered, it does not require an IPv4 address or a global-unicast IPv6 address. The sessions are set up using IPv6 link-local addresses.
The BGP unnumbered feature supports all address families that allow IPv6 link-local BGP next-hop addresses. This includes IPv4 with the use of RFC 8950 extensions.
When an interface is added to the list of dynamic-neighbor interfaces, an outgoing connection attempt is initiated toward any directly connected router on the interface that announces itself using an ICMPv6 router advertisement message. The session attempt is unsuccessful if the peer type is not EBGP, the reported AS number of the peer does not match one of the allowed values, or the maximum session limit of the interface would be exceeded.
The no form of this command removes the interface from the list of dynamic-neighbor interfaces.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of a VPRN access IP interface, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
All
interface-a
interface-a
Syntax
interface-a
Context
[Tree] (config>fwd-path-ext>fpe>pw-port-ext interface-a)
Full Context
configure fwd-path-ext fpe pw-port-extension interface-a
Description
Commands in this context configure the parameters of network interface A of the PW port extension FPE.
Platforms
All
interface-a
Syntax
interface-a
Context
[Tree] (config>fwd-path-ext>fpe>srv6 interface-a)
Full Context
configure fwd-path-ext fpe srv6 interface-a
Description
This command enables the context to configure the parameters of the network interface-a of the SRv6 FPE.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR
interface-b
interface-b
Syntax
interface-b
Context
[Tree] (config>fwd-path-ext>fpe>pw-port-ext interface-b)
Full Context
configure fwd-path-ext fpe pw-port-extension interface-b
Description
Commands in this context configure the parameters of network interface B of the PW port extension FPE.
Platforms
All
interface-b
Syntax
interface-b
Context
[Tree] (config>fwd-path-ext>fpe>srv6 interface-b)
Full Context
configure fwd-path-ext fpe srv6 interface-b
Description
This command enables the context to configure the parameters of the network interface-b of the SRv6 FPE.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR
interface-disable-sample
interface-disable-sample
Syntax
[no] interface-disable-sample
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>ipv6-filter>entry interface-disable-sample)
[Tree] (config>filter>ip-filter>entry interface-disable-sample)
Full Context
configure filter ipv6-filter entry interface-disable-sample
configure filter ip-filter entry interface-disable-sample
Description
This command disables cflowd sampling for packets matching this filter entry, for the IP interface set to cflowd interface mode. This allows the option to not sample specific types of traffic when interface sampling is enabled.
If the cflowd is either not enabled or set to cflowd acl mode, this command is ignored.
The no form of this command enables sampling.
Default
no interface-disable-sample
Platforms
All
interface-id
interface-id
Syntax
interface-id [ascii-tuple]
interface-id ifindex
interface-id sap-id
interface-id string string
no interface-id
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>dhcp6>option interface-id)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6>option interface-id)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface ipv6 dhcp6-relay option interface-id
configure service ies interface ipv6 dhcp6-relay option interface-id
Description
This command enables the sending of interface ID options in the DHCPv6 relay packet.
The no form of this command disables the sending of interface ID options in the DHCPv6 relay packet.
Parameters
- ascii-tuple
-
Specifies that the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple is used which consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and interface-name, separated by "| ”.
- ifindex
-
Specifies that the interface index is used. The If Index of a router interface can be displayed using the show>router>interface>detail command.
- sap-id
-
Specifies that the SAP identifier is used.
- string
-
Specifies that a string is used.
- string
-
Specifies a string of up to 80 characters long, composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Platforms
All
interface-id
Syntax
interface-id [ascii-tuple]
interface-id ifindex
interface-id sap-id
interface-id string string
no interface-id
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>dhcp6>option interface-id)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6 dhcp6 option interface-id
Description
This command enables the sending of interface ID options in the DHCPv6 relay packet.
The no form of this command disables the sending of interface ID options in the DHCPv6 relay packet.
Parameters
- ascii-tuple
-
Specifies that the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple is used which consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and interface-name, separated by "| ”.
- ifindex
-
Specifies that the interface index is used (the If Index of a router interface can be displayed using the command show>router>if>detail).
- sap-id
-
Specifies that the SAP identifier is used.
- string
-
Specifies a string, up to 32 characters long, composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed between double quotes.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interface-id
Syntax
interface-id [ascii-tuple]
interface-id [vlan-ascii-tuple]
no interface-id
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6>ldra>options interface-id)
Full Context
configure service vpls sap dhcp6 ldra options interface-id
Description
This command enables the sending of interface ID options in the DHCPv6 LDRA.
The no form of this command disables the sending of interface ID options in the DHCPv6 LDRA.
Parameters
- ascii-tuple
-
Specifies the use of the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple, which consists of the system name, service-id, and sap-id separated by "| ”.
- vlan-ascii-tuple
-
Specifies the use of the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple enhanced with VLAN ID and dot1p bits, consisting of the system name, service-id, sap-id, dot1p-inner-vlan, and inner-vplan-id, separated by "| ”.
Platforms
All
interface-id-mapping
interface-id-mapping
Syntax
[no] interface-id-mapping
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp6>server interface-id-mapping)
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp6>server interface-id-mapping)
Full Context
configure service vprn dhcp6 local-dhcp-server interface-id-mapping
configure router dhcp6 local-dhcp-server interface-id-mapping
Description
This command enables the behavior where unique /64 prefix is allocated per interface-id, and all clients having the same interface-id get an address allocated out of this /64 prefix for DHCP6. This is relevant for bridged clients behind the same local-loop (and same SAP), where sharing the same prefix allows communication between bridged clients behind the same local-loop to stay local. For SLAAC based assignment, downstream neighbor-discovery is automatically enabled to resolve the assigned address.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interface-list
interface-list
Syntax
interface-list
Context
[Tree] (config>cflowd>collector>exp-filter interface-list)
Full Context
configure cflowd collector export-filter interface-list
Description
Commands in this context allow the administrator to specify which interface’s flow data should be exported to the associated collector.
Cflowd Export Filter Precedence describes the cflowd export filter precedence.
Family Filter |
Router Filter |
Interface Filter |
Export to Collector |
---|---|---|---|
0 |
0 |
0 |
export all |
0 |
0 |
1 |
export if matched interface only |
0 |
1 |
0 |
export if matched router only |
0 |
1 |
1 |
export if router match *OR* interface match |
1 |
0 |
0 |
not exported due to family exclusion filter |
1 |
0 |
1 |
not exported due to family exclusion filter |
1 |
1 |
0 |
not exported due to family exclusion filter |
1 |
1 |
1 |
not exported due to family exclusion filter |
Platforms
All
interface-parameters
interface-parameters
Syntax
interface-parameters
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp interface-parameters)
Full Context
configure router ldp interface-parameters
Description
Commands in this context configure LDP interfaces and parameters applied to LDP interfaces. The user can configure different default parameters for IPv4 and IPv6 LDP interfaces by entering ipv4 or ipv6 as the next command.
Platforms
All
interface-subnets
interface-subnets
Syntax
interface-subnets [service service-id] interface-name
no interface-subnets
Context
[Tree] (config>router>policy-options>policy-statement>entry>from interface-subnets)
Full Context
configure router policy-options policy-statement entry from interface-subnets
Description
This command configures the applied router instance and interfaces that are used as matching condition within each policy-statement entry. A maximum of 10 interface-name entries is supported, and all entries must belong to the same routing context (either base or service). The interface subnet policy-statement match criterion is applied to the following unicast use case contexts:
-
export, when used with OSPFv2, OSPFv3, IS-IS, RIP, RIPng, and BGP
-
route-table-import, when used with BGP
-
vrf-export, when used with MP-BGP
The no form of this command removes all policies from the configuration.
Default
no interface-subnets
Parameters
- service
-
Specifies the context in which the configured interface exists. By default, the base routing instance is assumed. However, the configured service context is used only when the service is configured.
- service-id
-
Specifies the service ID of the service to match.
- interface-name
-
Specifies the interface name, up to 32 characters, to match when exporting the IP address of the associated interface to a routing protocol.
Platforms
All
interface-support-enable
interface-support-enable
Syntax
[no] interface-support-enable
Context
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable interface-support-enable)
Full Context
configure port ethernet eth-cfm mep ais-enable interface-support-enable
Description
This command enables and disables the generation of AIS PDUs based on the associated endpoint state.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
interface-support-enable
Syntax
[no] interface-support-enable
Context
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>ais interface-support-enable)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>ais interface-support-enable)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep>ais interface-support-enable)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap>eth-cfm>mep>ais interface-support-enable)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>ais interface-support-enable)
Full Context
configure service epipe spoke-sdp eth-cfm mep ais-enable interface-support-enable
configure service vpls spoke-sdp eth-cfm mep ais-enable interface-support-enable
configure service vpls sap eth-cfm mep ais-enable interface-support-enable
configure service epipe sap eth-cfm mep ais-enable interface-support-enable
configure service vpls mesh-sdp eth-cfm mep ais-enable interface-support-enable
Description
This command enables the AIS function to consider the operational state of the entity on which it is configured. With this command, ETH-AIS on DOWN MEPs are triggered and cleared based on the operational status of the entity on which it is configured. If CCM is also enabled, then transmission of the AIS PDU is based on either the non-operational state of the entity or on any CCM defect condition. AIS generation ceases if both the operational state is UP and the CCM has no defect conditions. If the MEP is not CCM-enabled then the operational state of the entity is the only consideration, assuming this command is present for the MEP. By default, AIS is not generated or stopped based on the state of the entity on which the DOWN MEP is configured.
The no form of this command disables the AIS function to consider the operational state of the entity on which it is configured.
Default
no interface-support-enabled
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
interface-support-enable
Syntax
[no] interface-support-enable
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sap>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable interface-support-enable)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable interface-support-enable)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable interface-support-enable)
Full Context
configure service ies sap eth-cfm mep ais-enable interface-support-enable
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface sap eth-cfm mep ais-enable interface-support-enable
configure service ies spoke-sdp eth-cfm mep ais-enable interface-support-enable
Description
This command enables the AIS function to consider the operational state of the entity on which it is configured. With this command, ETH-AIS on DOWN MEPs will be triggered and cleared based on the operational status of the entity on which it is configured. If CCM is also enabled then transmission of the AIS PDU will be based on either the non-operational state of the entity or on any CCM defect condition. AIS generation will cease if BOTH operational state is UP and CCM has no defect conditions. If the MEP is not CCM enabled then the operational state of the entity is the only consideration assuming this command is present for the MEP.
Default
no interface-support-enable (AIS will not be generated or stopped based on the state of the entity on which the DOWN MEP is configured).
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s
interface-support-enable
Syntax
[no] interface-support-enable
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable interface-support-enable)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sap>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable interface-support-enable)
Full Context
configure service vprn spoke-sdp eth-cfm mep ais-enable interface-support-enable
configure service vprn sap eth-cfm mep ais-enable interface-support-enable
Description
This command enables the AIS function to consider the operational state of the entity on which it is configured. With this command, ETH-AIS on DOWN MEPs will be triggered and cleared based on the operational status of the entity on which it is configured. If CCM is also enabled then transmission of the AIS PDU will be based on either the non-operational state of the entity or on ANY CCM defect condition. AIS generation will cease if BOTH operational state is UP and CCM has no defect conditions. If the MEP is not CCM enabled then the operational state of the entity is the only consideration assuming this command is present for the MEP.
The no form of this command means that AIS will not be generated or stopped based on the state of the entity on which the DOWN MEP is configured.
Default
no interface-support-enable
interface-type
interface-type
Syntax
interface-type {gn | s2a | s2b | s11}
no interface-type
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>gtp>peer-profile interface-type)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt gtp peer-profile interface-type
Description
This command specifies the interface applicable for communications to the peer. If the interface type does not match the given context in an uplink context, the peer setup will fail.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
interface-type s2a
Parameters
- gn
-
Signaling interface with the peer is Gn as specified in 3GPP TS 29.060.
- s2a
-
Signaling interface with the peer is s2a as specified in 3GPP TS 29.274.
- s2b
-
Signaling interface with the peer is s2b as specified in 3GPP TS 29.274.
- s11
-
Signaling interface with the peer is s11 as specified in 3GPP TS 29.274.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interface-type
Syntax
interface-type {broadcast | point-to-point}
no interface-type
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>if interface-type)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis interface interface-type
Description
This command configures the IS-IS interface type as either broadcast or point-to-point.
Use this command to set the interface type of an Ethernet link to point-to-point to avoid having to carry the designated IS-IS overhead if the link is used as a point-to-point.
If the interface type is not known at the time the interface is added to IS-IS and subsequently the IP interface is bound (or moved) to a different interface type, then this command must be entered manually.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
point-to-point — For IP interfaces on SONET channels.
broadcast — For IP interfaces on Ethernet or unknown type physical interfaces.
Parameters
- broadcast
-
Configures the interface to maintain this link as a broadcast network.
- point-to-point
-
Configures the interface to maintain this link as a point-to-point link.
Platforms
All
interface-type
Syntax
interface-type {broadcast | point-to-point | non-broadcast | p2mp-nbma}
no interface-type
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if interface-type)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf3>area>if interface-type)
Full Context
configure service vprn ospf area interface interface-type
configure service vprn ospf3 area interface interface-type
Description
This command configures the interface type to:
- broadcast
- non-broadcast
- point-to-point
- point-to-multipoint on a link without broadcast or multicast support
Use this command to set the interface type of an Ethernet link to point-to-point to avoid having to carry the broadcast adjacency maintenance overhead if the Ethernet link provided the link is used as a point-to-point.
For subscriber interfaces, configure the adjacent interface (CPE) with interface type point-to-point. For subscriber interfaces, when the interface is configured as P2MP-NBMA, the subscriber interface becomes an active OPSF interface, allowing it to both send and receive OSPF LSAs. For all other interface types, subscriber interfaces remain as passive OSPF interfaces by default.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
point-to-point — If the physical interface is SONET.
broadcast — If the physical interface is Ethernet or unknown.
Parameters
- broadcast
-
Specifies the interface as a broadcast network. To significantly improve adjacency forming and network convergence, configure the network as point-to-point if only two routers are connected, even if the network is a broadcast media such as Ethernet.
- point-to-point
-
Specifies the interface as a point-to-point link. Set the interface type of an Ethernet link to point-to-point to avoid having to carry the broadcast adjacency maintenance overhead if the Ethernet link provided is used as a point-to-point.
- non-broadcast
-
Specifies the interface as a non-broadcast network.
- p2mp-nbma
-
Specifies the interface as a point-to-multipoint on a link without broadcast or multicast support. No designated router or backup designated router is elected on this type of interface and all OSPF neighbors connect through individual point-to-point links. Only VPRN and IES services interfaces support this interface type.
Platforms
All
interface-type
Syntax
interface-type {ds1 [{esf | sf}] | e1 [{pcm30crc | pcm31crc}]}
no interface-type
Context
[Tree] (config>system>sync-if-timing>bits interface-type)
Full Context
configure system sync-if-timing bits interface-type
Description
This command configures the Building Integrated Timing Source (BITS) timing reference.
The no form of the command reverts to the default configuration.
Default
interface-type ds1 esf
Parameters
- ds1 esf
-
Specifies Extended Super Frame (ESF). This is a framing type used on DS1 circuits that consists of 24 192-bit frames, The 193rd bit provides timing and other functions.
- ds1 sf
-
Specifies Super Frame (SF), also called D4 framing. This is a common framing type used on DS1 circuits. SF consists of 12 192-bit frames. The 193rd bit provides error checking and other functions. ESF supersedes SF.
- e1 pcm30crc
-
Specifies the pulse code modulation (PCM) type. PCM30CRC uses PCM to separate the signal into 30 user channels with CRC protection.
- e1 pcm31crc
-
Specifies the pulse code modulation (PCM) type. PCM31CRC uses PCM to separate the signal into 31 user channels with CRC protection.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
interface-type
Syntax
interface-type {broadcast | point-to-point}
no interface-type
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>interface interface-type)
Full Context
configure router isis interface interface-type
Description
This command configures the IS-IS interface type as either broadcast or point-to-point.
Use this command to set the interface type of an Ethernet link to point-to-point to avoid having to carry the designated IS-IS overhead if the link is used as a point-to-point.
If the interface type is not known at the time the interface is added to IS-IS and subsequently the IP interface is bound (or moved) to a different interface type, then this command must be entered manually.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
interface-type point-to-point — For IP interfaces on SONET channels.
interface-type broadcast — For IP interfaces on Ethernet or unknown type physical interfaces.
Parameters
- broadcast
-
Configures the interface to maintain this link as a broadcast network.
- point-to-point
-
Configures the interface to maintain this link as a point-to-point link.
Platforms
All
interface-type
Syntax
interface-type {broadcast | point-to-point | non-broadcast | p2mp-nbma}
no interface-type
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>area>interface interface-type)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>area>interface interface-type)
Full Context
configure router ospf area interface interface-type
configure router ospf3 area interface interface-type
Description
This command configures the interface type to:
- broadcast
- non-broadcast
- point-to-point
- point-to-multipoint on a link without broadcast or multicast support
Use this command to set the interface type of an Ethernet link to point-to-point to avoid having to carry the broadcast adjacency maintenance overhead of the Ethernet link provided the link is used as point-to-point.
For subscriber interfaces, configure the adjacent interface (CPE) with interface type point-to-point. For subscriber interfaces, when the interface is configured as P2MP-NBMA, the subscriber interface becomes an active OPSF interface, allowing it to both send and receive OSPF LSAs. For all other interface types, subscriber interfaces remain as passive OSPF interfaces by default.
The no form of this command returns the setting to the default value.
Default
interface-type point-to-point (if the physical interface is SONET)
interface-type broadcast (if the physical interface is Ethernet or unknown)
Parameters
- broadcast
-
Specifies the interface as a broadcast network. To significantly improve adjacency forming and network convergence, configure a network as point-to-point if only two routers are connected, even if the network is a broadcast media such as Ethernet.
- point-to-point
-
Specifies the interface as a point-to-point link. Set the interface type of an Ethernet link to point-to-point to avoid having to carry the broadcast adjacency maintenance overhead if the Ethernet link provided is used as a point-to-point.
- non-broadcast
-
Specifies the interface as a non-broadcast network.
- p2mp-nbma
-
Specifies the interface as a point-to-multipoint on a link without broadcast or multicast support. No designated router or backup designated router is elected on this type of interface and all OSPF neighbors connect through individual point-to-point links. Only VPRN and IES services interfaces support this interface type.
Platforms
All
interface-type
Syntax
interface-type {client-facing | network-facing}
no interface-type
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6>ldra interface-type)
Full Context
configure service vpls sap dhcp6 ldra interface-type
Description
This command configures LDRA interface type as either client or network facing.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no interface-type
Parameters
- client-facing
-
Configures the SAP as an untrusted client-facing interface. Only DHCPv6 client messages are accepted and encapsulated in a Relay-Forward message. It is mandatory to configure an interface ID for client-facing SAPs. Relay-Forward, Relay-Reply, and DHCPv6 server messages are silently dropped when received on a client-facing SAP
- network-facing
-
Configures the SAP as a network-facing interface. Only Relay-Reply messages are accepted: the server message is extracted from the Relay-Reply message and forwarded in the VPLS. All other DHCPv6 message types are silently dropped when received on a network-facing SAP.
Platforms
All
interim-credit
interim-credit
Syntax
interim-credit
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>diam-appl-plcy>gy>efh interim-credit)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt diameter-application-policy gy extended-failure-handling interim-credit
Description
Commands in this context configure interim credit parameters for Extended Failure Handling (EFH).
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interim-update
interim-update
Syntax
interim-update
interim-update include-counters [hold-down seconds]
no interim-update
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>wlan-gw>mobility-triggered-acct interim-update)
[Tree] (config>router>wlan-gw>mobility-triggered-acct interim-update)
Full Context
configure service vprn wlan-gw mobility-triggered-acct interim-update
configure router wlan-gw mobility-triggered-acct interim-update
Description
This command enables the inclusion of counters with a hold-down time option in mobility-triggered interim updates. When enabled, to disable the inclusion of counters, interim updates must be disabled and then re-enabled without the include-counters keyword. By default, the hold-down time is not imposed.
The no form of this command disables generation of flash interim accounting updates to RADIUS when change in location of the UE is detected.
Default
no interim-update
Parameters
- include-counters
-
Specifies the inclusion of counters in mobility-triggered interim updates.
- seconds
-
Specifies the time, in seconds, that must elapse after a mobility-triggered interim with counters sent for the next mobility-triggered interim with counters to be sent.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interim-update-interval
interim-update-interval
Syntax
interim-update-interval minutes
no interim-update-interval
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>rad-acct-plcy interim-update-interval)
Full Context
configure application-assurance radius-accounting-policy interim-update-interval
Description
This command configures the interim update interval.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
no interim-update-interval
Parameters
- minutes
-
Specifies the interval at which subscriber accounting data will be updated. If set no value is specified then no interim updates will be sent.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interleave
interleave
Syntax
[no] interleave
Context
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>mlppp interleave)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>mlppp interleave)
Full Context
configure router l2tp group mlppp interleave
configure service vprn l2tp group mlppp interleave
Description
This command is applicable only to LNS. Interleaving is supported only on MLPPPoX bundles that contain a single member link. If more than one link is present in the MLPPPoX bundle, interleaving is automatically disabled and a TRAP/log (tmnxMlpppBundleIndicatorsChange) is generated.
The minimum supported rate of the link on which interleaving is performed is 1 kb/s.
If configured at this level, interleaving is enabled on all tunnels within the group, unless it is explicitly disable per tunnel.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s
interleave
Syntax
interleave {always | never}
no interleave
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>tunnel>mlppp interleave)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>tunnel>mlppp interleave)
Full Context
configure service vprn l2tp group tunnel mlppp interleave
configure router l2tp group tunnel mlppp interleave
Description
This command configures the user of link fragmentation and interleaving and is applicable only to LNS. Interleaving is supported only on MLPPPoX bundles that contain a single member link. If more than one link is present in the MLPPPoX bundle, interleaving is automatically disabled and a TRAP/log (tmnxMlpppBundleIndicatorsChange) is generated.
The minimum supported rate of the link on which interleaving is performed is 1 kb/s.
Interleaving configured on this level overwrites the configuration option under the group hierarchy. If the no form of this command is configured for interleaving at this level, the interleaving configuration inherits the configuration option configured under the L2TP group.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- always
-
Always perform interleaving on single linked MLPPPoX sessions within this tunnel, regardless of the configuration option for interleaving under the group level.
- never
-
Never perform interleaving on single linked MLPPPoX sessions within this tunnel, regardless of the configuration option for interleaving under the group level.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s
interleave
Syntax
[no] interleave
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>frame-relay>frf.12 interleave)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface sap frame-relay frf.12 interleave
Description
This command enables interleaving of high priority frames and low-priority frame fragments within a FR SAP using FRF.12 end-to-end fragmentation.
When this option is enabled, only frames of the FR SAP non expedited forwarding class queues are subject to fragmentation. The frames of the FR SAP expedited queues are interleaved, with no fragmentation header, among the fragmented frames. In effect, this provides a behavior like in MLPPP Link Fragment Interleaving (LFI).
When this option is disabled, frames of all the FR SAP forwarding class queues are subject to fragmentation. The fragmentation header is however not included when the frame size is smaller than the user configured fragmentation size. In this mode, the SAP transmits all fragments of a frame before sending the next full or fragmented frame.
The receive direction of the FR SAP supports both modes of operation concurrently, with and without fragment interleaving.
The no form of this command restores the default mode of operation.
Default
no interleave
internal-ip4-address
internal-ip4-address
Syntax
[no] internal-ip4-address
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-policy>relay-unsol-attr internal-ip4-address)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-policy relay-unsolicited-cfg-attribute internal-ip4-address
Description
This command will return IPv4 address from source (such as a RADIUS server) to IKEv2 remote-access tunnel client regardless if the client has requested it in the CFG_REQUEST payload.
Default
no internal-ip4-address
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
internal-ip4-dns
internal-ip4-dns
Syntax
[no] internal-ip4-dns
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-policy>relay-unsol-attr internal-ip4-dns)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-policy relay-unsolicited-cfg-attribute internal-ip4-dns
Description
This command will return IPv4 DNS server address from source (such as a RADIUS server) to IKEv2 remote-access tunnel client regardless if the client has requested it in the CFG_REQUEST payload.
Default
no internal-ip4-dns
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
internal-ip4-netmask
internal-ip4-netmask
Syntax
[no] internal-ip4-netmask
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-policy>relay-unsol-attr internal-ip4-netmask)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-policy relay-unsolicited-cfg-attribute internal-ip4-netmask
Description
This command will return IPv4 netmask from source (such as a RADIUS server) to IKEv2 remote-access tunnel client regardless if the client has requested it in the CFG_REQUEST payload.
Default
no internal-ip4-netmask
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
internal-ip6-address
internal-ip6-address
Syntax
[no] internal-ip6-address
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-policy>relay-unsol-attr internal-ip6-address)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-policy relay-unsolicited-cfg-attribute internal-ip6-address
Description
This command will return IPv6 address from source (such as a RADIUS server) to IKEv2 remote-access tunnel client regardless if the client has requested it in the CFG_REQUEST payload.
Default
no internal-ip6-address
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
internal-ip6-dns
internal-ip6-dns
Syntax
[no] internal-ip6-dns
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-policy>relay-unsol-attr internal-ip6-dns)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-policy relay-unsolicited-cfg-attribute internal-ip6-dns
Description
This command will return IPv6 DNS server address from source (RADIUS server) to IKEv2 remote-access tunnel client regardless if the client has requested it in the CFG_REQUEST payload.
Default
no internal-ip6-dns
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
internal-lease-ipsec
internal-lease-ipsec
Syntax
[no] internal-lease-ipsec
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp6>server>lease-hold-time-for internal-lease-ipsec)
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp>server>lease-hold-time-for internal-lease-ipsec)
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp6>server>lease-hold-time-for internal-lease-ipsec)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>lease-hold-time-for internal-lease-ipsec)
Full Context
configure service vprn dhcp6 local-dhcp-server lease-hold-time-for internal-lease-ipsec
configure router dhcp local-dhcp-server lease-hold-time-for internal-lease-ipsec
configure router dhcp6 local-dhcp-server lease-hold-time-for internal-lease-ipsec
configure service vprn dhcp local-dhcp-server lease-hold-time-for internal-lease-ipsec
Description
This command enables the server to hold up the lease of local IPsec clients.
The no form of this command disables the ability of the server to hold up the lease of local IPsec clients.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
internal-scheduler-weight-mode
internal-scheduler-weight-mode
Syntax
internal-scheduler-weight-mode {default | force-equal | offered-load | capped-offered-load}
no internal-scheduler-weight-mode
Context
[Tree] (config>card>virt-sched-adj internal-scheduler-weight-mode)
Full Context
configure card virtual-scheduler-adjustment internal-scheduler-weight-mode
Description
This command specifies the internal scheduler (tier 0) weight mode for all ingress queues on a LAG on the card on which it is applied.
Default
internal-scheduler-weight-mode default
Parameters
- default
-
Specifies that ingress queues are weighted based on port speed or, if configured, the hash weight.
- force-equal
-
Specifies that the ingress queues are always equally weighted.
- offered-load
-
Specifies that the ingress queues are weighted based on observed offered load.
- capped-offered-load
-
Specifies that the ingress queues are weighted based on observed offered load capped by PIR.
Platforms
All
internal-scheduler-weight-mode
Syntax
internal-scheduler-weight-mode {default | force-equal | offered-load | capped-offered-load}
no internal-scheduler-weight-mode
Context
[Tree] (config>qos>adv-config-policy>child-control>bandwidth-distribution internal-scheduler-weight-mode)
Full Context
configure qos adv-config-policy child-control bandwidth-distribution internal-scheduler-weight-mode
Description
This command specifies the internal scheduler (tier 0) weight mode for the queues on a LAG on which the advanced configuration policy is applied.
Default
internal-scheduler-weight-mode default
Parameters
- default
-
Specifies that queues are weighted based on the port speed or, if configured, the hash weight.
- force-equal
-
Specifies that the queues are always equally weighted.
- offered-load
-
Specifies that the queues are weighted based on the observed offered load.
- capped-offered-load
-
Specifies that the queues are weighted based on the observed offered load capped by PIR.
Platforms
All
intersite-shared
intersite-shared
Syntax
intersite-shared [persistent-type5-adv] [ kat-type5-adv-withdraw]
no intersite-shared
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mvpn intersite-shared)
Full Context
configure service vprn mvpn intersite-shared
Description
This command specifies whether to use inter-site shared C-trees or not. Optional parameters allow enabling additional inter-site shared functionality. Not specifying an optional parameter when executing the command disables that parameter.
Default
n/a
Parameters
- persistent-type5-adv
-
When specified for inter-site shared trees enabled, this parameter ensures that Type 5 SA routes are generated for the multicast source even if no joins are present for that source. When the parameter is not specified, the Type 5 SA routes are withdrawn where the prune from the last receiver is received for the multicast source.
- kat-type5-adv-withdraw
-
When specified for inter-site shared trees, this parameter allows operators to enable KeepAlive Timers (KAT) on source PEs for ng-MVPN inter-site shared deployments. On a multicast source failure, a KAT expiry on source PEs will trigger a withdrawal of Type-5 Source-Active (S-A) route and switch from (C-S,C-G) to (C-*,C-G). When receiver PEs process reflected Type-5 S-A route withdrawals, they will withdraw their Type-7 ng-MVPN routes to the failed multicast source. The following conditions apply:
-
KAT must only be enabled on source PEs.
-
Functionality is supported with mLDP and RSVP-TE in the P-instance.
-
Local receiver per (C-S, C-G) must be configured on source PEs running KAT.
-
Platforms
All
interval
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>diam-appl-plcy>gy>ccrt-replay interval)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>diam-appl-plcy>gx>ccrt-replay interval)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt diameter-application-policy gy ccrt-replay interval
configure subscriber-mgmt diameter-application-policy gx ccrt-replay interval
Description
This command specifies the interval at which CCR-T messages for Diameter Gx or Gy sessions that belong to the Diameter application policy are replayed, until a valid CCA-t response is received or until the configured max-lifetime period expires.
The no form of this command resets the interval to the default setting.
Default
interval 3600
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the interval at which the CCR-T messages are replayed for a gx session. The messages are replayed until a valid CCA-t response is received or until a 24 hour period expires, whichever comes first.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>diam-appl-plcy>gy>ccrt-replay interval)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>diam-appl-plcy>gx>ccrt-replay interval)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt diameter-application-policy gy ccrt-replay interval
configure subscriber-mgmt diameter-application-policy gx ccrt-replay interval
Description
This command specifies the interval at which CCR-T messages for Diameter Gx or Gy sessions that belong to the Diameter application policy are replayed, until a valid CCA-t response is received or until the configured max-lifetime period expires.
The no form of this command resets the interval to the default setting.
Default
interval 3600
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the interval at which the CCR-T messages are replayed for a gx session. The messages are replayed until a valid CCA-t response is received or until a 24 hour period expires, whichever comes first.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interval
Syntax
interval interval
Context
[Tree] (config>redundancy>mc>peer>mcr>ring>cv interval)
[Tree] (config>redundancy>mc>peer>mc>l3-ring>cv interval)
Full Context
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer mc-ring ring ring-node connectivity-verify interval
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer multi-chassis l3-ring cv interval
Description
This command specifies the polling interval of the ring-node connectivity verification of this ring node.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
interval 5
Parameters
- interval
-
Specifies the polling interval of the ring-node connectivity verification of this ring node.
Platforms
All
interval
Syntax
interval minutes
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>shcv-policy>periodic interval)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt shcv-policy periodic interval
Description
This command specifies the time interval which all known sources should be verified. The actual rate is dependent on the number of known hosts and intervals.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
interval 30 minutes
Parameters
- minutes
-
Specifies the interval, in minutes, between periodic connectivity checks.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>aaa>radius-srv-plcy>servers>health-check>test-account interval)
Full Context
configure aaa radius-server-policy servers health-check test-account interval
Description
This command specifies the intervals at which the test account will send its access requests to probe the RADIUS servers.
Default
interval 3
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the probing interval.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>pfcp-association>heartbeat interval)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt pfcp-association heartbeat interval
Description
This command configures the interval between successive, successful heartbeats.
Default
interval 60
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, between successive, successful heartbeats. This interval must be identical on both the BNG UPF and CPF. For information about the BNG CUPS CPF configuration, refer to the CMG BNG CUPS Control Plane Function Guide and the 7750 SR MG and CMG CLI Reference Guide.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interval
Syntax
interval {1 | 60}
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable interval)
[Tree] (config>lag>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable interval)
Full Context
configure port ethernet eth-cfm mep ais-enable interval
configure lag eth-cfm mep ais-enable interval
Description
This command specifies the transmission interval of AIS messages in seconds.
The no form of this command reverts to the default values.
Parameters
- 1 | 60
-
The transmission interval of AIS messages, in seconds.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
interval
Syntax
interval deci-seconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>service>mac-notification interval)
Full Context
configure service mac-notification interval
Description
This command controls the frequency of subsequent MAC notification messages.
Parameters
- deci-seconds
-
Specifies the frequency of subsequent MAC notification messages, in deciseconds
Platforms
All
interval
Syntax
interval {1 | 60}
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable interval)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>ais-enable interval)
Full Context
configure service epipe sap eth-cfm mep ais-enable interval
configure service epipe spoke-sdp eth-cfm ais-enable interval
Description
This command specifies the transmission interval of AIS messages in seconds.
Parameters
- 1 | 60
-
Specifies the transmission interval of AIS messages in seconds.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
interval
Syntax
interval deci-seconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mac-notification interval)
Full Context
configure service vpls mac-notification interval
Description
This command controls the frequency of subsequent MAC notification messages.
By default, this command inherits the chassis level configuration from config>service> mac-notification.
Parameters
- deci-seconds
-
Specifies the frequency of subsequent MAC notification messages, in deciseconds.
Platforms
All
interval
Syntax
interval {1 | 60}
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable interval)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable interval)
Full Context
configure service vpls spoke-sdp eth-cfm mep ais-enable interval
configure service vpls mesh-sdp eth-cfm mep ais-enable interval
Description
This command specifies the transmission interval of AIS messages in seconds.
Parameters
- 1 | 60
-
The transmission interval of AIS messages in seconds
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>static-route-entry>indirect>cpe-check interval)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>static-route-entry>next-hop>cpe-check interval)
Full Context
configure service vprn static-route-entry indirect cpe-check interval
configure service vprn static-route-entry next-hop cpe-check interval
Description
This optional parameter specifies the interval between ICMP pings to the target IP address.
Default
interval 1
Parameters
- seconds
-
An integer interval value.
Platforms
All
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp-self-ping interval)
Full Context
configure router mpls lsp-self-ping interval
Description
This command configures the interval at which LSP Self Ping packets are periodically sent on a candidate path of an RSVP LSP. This value is used for all LSPs that have LSP Self Ping enabled.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
interval 1
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the value, in seconds, used as the fast retry timer for a secondary path.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
interval
Syntax
interval {one-time | minimum-interval}
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>http-notif interval)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group http-notification interval
Description
This command configures the minimum interval in between notification messages. It can be set to one-time or a value in minutes from 1 to 1440.
The no form of this command removes the interval from the http-notification policy.
Default
interval one-time
Parameters
- minimum-interval
-
Represents the minimum interval value in minutes in between two http notifications.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>tnl-temp>icmp6-gen>pkt-too-big interval)
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipsec-tunnel>icmp-gen>pkt-too-big interval)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel>icmp6-gen>pkt-too-big interval)
Full Context
configure ipsec tunnel-template icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
configure router interface ipsec-tunnel icmp-gen pkt-too-big interval
configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
Description
This command configures the maximum interval during which messages can be sent.
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the maximum interval during which messages can be sent, in seconds.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure ipsec tunnel-template icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
VSR
- configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>tnl-temp>icmp6-gen>pkt-too-big interval)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel>icmp6-gen>pkt-too-big interval)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipsec-tunnel>icmp6-gen>pkt-too-big interval)
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipsec-tunnel>icmp6-gen>pkt-too-big interval)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-tun>icmp6-gen>pkt-too-big interval)
Full Context
configure ipsec tunnel-template icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
configure service vprn interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
Description
This command configures the interval for sending ICMPv6 Packet Too Big (code 2) messages. The maximum number of messages that can be sent during the interval is configured by the message-count command.
The no form of the command reverts to the default value.
Default
interval 10
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the time, in seconds, for sending 'message-count’ ICMPv6 messages.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure ipsec tunnel-template icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
- configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
VSR
- configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
- configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
- configure service vprn interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp6-generation pkt-too-big interval
interval
Syntax
interval minutes
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace>path-discovery interval)
Full Context
configure test-oam ldp-treetrace path-discovery interval
Description
This command configures the frequency of the LDP ECMP OAM path discovery. Every interval, the node sends LSP trace messages to attempt to discover the entire ECMP path tree for a given destination FEC.
The no form of this command removes the value from the configuration.
Default
no interval
Parameters
- minutes
-
Specifies the number of minutes to wait before repeating the LDP tree auto discovery process.
Platforms
All
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>test-oam>icmp>ping-template interval)
Full Context
configure test-oam icmp ping-template interval
Description
This command configures the packet transmit interval used when the interface is operational and possibly transitioning from up to down, but not down to up, because of the ping-template function.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
interval 60
Parameters
- seconds
-
Sets the packet transmit interval, in seconds, when the interface is operational.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
interval
Syntax
interval minutes
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>test-oam>ldp-treetrace>path-probing interval)
Full Context
configure test-oam ldp-treetrace path-probing interval
Description
This command configures the frequency of the LSP Ping messages used in the path probing phase to probe the paths of all LDP FECs discovered by the LDP tree trace path discovery.
The no form of this command resets the interval to its default value.
Default
no interval
Parameters
- minutes
-
Specifies the number of minutes to probe all active ECMP paths for each LDP FEC.
Platforms
All
interval
Syntax
interval interval
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>saa>test>type-multi-line>lsp-ping>sr-policy interval)
[Tree] (config>saa>test>type-multi-line>lsp-trace>sr-policy interval)
[Tree] (config>saa>test>type-multi-line>lsp-ping interval)
Full Context
configure saa test type-multi-line lsp-ping sr-policy interval
configure saa test type-multi-line lsp-trace sr-policy interval
configure saa test type-multi-line lsp-ping interval
Description
This command configures the number of seconds to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
interval 1
Parameters
- interval
-
Specifies the number of seconds to wait before the next message request is sent.
Platforms
All
interval
Syntax
interval milliseconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>lmm interval)
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>dmm interval)
Full Context
configure oam-pm session ethernet lmm interval
configure oam-pm session ethernet dmm interval
Description
This command defines the message period or probe spacing for the transmission of the DMM or LMM frame.
The no form of this command sets the interval to the default. If an LMM test is in no shutdown state, it always has timing parameters, whether default or operator configured.
Parameters
- milliseconds
-
Specifies the number of milliseconds between the transmission of the DMM or LMM frames. The default value for the DMM or LMM interval is different than the default interval for SLM. This is intentional.
Platforms
All
interval
Syntax
interval milliseconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light interval)
Full Context
configure oam-pm session ip twamp-light interval
Description
This command defines the message period, or probe spacing, for transmitting a TWAMP Light frame.
The no form of this command sets the interval to the default value.
Default
interval 1000
Parameters
- milliseconds
-
Specifies the number of milliseconds between TWAMP Light frame transmission.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
interval
Syntax
interval milliseconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>mpls>dm interval)
Full Context
configure oam-pm session mpls dm interval
Description
This command defines the message period, or probe spacing, to transmit a DM frame.
The no form of this command sets the interval to the default value.
Parameters
- milliseconds
-
Specifies the number of milliseconds between DM frame transmissions.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
interval
Syntax
interval [seconds]
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>redirect-policy>dest>ping-test interval)
Full Context
configure filter redirect-policy destination ping-test interval
Description
This command specifies the amount of time, in seconds, between consecutive requests sent to the far end host.
Default
interval 1
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the amount of time, in seconds, between consecutive requests sent to the far end host.
Platforms
All
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>router>static-route-entry>next-hop>cpe-check interval)
[Tree] (config>router>static-route-entry>indirect>cpe-check interval)
Full Context
configure router static-route-entry next-hop cpe-check interval
configure router static-route-entry indirect cpe-check interval
Description
This optional parameter specifies the interval between ICMP pings to the target IP address.
Default
interval 1
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the interval value, in seconds.
Platforms
All
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>vrrp>priority-event>host-unreachable interval)
Full Context
configure vrrp priority-event host-unreachable interval
Description
This command configures the number of seconds between host unreachable priority event ICMP echo request messages directed to the host IP address.
The no form of the command reverts to the default value.
Default
interval 1
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the number of seconds between the ICMP echo request messages sent to the host IP address for the host unreachable priority event.
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>system>cron>sched interval)
Full Context
configure system cron schedule interval
Description
This command specifies the interval between runs of an event.
Default
no interval
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the interval, in seconds, between runs of an event.
Platforms
All
interval
Syntax
interval interval
no interval
Context
[Tree] (config>system>grpc-tunnel>destination-group>tcp-keepalive interval)
[Tree] (config>system>telemetry>destination-group>tcp-keepalive interval)
[Tree] (config>system>grpc>tcp-keepalive interval)
Full Context
configure system grpc-tunnel destination-group tcp-keepalive interval
configure system telemetry destination-group tcp-keepalive interval
configure system grpc tcp-keepalive interval
Description
This command configures the amount of time, in seconds, between successive TCP keepalive probes sent by the router.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
interval 15
Parameters
- interval
-
Specifies the number of seconds between TCP keepalive probes.
Platforms
All
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>tnl-temp>icmp-gen>frag-required interval)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-tunnel>icmp-generation>frag-required interval)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ip-tunnel>icmp-generation>frag-required interval)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel>icmp-generation>frag-required interval)
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel>icmp-generation>frag-required interval)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel>icmp-generation>frag-required interval)
Full Context
configure ipsec tunnel-template icmp-generation frag-required interval
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation frag-required interval
configure service vprn interface sap ip-tunnel icmp-generation frag-required interval
configure service vprn interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation frag-required interval
configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation frag-required interval
configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation frag-required interval
Description
This command configures the interval for sending ICMP Destination Unreachable "fragmentation needed and DF set" messages (type 3, code 4). The maximum number of messages that can be sent during the interval is configured by the message-count command.
The no form of the command reverts to the default value.
Default
interval 10
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the time, in seconds, for sending ICMPv6 Destination Unreachable "fragmentation needed and DF set" messages (type 3, code 4).
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service vprn interface sap ip-tunnel icmp-generation frag-required interval
- configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation frag-required interval
- configure ipsec tunnel-template icmp-generation frag-required interval
VSR
- configure service vprn interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation frag-required interval
- configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation frag-required interval
- configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel icmp-generation frag-required interval
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
Context
[Tree] (config>test-oam>link-meas>template interval)
Full Context
configure test-oam link-measurement measurement-template interval
Description
This command configures the length of time between test packet transmission.
Default
interval 1
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the elapsed time between transmission of test packets for the specified template
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
interval
Syntax
interval seconds
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host>managed-routes>route-entry>cpe-check interval)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host>managed-routes>route-entry>cpe-check interval)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface sap static-host managed-routes route-entry cpe-check interval
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface sap static-host managed-routes route-entry cpe-check interval
Description
This command configures the interval between ICMP pings to the target CPE IP address.
Default
interval 1
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the interval value, in seconds.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
intervals-stored
intervals-stored
Syntax
intervals-stored intervals
no intervals-stored
Context
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>meas-interval intervals-stored)
Full Context
configure oam-pm session meas-interval intervals-stored
Description
This command defines the number of completed measurement intervals per session to be stored in volatile system memory. The entire block of memory is allocated for the measurement interval when the test is active ( no shutdown) to ensure memory is available. The numbers are increasing from 1 to the configured value + 1. The active pm data is stored in the interval number 1 and older runs are stored, in order, to the upper most number with the oldest rolling off when the number of completed measurement intervals exceeds the configured value+1. As new test measurement intervals complete for the session, the stored intervals are renumbered to maintain the described order. Use caution when setting this value. There must be a balance between completed runs stored in volatile memory and the use of the write-to-flash function of the accounting policy.
The 5-mins and 15-mins measurement intervals share the same (1 to 96) retention pool. In the event that both intervals are required, the sum total of both intervals cannot exceed 96. The 1-hour and 1-day measurement intervals utilize their own ranges.
If this command is omitted when configuring the measurement interval, the default value is used.
The no form of the command reverts to the default.
Default
intervals-stored 1
Parameters
- intervals
-
Specifies the number of measurement intervals.
Platforms
All
invert-data
invert-data
Syntax
[no] invert-data
Context
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>ds1 invert-data)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>e1 invert-data)
Full Context
configure port tdm ds1 invert-data
configure port tdm e1 invert-data
Description
This command causes all data bits to be inverted, to guarantee ones density. Typically used with AMI line encoding.
Default
no invert-data
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR-7/12/12e, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e
invert-match
invert-match
Syntax
[no] invert-match
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>tether-detect>sngl-dev invert-match)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group tethering-detection single-device invert-match
Description
This command configures AA to classify flows with expected TTL values as coming from connected devices (tethered).
The no form of this command configures AA to classify flows with expected TTL values as coming from the host device (untethered).
Default
no invert-match
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
iom
iom
Syntax
iom slot-number type {[ load-balancer] [ue-anchor]}
no iom slot-number
Context
[Tree] (config>isa>wlan-gw-group iom)
Full Context
configure isa wlan-gw-group iom
Description
This command designates the specified IOM as a WLAN-GW IOM. Each WLAN-GW IOM must be provisioned with two ISA-BB modules on a hardware chassis and with an ISA-BB module in the first MDA slot in the VSR.
The no form of this command removes the IOM from the configuration.
Parameters
- slot-number
-
Indicates the IOM slot to be used in the WLAN-GW group.
- type {[load-balancer] [ue-anchor]}
-
This parameter is supported on the VSR only. It determines if an IOM slot is used for load-balancing or UE anchoring and processing, or both. When the wlan-gw-group has only a single IOM, it is required to put this IOM in both modes at the same time.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
iom
Syntax
iom [detail]
no iom
Context
[Tree] (debug>router>mpls>event iom)
Full Context
debug router mpls event iom
Description
This command reports MPLS debug events originating from the XMA.
The no form of the command disables the debugging.
Parameters
- detail
-
Displays detailed information about MPLS events originating from the XMA.
Platforms
All
ip
ip
Syntax
ip address
no ip
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mcr-default-gtw ip)
Full Context
configure service vpls mcr-default-gtw ip
Description
This command relates to a system configured for Dual Homing in L2-TPSDA. It defines the IP address used when the system sends out a gratuitous ARP on an active SAP after a ring heals or fails in order to attract traffic from subscribers on the ring with connectivity to that SAP.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
no ip
Parameters
- address
-
Specifies the IP address in a.b.c.d. format.
Platforms
All
ip
Syntax
ip ip-filter-id
no ip
Context
[Tree] (config>service>template>epipe-sap-template>ingress>filter ip)
[Tree] (config>service>template>epipe-sap-template>egress>filter ip)
Full Context
configure service template epipe-sap-template ingress filter ip
configure service template epipe-sap-template egress filter ip
Description
This command associates an existing IP filter policy with the template.
This command is only supported in 'classic' configuration-mode (configure system management-interface configuration-mode classic).
Parameters
- ip-filter-id
-
Specifies the IP filter policy ID. The filter ID must already exist within the created IP filters.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip
Syntax
ip name
no ip
Context
[Tree] (config>service>template>epipe-sap-template>egress>filter-name ip)
[Tree] (config>service>template>epipe-sap-template>ingress>filter-name ip)
Full Context
configure service template epipe-sap-template egress filter-name ip
configure service template epipe-sap-template ingress filter-name ip
Description
This command associates an existing IP filter policy with the template.
Parameters
- name
-
Specifies the IP filter policy name, up to 64 characters.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip
Syntax
ip name
no ip
Context
[Tree] (config>service>template>vpls-sap-template>egress>filter-name ip)
[Tree] (config>service>template>vpls-sap-template>ingress>filter-name ip)
Full Context
configure service template vpls-sap-template egress filter-name ip
configure service template vpls-sap-template ingress filter-name ip
Description
This command associates an existing IP filter policy with the template.
Parameters
- name
-
Specifies the IP filter policy name, up to 64 characters.
Platforms
All
ip
Syntax
[no] ip ip-address
Context
[Tree] (debug>service>id>arp-host ip)
Full Context
debug service id arp-host ip
Description
This command displays ARP host events for a particular IP address.
Parameters
- ip-address
-
The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 – 223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip
Syntax
[no] ip ip-address
Context
[Tree] (debug>service>id>host-connectivity-verify ip)
Full Context
debug service id host-connectivity-verify ip
Description
This command displays Subscriber Host Connectivity Verification (SHCV) events for a particular IP address.
Parameters
- ip-address
-
The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 – 223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip
Syntax
[no] ip ip-address[/mask]
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>policy>transit-ip-policy>static-aa-sub ip)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group policy transit-ip-policy static-aa-sub ip
Description
This command configures the /32 IP address for a static transit aa-sub.
The no form of this command deletes the ip address assigned to the static transit aa-sub from the configuration.
Parameters
- ip-address
-
Specifies the IP address in a.b.c.d form.
ip
Syntax
ip src ip-address dest ip-address
no ip
Context
[Tree] (config>mirror>mirror-dest>encap>layer-3-encap>gateway ip)
Full Context
configure mirror mirror-dest encap layer-3-encap gateway ip
Description
This command configures the source IPv4 address and destination IPv4 address to use in the IPv4 header part of the routable LI encapsulation.
Parameters
- src ip-address
-
Specifies source IP address.
- dest ip-address
-
Specifies destination IP address.
Platforms
All
ip
Syntax
ip
Context
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session ip)
Full Context
configure oam-pm session ip
Description
Commands in this context configure the IP-specific source and destination information, the priority, and the IP test tools on the launch point.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ip
Syntax
[no] ip ip-filter-id
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>system-filter ip)
Full Context
configure filter system-filter ip
Description
This command activates an IPv4 system filter policy. Once activated, all IPv4 ACL filter policies that chain to the system filter ( config>filter>ip-filter>chain-to-system-filter) will automatically execute system filter policy rules first.
The no form of the command deactivates the system filter policy.
Parameters
- ip-filter-id
-
Specifies the existing IPv4 filter policy with scope system. This parameter can either be expressed as a decimal integer, or as an ASCII string of up to 64 characters.
Platforms
All
ip
Syntax
[no] ip
Context
[Tree] (debug>router ip)
Full Context
debug router ip
Description
This command configures debugging for IP.
Platforms
All
ip
Syntax
ip
Context
[Tree] (config>system ip)
Full Context
configure system ip
Description
This command configures system-wide IP router parameters.
Platforms
All
ip
Syntax
ip ip-address netmask
ip ip-address/mask
ip ip-prefix-list ip-prefix-list-name
no ip
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>ip-filter>entry>match ip)
Full Context
configure filter ip-filter entry match ip
Description
This command configures a destination or source IP address to be used as an IP match criterion.
Parameters
- ip-address/mask
-
Specifies the IPv4 address and mask.
- netmask
-
Specifies the name of the IP prefix list, up to 256 characters.
- ip-prefix-list-name
-
Specifies the name of an IP prefix list, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
All
ip
Syntax
ip ipv6-address ipv6-address-mask
ip ipv6-address/mask
ip ipv6-prefix-list prefix-list-name
no ip
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>ipv6-filter>entry>match ip)
Full Context
configure filter ipv6-filter entry match ip
Description
This command configures a destination or source IP address to be used as an IP match criterion.
Parameters
- ipv6-address/mask
-
Specifies the IPv6 address and mask.
- ip-prefix-list-name
-
Specifies the name of an IPv6 prefix list, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
All
ip-addr-backup
ip-addr-backup
Syntax
ip-addr-backup ip-address[:port]
no ip-addr-backup
Context
[Tree] (config>sflow>receiver ip-addr-backup)
Full Context
configure sflow receiver ip-addr-backup
Description
This command configures back-up IPv4 or IPv6 destination address for the sFlow agent to send sFlow datagrams to. Optionally a destination port can also be configured (by default port 6343 is used).
The no form of this command deletes backup sFlow receiver destination.
Parameters
- ip-address
-
Specifies the IPv4 or IPv6 address to send the sFlow datagrams to.
- port
-
Specifies the UDP destination port to send the sFlow datagrams to.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ip-addr-primary
ip-addr-primary
Syntax
ip-addr-primary ip-address[:port]
no ip-addr-primary
Context
[Tree] (config>sflow>receiver ip-addr-primary)
Full Context
configure sflow receiver ip-addr-primary
Description
This command configures primary IPv4 or IPv6 destination address for the sFlow agent to send sFlow datagrams to. Optionally a destination port can also be configured (by default port 6343 is used).
The no form of this command deletes primary sFlow receiver destination.
Parameters
- ip-address
-
Specifies the IPv4 or IPv6 address to send the sFlow datagrams.
- port
-
Specifies the UDP destination port to send the sFlow datagrams.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ip-addr1
ip-addr1
Syntax
ip-addr1 {eq | neq} ip-address
no ip-addr1
Context
[Tree] (debug>app-assure>group>traffic-capture>match ip-addr1)
Full Context
debug application-assurance group traffic-capture match ip-addr1
Description
This command configures debugging on IP address 1.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-addr2
ip-addr2
Syntax
ip-addr2 {eq | neq} ip-address
no ip-addr2
Context
[Tree] (debug>app-assure>group>traffic-capture>match ip-addr2)
Full Context
debug application-assurance group traffic-capture match ip-addr2
Description
This command configures debugging on IP address 2.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-address
ip-address
Syntax
ip-address ipv6-address
no ip-address
Context
[Tree] (conf>router>segment-routing>sr-policies>policy>srv6>binding-sid ip-address)
Full Context
configure router segment-routing sr-policies static-policy segment-routing-v6 binding-sid ip-address
Description
This command configures an SRv6 binding SID for a remote SRv6 policy. It cannot be used with a local head-end location (defined with the head-end local command in the conf>router>segment-routing>sr-policies>policy).
This command and the locator or micro-segment-locator command in the conf>router>segment-routing>sr-policies>policy>srv6>binding-sid context are mutually exclusive.
If the remote head-end is an SR OS system, the binding SID can either be regular or uSID and, in the latter case, must be configured with the node ID in the following format: <block><uN><uB6>::.
The no form of this command removes the configuration.
Parameters
- ipv6-address
-
Specifies the SRv6 binding SID as a 128 bit IPv6 address.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR
ip-address
Syntax
ip-address unicast-ip-address
no ip-address
Context
[Tree] (config>aaa>isa-radius-plcy>servers>server ip-address)
Full Context
configure aaa isa-radius-policy servers server ip-address
Description
This command configures the IP address of the RADIUS server.
The no form of this command removes the IP address.
Default
no ip-address
Parameters
- unicast-ip-address
-
Specifies the unicast IPv4 or IPv6 address of the RADIUS server.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-advertise-routes
ip-advertise-routes
Syntax
ip-advertise-routes
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>isa-svc-chain>evpn>export ip-advertise-routes)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt isa-service-chaining evpn export ip-advertise-routes
Description
Commands in this context configure EVPN routes to be advertised to a BGP EVPN peer participating in service chaining.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-assigned
ip-assigned
Syntax
[no] ip-assigned
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>wlan-gw>ue-query>state ip-assigned)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt wlan-gw ue-query state ip-assigned
Description
This command enables matching on UEs in an IP-assigned state, meaning that the UE already has an IP assigned but it is not yet authorized. This usually only applies when auth-on-dhcp is not configured.
The no form of this command disables matching on UEs in an IP-assigned state, unless all state matching is disabled.
Default
no ip-assigned
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-assigned-authorized
ip-assigned-authorized
Syntax
[no] ip-assigned-authorized
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>wlan-gw>ue-query>state ip-assigned-authorized)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt wlan-gw ue-query state ip-assigned-authorized
Description
This command enables matching on UEs in an IP-assigned and authorized state, meaning that the UE already has an IP assigned and is authorized, but is not yet promoted to a final state such as ESM or DSM. This applies to UEs authenticated by distributed RADIUS proxy without auth-on-dhcp configured. UEs move to this state upon DHCP completion and continue to a more final state (such as DSM, ESM, or portal) upon receiving the first data packet.
The no form of this command disables matching on UEs in an IP-assigned and authorized state, unless all state matching is disabled.
Default
no ip-assigned-authorized
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-cache
ip-cache
Syntax
ip-cache
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>dns-ip-cache ip-cache)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group dns-ip-cache ip-cache
Description
This command configures the dns-ip-cache cache parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-can-type
ip-can-type
Syntax
[no] ip-can-type
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>diam-appl-plcy>gx>include-avp ip-can-type)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt diameter-application-policy gx include-avp ip-can-type
Description
This command includes the ip-can-type.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-criteria
ip-criteria
Syntax
[no] ip-criteria
Context
[Tree] (config>qos>sap-egress ip-criteria)
[Tree] (config>qos>sap-ingress ip-criteria)
Full Context
configure qos sap-egress ip-criteria
configure qos sap-ingress ip-criteria
Description
IP criteria-based SAP ingress or egress policies are used to select the appropriate ingress or egress queue or policer and corresponding forwarding class and packet profile for matched traffic.
This command is used to enter the context to create or edit policy entries that specify IP criteria such as IP quintuple lookup or DiffServ code point.
The software implementation will exit on the first match found and execute the actions in accordance with the accompanying action command. For this reason, entries must be sequenced correctly from most to least explicit.
The no form of this command deletes all the entries specified under this node. When IP criteria entries are removed from a SAP ingress or egress policy, the IP criteria is removed from all services where that policy is applied.
Platforms
All
ip-criteria
Syntax
[no] ip-criteria
Context
[Tree] (config>qos>network>ingress ip-criteria)
[Tree] (config>qos>network>egress ip-criteria)
Full Context
configure qos network ingress ip-criteria
configure qos network egress ip-criteria
Description
IP criteria-based network ingress and egress policies are used to select the appropriate ingress or egress queue or policer, and the corresponding forwarding class and packet profile for matched traffic. This command is used to enter the context to create or edit policy entries that specify IP criteria such as IP quintuple lookup or DSCP.
The 7750 SR OS implementation will exit on the first match found and execute the actions in accordance with the accompanying action command. Entries must be sequenced correctly from most to least explicit.
The ingress classification only applies to the outer IP header of non-tunneled traffic. The only exception is for traffic received on a Draft Rosen tunnel, for which only classification on the outer IP header is supported.
Attempting to apply a network QoS policy containing an ip-criteria statement to any object except a network IP interface will result in an error.
The no form of this command deletes all entries specified under this node. When IP criteria entries are removed from a network policy, the IP criteria are removed from all network interfaces to which that policy is applied.
Platforms
All
ip-criteria
Syntax
[no] ip-criteria
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>criteria-overrides ip-criteria)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>criteria-overrides ip-criteria)
[Tree] (config>service>ipipe>sap>ingress>criteria-overrides ip-criteria)
[Tree] (config>service>cpipe>sap>ingress>criteria-overrides ip-criteria)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress>criteria-overrides ip-criteria)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap>ingress>criteria-overrides ip-criteria)
Full Context
configure service ies interface sap ingress criteria-overrides ip-criteria
configure service vpls sap ingress criteria-overrides ip-criteria
configure service ipipe sap ingress criteria-overrides ip-criteria
configure service cpipe sap ingress criteria-overrides ip-criteria
configure service vprn interface sap ingress criteria-overrides ip-criteria
configure service epipe sap ingress criteria-overrides ip-criteria
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv4 criteria overrides.
The no form of this command removes any existing IPv4 overrides from the SAP.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ip-exception
ip-exception
Syntax
ip-exception filter-id
no ip-exception
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipsec ip-exception)
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipsec ip-exception)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipsec ip-exception)
Full Context
configure service ies interface ipsec ip-exception
configure router interface ipsec ip-exception
configure service vprn interface ipsec ip-exception
Description
This command configures the IP exception filter for the secured interface. All ingress traffic matching by the specified filter bypasses IPsec processing.
The no form of this command removes the policy from the configuration.
Default
no ip-exception
Parameters
- filter-id
-
Specifies IP filter policy that will be used to bypass encryption.
Platforms
VSR
ip-exception
Syntax
ip-exception filter-id [create]
no ip-exception filter-id
Context
[Tree] (config>filter ip-exception)
Full Context
configure filter ip-exception
Description
Commands in this context configure the specified IPv4 exception filter.
The no form of the command deletes the IPv4 exception filter.
Parameters
- filter-id
-
Specifies the IPv4 filter policy ID expressed as a decimal integer.
- create
-
This keyword is required to create the configuration context. Once it is created, the context can be enabled with or without the create keyword.
Platforms
VSR
ip-exception
Syntax
ip-exception filter-id direction {inbound | outbound}
no ip-exception direction {inbound | outbound}
Context
[Tree] (config>router>if>group-encryption ip-exception)
Full Context
configure router interface group-encryption ip-exception
Description
This command associates an IP exception filter policy with an NGE-enabled router interface to allow packets matching the exception criteria to transit the NGE domain as clear text.
When an exception filter is added for inbound traffic, packets matching the criteria in the IP exception filter policy are allowed to be received in clear text even if an inbound key group is configured. If no inbound key group is configured, then associated inbound IP exception filter policies will be ignored.
When an exception filter is added for outbound traffic, packets matching the criteria in the IP exception filter policy are not encrypted when sent out of the router interface even if an outbound key group is configured. If no outbound key group is configured, then associated outbound IP exception filter policies will be ignored.
The no form of this command removes the IP exception filter policy from the specified direction.
Default
no ip-exception direction inbound
no ip-exception direction outbound
Parameters
- filter-id
-
Specifies the IP exception filter policy. The IP exception ID or exception name must have already been created.
- inbound
-
Binds the exception filter policy in the inbound direction.
- outbound
-
Binds the exception filter policy in the outbound direction.
Platforms
VSR
ip-fast-reroute
ip-fast-reroute
Syntax
[no] ip-fast-reroute
Context
[Tree] (config>router ip-fast-reroute)
Full Context
configure router ip-fast-reroute
Description
This command enables IP Fast-Reroute (FRR) feature on the system.
This feature provides for the use of a Loop-Free Alternate (LFA) backup next-hop for forwarding in-transit and CPM generated IP packets when the primary next-hop is not available. IP FRR is supported on IPv4 and IPv6 OSPF/IS-IS prefixes forwarded in the base router instance to a network IP interface or to an IES SAP interface or spoke interface. It is also supported for VPRN VPN-IPv4 OSPF prefixes and VPN-IPv6 OSPF prefixes forwarded to a VPRN SAP interface or spoke interface.
IP FRR also provides a LFA backup next-hop for the destination prefix of a GRE tunnel used in an SDP or in VPRN auto-bind.
When any of the following events occurs, IGP instructs in the fast path on the XMAs to enable the LFA backup next-hop:
-
OSPF/IS-IS interface goes operationally down: physical or local admin shutdown.
-
Timeout of a BFD session to a next-hop when BFD is enabled on the OSPF/IS-IS interface
When the SPF computation determines there is more than one primary next-hop for a prefix, it will not program any LFA next-hop in RTM. Therefore, the IP prefix will resolve to the multiple equal-cost primary next-hops that provide the required protection.
The no form of this command disables the IP FRR feature on the system
Default
no ip-fast-reroute
Platforms
All
ip-filter
ip-filter
Syntax
ip-filter filter-id
no ip-filter [force]
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>egress ip-filter)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>ingress ip-filter)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile egress ip-filter
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile ingress ip-filter
Description
This command configures an egress or ingress IP filter.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- filter-id
-
Specifies an existing IP filter policy ID.
- force
-
Forces the exclusion of the IP filter.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-filter
Syntax
ip-filter ip-filter-id entry entry-id [entry-id]
no ip-filter ip-filter-id [entry entry-id]
Context
[Tree] (config>mirror>mirror-source ip-filter)
Full Context
configure mirror mirror-source ip-filter
Description
This command enables mirroring of packets that match specific entries in an existing IP filter.
The ip-filter command directs packets which match the defined list of entry IDs to be mirrored to the mirror destination referenced by the mirror-dest-service-id of the mirror-source.
The IP filter must already exist in order for the command to execute. Filters are configured in the config>filter context. If the IP filter does not exist, an error will occur. If the filter exists but has not been associated with a SAP or IP interface, an error is not generated but mirroring will not be enabled (there are no packets to mirror). Once the IP filter is defined to a SAP or IP interface, mirroring is enabled.
If the IP filter is defined as ingress, only ingress packets are mirrored. Ingress mirrored packets are mirrored to the mirror destination prior to any ingress packet modifications.
If the IP filter is defined as egress, only egress packets are mirrored. Egress mirrored packets are mirrored to the mirror destination after all egress packet modifications.
An entry-id within an IP filter can only be mirrored to a single mirror destination. If the same entry-id is defined multiple times, an error occurs and only the first mirror-source definition is in effect.
By default, no packets matching any IP filters are mirrored. Mirroring of IP filter entries must be explicitly defined.
The no ip-filter command, without the entry keyword, removes mirroring on all entry-id’s within the ip-filter-id.
When the no command is executed with the entry keyword and one or more entry-id’s, mirroring of that list of entry-id’s is terminated within the ip-filter-id. If an entry-id is listed that does not exist, an error will occur and the command will not execute. If an entry-id is listed that is not currently being mirrored, no error will occur for that entry-id and the command will execute normally.
Parameters
- ip-filter-id
-
Specifies the IP filter ID whose entries are mirrored. If the ip-filter-id does not exist, an error will occur and the command will not execute. Mirroring of packets will commence once the ip-filter-id is defined on a SAP or IP interface.
- entry-id
-
Specifies the IP filter entries to use as match criteria for packet mirroring. The entry keyword begins a list of entry-id’s for mirroring. Multiple entry-id entries may be specified with a single command. Each entry-id must be separated by a space.
If an entry-id does not exist within the IP filter, an error occurs and the command will not execute.
If the filter’s entry-id is renumbered within the IP filter definition, the old entry-id is removed but the new entry-id must be manually added to the configuration to include the new (renumbered) entry’s criteria.
Platforms
All
ip-filter
Syntax
[no] ip-filter ip-filter-id
Context
[Tree] (config>li>li-filter-block-reservation>li-reserved-block ip-filter)
Full Context
configure li li-filter-block-reservation li-reserved-block ip-filter
Description
This command configures to which normal IPv4 address filters the entry reservation is applied.
This command is only supported in 'classic' configuration-mode (configure system management-interface configuration-mode classic).
The no form of this command removes the IPv4 filter ID from the configuration.
Parameters
- ip-filter-id
-
Specifies the filter identification identifies the normal IPv4 address filters.
Platforms
All
ip-filter
Syntax
[no] ip-filter ip-filter-id
Context
[Tree] (config>li>li-filter-assoc>li-ip-fltr ip-filter)
Full Context
configure li li-filter-associations li-ip-filter ip-filter
Description
This command specifies the IP filter(s) into which the entries from the specified li-ip-filter are to be inserted. The li-ip-filter and ip-filter must already exist before the association is made. If the normal IP filter is deleted then the association is also removed (and not re-created if the IP filter comes into existence in the future).
The no form of this command removes the IP filter name from the configuration.
Parameters
- ip-filter-id
-
Specifies an existing IP filter policy.
Platforms
All
ip-filter
Syntax
ip-filter ip-filter-id entry entry-id [entry-id] [intercept-id intercept-id [intercept-id]] [ session-id session-id [session-id]]
no ip-filter ip-filter-id [entry entry-id [ entry-id]]
Context
[Tree] (config>li>li-source ip-filter)
Full Context
configure li li-source ip-filter
Description
This command enables lawful interception (LI) of packets that match specific entries in an existing IP filter.
The ip-filter command directs packets which match the defined list of entry IDs to be intercepted to the destination referenced by the mirror-dest-service-id of the mirror-source.
The IP filter must already exist in order for the command to execute. Filters are configured in the config>filter context. If the IP filter does not exist, an error occurs. If the filter exists but has not been associated with a SAP or IP interface, an error is not generated but mirroring will not be enabled (there are no packets to mirror). Once the IP filter is defined to a SAP, IP interface or subscriber, mirroring is enabled.
If the IP filter is defined as ingress, only ingress packets are intercepted. Ingress packets are sent to the destination prior to any ingress packet modifications.
If the IP filter is defined as egress, only egress packets are intercepted. Egress packets are sent to the destination after all egress packet modifications.
An entry-id within an IP filter can only be intercepted to a single destination. If the same entry-id is defined multiple times, an error occurs and only the first definition is in effect.
By default, no packets matching any IP filters are intercepted. Interception of IP filter entries must be explicitly defined.
When the no command is executed with the entry keyword and one or more entry-id’s, interception of that list of entry-id’s is terminated within the ip-filter-id. If an entry-id is listed that does not exist, an error will occur and the command will not execute. If an entry-id is listed that is not currently being intercepted, no error will occur for that entry-id and the command will execute normally.
Parameters
- ip-filter-id
-
Specifies the IP filter ID whose entries are to be intercepted. If the ip-filter-id does not exist, an error will occur and the command will not execute. Intercepting packets will commence when the ip-filter-id is defined on a SAP or IP interface.
- entry-id
-
Specifies the IP filter entries to use as match criteria for lawful intercept (LI). The entry keyword begins a list of entry-id’s for interception. Multiple entry-id entries can be specified with a single command. Each entry-id must be separated by a space. Up to <N><n> 8 entry IDs may be specified in a single command.
If an entry-id does not exist within the IP filter, an error occurs and the command will not execute.
If the filter’s entry-id is renumbered within the IP filter definition, the old entry-id is removed but the new entry-id must be manually added to the configuration to include the new (renumbered) entry’s criteria.
- intercept-id
-
Specifies the intercept ID that is inserted into the packet header for all mirrored packets of the associated li-source entry. This intercept ID can be used (for example by a downstream LI gateway) to identify the particular LI session to which the packet belongs. For all types of li-source entries (filter, nat, sap, subscriber), when the mirror service is configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap, an intercept-id field (as part of the routable encap) is always present in the mirrored packets. If there is no intercept-id configured for an li-source entry, then the default value is inserted. When the mirror service is configured with ip-gre routable encapsulation, no intercept-id is inserted and none should be specified against the li-source entries.
- session-id
-
Specifies the session-id that is inserted into the packet header for all mirrored packets of the associated li-source entry. This session-id can be used (for example by a downstream LI Gateway) to identify the particular LI session to which the packet belongs. The session-id is only valid and used for mirror services that are configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap ( config>mirror>mirror-dest>encap>ip-udp-shim). For all types of li-source entries (filter, nat, sap, subscriber), when the mirror service is configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap, a session-id field (as part of the routable encap) is always present in the mirrored packets. If there is no session-id configured for an li-source entry, then the default value is inserted. When a mirror service is configured with ip-gre routable encap, no session-id is inserted and none should be specified against the li-source entries.
Platforms
All
ip-filter
Syntax
ip-filter ip-filter-id entry entry-id [entry-id]
no ip-filter ip-filter-id [entry entry-id]
Context
[Tree] (debug>mirror-source ip-filter)
Full Context
debug mirror-source ip-filter
Description
This command enables mirroring of packets that match specific entries in an existing IP filter.
The ip-filter command directs packets which match the defined list of entry IDs to be mirrored to the mirror destination referenced by the mirror-dest-service-id of the mirror-source.
The IP filter must already exist in order for the command to execute. Filters are configured in the config>filter context. If the IP filter does not exist, an error will occur. If the filter exists but has not been associated with a SAP or IP interface, an error is not generated but mirroring will not be enabled (there are no packets to mirror). Once the IP filter is defined to a SAP or IP interface, mirroring is enabled.
If the IP filter is defined as ingress, only ingress packets are mirrored. Ingress mirrored packets are mirrored to the mirror destination prior to any ingress packet modifications.
If the IP filter is defined as egress, only egress packets are mirrored. Egress mirrored packets are mirrored to the mirror destination after all egress packet modifications.
An entry-id within an IP filter can only be mirrored to a single mirror destination. If the same entry-id is defined multiple times, an error occurs and only the first mirror-source definition is in effect.
By default, no packets matching any IP filters are mirrored. Mirroring of IP filter entries must be explicitly defined.
The no ip-filter command, without the entry keyword, removes mirroring on all entry-id’s within the ip-filter-id.
When the no command is executed with the entry keyword and one or more entry-id’s, mirroring of that list of entry-id’s is terminated within the ip-filter-id. If an entry-id is listed that does not exist, an error will occur and the command will not execute. If an entry-id is listed that is not currently being mirrored, no error will occur for that entry-id and the command will execute normally.
Parameters
- ip-filter-id
-
The IP filter ID whose entries are mirrored. If the ip-filter-id does not exist, an error will occur and the command will not execute. Mirroring of packets will commence once the ip-filter-id is defined on a SAP or IP interface.
- entry-id
-
The IP filter entries to use as match criteria for packet mirroring. The entry keyword begins a list of entry-id’s for mirroring. A maximum of eight entry-id entries may be specified with a single command. Each entry-id must be separated by a space.
If an entry-id does not exist within the IP filter, an error occurs and the command will not execute.
If the filter’s entry-id is renumbered within the IP filter definition, the old entry-id is removed but the new entry-id must be manually added to the configuration to include the new (renumbered) entry’s criteria.
Platforms
All
ip-filter
Syntax
ip-filter filter-id [name] [ create]
no ip-filter {filter-id | filter-name}
Context
[Tree] (config>filter ip-filter)
Full Context
configure filter ip-filter
Description
Commands in this context configure the specified IPv4 filter policy.
The no form of the command deletes the IPv4 filter policy. A filter policy cannot be deleted until it is removed from all objects where it is applied.
Parameters
- filter-id
-
Specifies the IPv4 filter policy ID expressed as a decimal integer.
- name
-
Configures an optional filter name, up to 64 characters in length, to a given filter. This filter name can then be used in configuration references, display, and show commands throughout the system. A defined filter name can help the service provider or administrator to identify and manage filters within the SR OS platforms.
To create a filter, you must assign a filter ID, however, after it is created, either the filter ID or filter name can be used to identify and reference a filter.
If a name is not specified at creation time, then SR OS assigns a string version of the filter-id as the name.
Filter names may not begin with an integer (0 to 9).
- filter-name
-
Specifies a string, up to 64 characters, uniquely identifying this IPv4 filter policy.
- create
-
This keyword is required to create the configuration context. Once it is created, the context can be enabled with or without the create keyword.
Platforms
All
ip-filter
Syntax
[no] ip-filter
Context
[Tree] (config>system>security>mgmt-access-filter ip-filter)
Full Context
configure system security management-access-filter ip-filter
Description
Commands in this context configure management access IP filter parameters.
Platforms
All
ip-filter
Syntax
[no] ip-filter
Context
[Tree] (config>system>security>cpm-filter ip-filter)
Full Context
configure system security cpm-filter ip-filter
Description
Commands in this context configure CPM IP filter parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ip-filter
Syntax
ip-filter src-filter-id [src-entry src-entry-id] to dst-filter-id [ dst-entry dst-entry-id] [overwrite]
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>copy ip-filter)
Full Context
configure filter copy ip-filter
Description
This command copies an existing filter entry for a specific filter ID to another filter ID. The command is a configuration level maintenance tool used to create new entries using an existing filter policy. If overwrite is not specified, an error will occur if the destination filter entry exists.
Parameters
- src-filter-id
-
Identifies the source filter policy from which the copy command will attempt to copy. The filter policy must exist within the context of the preceding keyword ( ip-filter).
- dst-filter-id
-
Identifies the destination filter policy to which the copy command will attempt to copy. If the overwrite keyword is not specified, the filter entry ID cannot already exist in the destination filter policy. If the overwrite keyword is present, the destination entry ID may or may not exist.
- overwrite
-
Specifies that the destination filter entry may exist. If it does, everything in the existing destination filter entry will be completely overwritten with the contents of the source filter entry. If the destination filter entry exists, either overwrite must be specified or an error message will be returned. If overwrite is specified, the function of copying from source to destination occurs in a "break before make” manner and therefore should be handled with care.
Platforms
All
ip-filter-max-size
ip-filter-max-size
Syntax
ip-filter-max-size {value | default}
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>flowspec ip-filter-max-size)
Full Context
configure service vprn flowspec ip-filter-max-size
Description
This command configures the maximum number of FlowSpec routes or rules that can be embedded into an ingress IP filter policy for a specified routing instance. FlowSpec filter entries embedded in a filter policy in this routing instance will use filter entries from the range between the embedding offset and "offset + ip-filter-max-size – 1”.
The sum of the ip-filter-max-size value parameter and the highest offset in any IPv4 filter that embeds IPv4 FlowSpec rules from this routing instance (excluding filters that embed at offset 262143) must not exceed 262143.
The ip-filter-max-size configuration can be adjusted up or down at any time. If the number of IPv4 FlowSpec rules that are currently installed is M, and the new limit is N, where N<M, then the last set of rules from N to M (by FlowSpec order) are immediately removed, but are retained in the BGP RIB. If the limit is increased, new rules are programmed only as they are received again in new BGP updates.
Default
ip-filter-max-size default
Parameters
- value
-
The maximum number of FlowSpec routes or rules that can be embedded into an ingress IP filter policy.
- default
-
Configures the maximum size as 512.
Platforms
All
ip-filter-max-size
Syntax
ip-filter-max-size {value | default}
Context
[Tree] (config>router>flowspec ip-filter-max-size)
Full Context
configure router flowspec ip-filter-max-size
Description
This command configures the maximum number of FlowSpec routes or rules that can be embedded into the auto-created embedded filter (fSpec- X). FlowSpec filter entries embedded in a filter policy in this routing instance will use filter entries from the range between "embedding offset + 1” and "embedding offset + ip-filter-max-size”.
The sum of the ip-filter-max-size value parameter and the highest offset in any IPv4 filter that embeds IPv4 FlowSpec rules from this routing instance (excluding filters that embed at offset 262143) must not exceed 262143.
The ip-filter-max-size configuration can be adjusted up or down at any time. If the number of IPv4 FlowSpec rules that are currently installed is M, and the new limit is N, where N<M, then the last set of rules from N to M (by FlowSpec order) are immediately removed, but are retained in the BGP RIB. If the limit is increased, new rules are programmed only as they are received again in new BGP updates.
Default
ip-filter-max-size 512
Parameters
- value
-
Specifies the maximum number of FlowSpec routes or rules that can be embedded into an ingress IP filter policy.
- default
-
Keyword to configure the maximum size as 512.
Platforms
All
ip-filter-name
ip-filter-name
Syntax
[no] ip-filter-name filter-name
Context
[Tree] (config>li>li-filter-block-reservation>li-reserved-block ip-filter-name)
Full Context
configure li li-filter-block-reservation li-reserved-block ip-filter-name
Description
This command configures an IP filter in which the reservation is done through name.
The no form of this command removes the IP filter name.
Parameters
- filter-name
-
Specifies the IP filter name, up to 64 characters.
Platforms
All
ip-filter-name
Syntax
[no] ip-filter-name filter-name
Context
[Tree] (config>li>li-filter-assoc>li-ip-fltr ip-filter-name)
Full Context
configure li li-filter-associations li-ip-filter ip-filter-name
Description
This command associates an IP filter with a specified LI IP filter through its name.
The no form of this command removes the IP filter name.
Parameters
- filter-name
-
Specifies the IP filter name, up to 64 characters.
Platforms
All
ip-fragmentation
ip-fragmentation
Syntax
ip-fragmentation {disabled | fragment-ipv6 | fragment-ipv6-unless-ipv4-df-set}
no ip-fragmentation
Context
[Tree] (config>router>nat>inside>dslite>address ip-fragmentation)
[Tree] (config>router>nat>inside>nat64 ip-fragmentation)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>nat>inside>dslite>addressip-fragmentation ip-fragmentation)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>nat>inside>nat64 ip-fragmentation)
Full Context
configure router nat inside dual-stack-lite address ip-fragmentation
configure router nat inside nat64 ip-fragmentation
configure service vprn nat inside dslite addressip-fragmentation ip-fragmentation
configure service vprn nat inside nat64 ip-fragmentation
Description
This command configures downstream IPv6 fragmentation behavior in DS-Lite and NAT64. IPv6 fragmentation is performed in the ISA. IPv4 fragmentation is not affected by this command. If desired, downstream IPv4 packet can be fragmented in the carrier IOM before the packet reaches ISA (and the NAT function). The IPv4 fragmentation in the downstream direction can be set by the config>router/vprn>nat>outside>mtu command.
DS-Lite IPv6 Fragmentation in Downstream Direction (IPv4 to IPv6)
In case that the length of the received IPv4 packet is larger than the configured tunnel-mtu value while fragmentation is allowed, the resulting IPv6 packet will be fragmented (IPv4 is tunneled within IPv6). The maximum size of the of the fragmented IPv6 packet will be 48bytes larger than the configured tunnel-mtu value. This is due to the size of the tunneling IPv6 header: 40bytes basic IPv6 header + 8 bytes of extended fragmentation IPv6 header.
In case that fragmentation is not allowed while the IPv4 packet size is larger than configured tunnel-mtu size, the IPv4 packet will be dropped and an ICMPv4 Datagram Too Big message will be generated towards the source. The advertised mtu size in that ICMP message will be set to configured tunnel-mtu value.
NAT64 IPv6 Fragmentation in Downstream Direction (IPv4to IPv6)
In contrast to DS-Lite, NAT64 transport is not based on tunneling. Instead, IP headers are translated between IPv4 and IPv6. Consequently, NAT64 fragmentation operates based on the ipv6-mtu, as opposed to tunnel-mtu in DS-Lite which represents the size of the tunnel payload (IPv4 packet).
In case that the length of the translated IPv6 packet exceeds the size of the configured ipv6-mtu value while fragmentation is allowed, the resulting IPv6 packet will be fragmented. The maximum size of the of the fragmented IPv6 packet will be the configured ipv6-mtu value.
In case that fragmentation is not allowed while the translated IPv6 packet size is larger than configured ipv6-mtu size, the IPv4 packet (that is supposed to be translated into IPv6) will be dropped and an ICMPv4 Datagram Too Big message will be generated towards the source. The advertised mtu size in that ICMP message will be set to the ipv6-mtu value minus 28bytes. The 28bytes comes from the size of the IPv6 overhead of the translated packet (20bytes difference between the IP header sizes 40bytes in IPv6 vs 20bytes in IPv4; 8 bytes for extended IPv6 fragmentation header).
Default
disabled
Parameters
- disabled
-
IPv6 Fragmentation is disabled. In case that the packet size is larger
than what is set by the mtu value (tunnel-mtu or ipv6-mtu) the IPv4 packet will be dropped and ICPMv4 Datagram Too Big messages will be sent back to the source.
- fragment-ipv6
-
IPv6 fragmentation will be performed in all cases, regardless of the DF bit setting in the tunneled/translated IPv4 packet.
- fragment-ipv6-unless-ipv4-df-set
-
IPv6 Fragmentation will be performed only in cases when DF bit in tunneled/translated IPv4 packet is cleared.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-helper-address
ip-helper-address
Syntax
ip-helper-address gateway-address
no ip-helper-address
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if ip-helper-address)
Full Context
configure service ies interface ip-helper-address
Description
This command enables broadcast UDP packets received on the associated interface to be redirected to the specified gateway address and then forwarded on to the gateway.
The no form of this command removes the gateway address from the interface configuration and stops the UDP broadcast redirect function.
Parameters
- gateway-address
-
Specifies the IPv4 address of the target UDP broadcast gateway.
Platforms
All
ip-helper-address
Syntax
ip-helper-address gateway-address
no ip-helper-address
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if ip-helper-address)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface ip-helper-address
Description
This command enables broadcast UDP packets received on the associated interface to be redirected to the specified gateway address and then forwarded on to the gateway.
The no form of this command removes the gateway address from the interface configuration and stops the UDP broadcast redirect function.
Parameters
- gateway-address
-
Specifies the IPv4 address of the target UDP broadcast gateway.
Platforms
All
ip-helper-address
Syntax
ip-helper-address gateway-address
no ip-helper-address
Context
[Tree] (config>router>if ip-helper-address)
Full Context
configure router interface ip-helper-address
Description
This command enables broadcast UDP packets received on the associated interface to be redirected to the specified gateway address and then forwarded on to the gateway.
The no form of this command removes the gateway address from the interface configuration and stops the UDP broadcast redirect function.
Parameters
- gateway-address
-
Specifies the IPv4 address of the target UDP broadcast gateway.
Platforms
All
ip-identification-assist
ip-identification-assist
Syntax
ip-identification-assist
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group ip-identification-assist)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group ip-identification-assist
Description
Commands in this context configure the IP identification assist feature, which uses IP addresses to assist in traffic identification.
This optional mechanism is enabled by default and consults an internally generated and stored database when app-filters fail to classify the traffic as one of the configured applications from the AppDB.
Use the configure application-assurance group ip-identification-assist shutdown command to administratively disable the IP identification assist feature.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-identification-assist
Syntax
[no] ip-identification-assist
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>policy>app-filter>entry ip-identification-assist)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group policy app-filter entry ip-identification-assist
Description
This command configures the router to perform a network IP address lookup that overrides the assigned application if it finds the network IP address in its internal application-IP database.
If an IP match is found, the application assigned from the app-filter is overridden with the application from the IP lookup. This also affects the app-group and charging group.
If an IP match is not found, the application assigned from the app-filter is not overridden and remains (including the app-group and charging group).
The no form of this command disables the router from performing a network IP address lookup and overriding the assigned application.
Default
no ip-identification-assist
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-identification-contribute
ip-identification-contribute
Syntax
[no] ip-identification-contribute
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group ip-identification-contribute)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group ip-identification-contribute
Description
This command configures the router to collect information from traffic in the partition and contribute it to the database that is built by the IP identification assist feature.
The no form of this command disables the router from contributing traffic information in this partition to the database.
Default
ip-identification-contribute
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-mirror
ip-mirror
Syntax
ip-mirror
Context
[Tree] (config>mirror>mirror-dest>sap>egress ip-mirror)
Full Context
configure mirror mirror-dest sap egress ip-mirror
Description
This command configures IP mirror information.
Platforms
All
ip-mirror-interface
ip-mirror-interface
Syntax
ip-mirror-interface ip-int-name [create]
no ip-mirror-interface ip-int-name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn ip-mirror-interface)
Full Context
configure service vprn ip-mirror-interface
Description
This command is used for remote mirroring, where the mirror source is a separate system then the mirror destination. The mirror source can only be of IP type and is only supported for the following services: IES, VPRN, VPLS and Ipipe. The mirror destination on a remote system will configure an interface on a VPRN as ip-mirror-interface. This interface only supports spoke sdp termination. The IP mirror interface requires PBR to determine the next outgoing interface for the mirror packet to be delivered to.
The no form of this command removes the interface name from the configuration.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
-
Specifies the name of the IP interface, up to 32 characters. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address.
- create
-
Keyword used to create an IP mirror interface.
Platforms
All
ip-mtu
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if ip-mtu)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ip-mtu
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ip-mtu
Description
This command specifies the maximum size of IP packets on this group interface. Packets larger than this are fragmented.
The ip-mtu applies to all IPoE host types (dhcp, arp, static). For PPP/L2TP sessions, the ip-mtu is not considered for the MTU negotiation. The ppp-mtu in the ppp-policy should be used instead.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- octets
-
Specifies the largest frame size (in octets) that this interface can handle.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface ip-mtu
Description
This command specifies the maximum size of IP packets on this group interface. Packets larger than this are fragmented.
The ip-mtu applies to all IPoE host types (DHCP, ARP, or static). For PPP/L2TP sessions, the ip-mtu is not considered for the MTU negotiation. The ppp-mtu in the PPP policy should be used instead.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
no ip-mtu
Parameters
- octets
-
Specifies the largest frame size (in octets) that this interface can handle.
Platforms
All
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>ip-tunnel ip-mtu)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure service ies interface sap ip-tunnel ip-mtu
configure service ies interface ip-mtu
Description
This command configures the IP maximum transmit unit (packet) for this interface.
Because this connects a Layer 2 to a Layer 3 service, this parameter can be adjusted under the IES interface.
The MTU that is advertised from the IES size is:
MINIMUM((SdpOperPathMtu - EtherHeaderSize), (Configured ip-mtu))
By default (for Ethernet network interface) if no ip-mtu is configured it is (1568 - 14) = 1554.
The no form of this command returns the default value.
Default
no ip-mtu
Parameters
- octets
-
Specifies the maximum number of octets that can be transmitted.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service ies interface sap ip-tunnel ip-mtu
All
- configure service ies interface ip-mtu
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu bytes
no ip-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ip-tunnel ip-mtu)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel ip-mtu)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-tunnel ip-mtu)
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel ip-mtu)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface sap ip-tunnel ip-mtu
configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel ip-mtu
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel ip-mtu
configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel ip-mtu
configure service vprn interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel ip-mtu
Description
This command configures the IP maximum transmit unit (packet) for this interface.
Because this connects a Layer 2 to a Layer 3 service, this parameter can be adjusted under the IES interface.
The MTU that is advertised from the IES size is:
MINIMUM((SdpOperPathMtu - EtherHeaderSize), (Configured ip-mtu))
By default (for the Ethernet network interface), if no ip-mtu is configured it is (1568 - 14) equals 1554.
The ip-mtu command instructs the MS-ISA to perform IP packet fragmentation, prior to IPsec encryption and encapsulation, based on the configured MTU value. In particular:
If the length of a payload IP packet (including its header) exceeds the configured MTU value and the DF flag is clear (due to the presence of the clear-df-bit command or because the original DF value was 0) then the MS-ISA fragments the payload packet as efficiently as possible (i.e. it creates the minimum number of fragments each less than or equal to the configured MTU size); in each created fragment the DF bit shall be 0.
If the length of a payload IP packet (including its header) exceeds the configured MTU value and the DF flag is set (because the original DF value was 1 and the tunnel has no clear-df-bit in its configuration) then the MS-ISA discards the payload packet without sending an ICMP type 3/code 4 message back to the packet’s source address.
The effective MTU for packets entering a tunnel is the minimum of the private tunnel SAP interface IP MTU value (used by the IOM) and the tunnel IP MTU value (configured using the above command and used by the MS-ISA). To fragment IP packets larger than X bytes with DF set, rather than discarding them, the tunnel IP MTU should be set to X and the private tunnel SAP interface IP MTU should be set to a value larger than X.
The no ip-mtu command, corresponding to the default behavior, disables fragmentation of IP packets by the MS-ISA; all IP packets, regardless of size or DF bit setting, are allowed into the tunnel.
Default
no ip-mtu
Parameters
- bytes
-
Specifies the IP maximum transmit unit (packet) for this interface.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service vprn interface sap ip-tunnel ip-mtu
- configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel ip-mtu
VSR
- configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel ip-mtu
- configure service vprn interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel ip-mtu
- configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel ip-mtu
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>subscriber-interface ip-mtu)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>subscriber-interface ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure service ies subscriber-interface ip-mtu
configure service vprn subscriber-interface ip-mtu
Description
This command specifies the maximum size of frames on this group-interface. Packets larger than this will get fragmented.
The no form of this command removes this functionality.
Parameters
- octets.
-
Specifies the largest frame size (in octets) that this interface can handle.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>git ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt group-interface-template ip-mtu
Description
This command configures the maximum size of outgoing IP packets on this group interface. Packets larger than this are fragmented.
The no form of this command removes the configuration.
Default
no ip-mtu
Parameters
- octets
-
Specifies the largest frame size (in octets) that this interface can handle.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>aarp-interface ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure service ies aarp-interface ip-mtu
Description
This command configures the IP maximum transmit unit (packet) for this interface.
The no form of this command returns the default value.
Default
no ip-mtu
By default (for Ethernet network interface) if no ip-mtu is configured it is (1568 - 14) = 1554.
Parameters
- octets
-
Specifies the maximum number of octets that can be transmitted.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>red-if ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure service ies redundant-interface ip-mtu
Description
This command configures the IP maximum transmit unit (packet) for the associated router IP interface.
The configured IP-MTU cannot be larger than the calculated IP MTU based on the port MTU configuration.
The MTU that is advertised from the IES size is:
MINIMUM((SdpOperPathMtu - EtherHeaderSize), (Configured ip-mtu))
The no form of this command returns the associated IP interfaces MTU to its default value, which is calculated based on the port MTU setting. For Ethernet ports this will typically be 1554.
Default
no ip-mtu
Parameters
- octets
-
Specifies the octets.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no up-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>aarp-interface ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure service vprn aarp-interface ip-mtu
Description
This command configures the IP maximum transmit unit (packet) for this interface.
The no form of this command returns the default value. By default (for Ethernet network interface) if no ip-mtu is configured it is (1568 - 14) = 1554.
Default
no ip-mtu
Parameters
- octets
-
Specifies the maximum number of octets that can be transmitted.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>nw-if ip-mtu)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>red-if ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure service vprn network-interface ip-mtu
configure service vprn redundant-interface ip-mtu
Description
This command configures the IP maximum transmit unit (packet) for the associated router IP interface.
The configured IP-MTU cannot be larger than the calculated IP MTU based on the port MTU configuration.
The MTU that is advertised from the IES size is:
MINIMUM((SdpOperPathMtu - EtherHeaderSize), (Configured ip-mtu))
The no form of this command returns the associated IP interfaces MTU to its default value, which is calculated based on the port MTU setting. For Ethernet ports this will typically be 1554.
Default
no ip-mtu
Parameters
- octets
-
Specifies the octets.
Platforms
All
- configure service vprn network-interface ip-mtu
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service vprn redundant-interface ip-mtu
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>aa-interface ip-mtu)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>aa-interface ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure service ies aa-interface ip-mtu
configure service vprn aa-interface ip-mtu
Description
This command configures the AA interface IP MTU.
Default
no ip-mtu
Parameters
- octets
-
Specifies the MTU value.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>tnl-temp ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure ipsec tunnel-template ip-mtu
Description
This command configures the template IP MTU.
Default
no ip-mtu
Parameters
- octets
-
Specifies the maximum size in octets.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu bytes
Context
[Tree] (config>isa>nat-group>inter-chassis-redundancy ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure isa nat-group inter-chassis-redundancy ip-mtu
Description
This command configures the IP-MTU size that is used to transport flow synchronization records between the ISAs. Multiple flow synchronization events can be packed into a single frame up to the IP-MTU size.
Default
ip-mtu 1500
Parameters
- bytes
-
Specifies the IP-MTU size in bytes.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>router>if ip-mtu)
Full Context
configure router interface ip-mtu
Description
This command configures the IP maximum transmit unit (packet) for the associated router IP interface.
The operational IP MTU that is used for the interface is determined based on both the configured IP MTU and the port MTU of the port bound to this interface.
The MTU that is used is:
MINIMUM((Port_MTU - EthernetHeaderSize), (configured ip-mtu))
The no form of this command returns the associated IP interfaces MTU to its default value, which is calculated based on the port MTU setting. (For Ethernet ports the default IP MTU is 1500 octets.)
Default
no ip-mtu
Parameters
- octets
-
Specifies the IP MTU value associated with the IP interface, specified in octets. If the interface supports IPv6 packets, the IP-MTU must be set to a value greater than or equal to ( ≥) 1280 in accordance with RFC 2460 Internet Protocol, Version 6 (IPv6) Specification.
Platforms
All
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
[Tree] (bof ip-mtu)
Full Context
bof ip-mtu
Description
This command configures the IP maximum transmit unit (packet) for the management router instance.
The operational IP MTU that is used for the interface is determined based on both the configured IP MTU and the port MTU of the port bound to this interface.
The MTU that is used is:
MINIMUM((Port_MTU - EthernetHeaderSize), (configured ip-mtu))
For the management port, the port MTU is fixed at 1514 and the EthernetHeaderSize is 14 so the first element of the equation above is 1500 octets.
The no form of this command returns the associated IP interfaces MTU to its default value, which is calculated based on the port MTU setting. (For the management port the default IP MTU is 1500 octets.)
Default
ip-mtu 1500
Parameters
- octets
-
Specifies the IP MTU value associated with the IP interface, specified in octets. If the interface supports IPv6 packets, the IP-MTU must be set to a value greater than or equal to ( ≥) 1280 in accordance with RFC 2460 Internet Protocol, Version 6 (IPv6) Specification.
Platforms
All
ip-option
ip-option
Syntax
ip-option ip-option-value [ip-option-mask]
no ip-option
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>cat-map>category>exh-lvl>egr-ip>entry>match ip-option)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>cat-map>category>exh-lvl>ingr-ip>entry>match ip-option)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt category-map category exhausted-credit-service-level egress-ip-filter-entries entry match ip-option
configure subscriber-mgmt category-map category exhausted-credit-service-level ingress-ip-filter-entries entry match ip-option
Description
This command configures the IP option match condition.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- ip-option-value
-
Specifies the IP option value as a decimal hex or binary.
- ip-option-mask
-
Specifies the IP option mask as a decimal hex or binary.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-option
Syntax
ip-option ip-option-value [ip-option-mask]
no ip-option
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>ip-filter>entry>match ip-option)
Full Context
configure filter ip-filter entry match ip-option
Description
This command configures matching packets with a specific IP option or a range of IP options in the first option of the IP header as an IP filter match criterion.
The option-type octet contains 3 fields:
-
1 bit copied flag (copy options in all fragments)
-
2 bits option class
-
5 bits option number
The no form of the command removes the match criterion.
Default
no ip-option
Parameters
- ip-option-value
-
Specifies the 8 bit option-type as a decimal integer, binary, or hexadecimal format. The mask is applied as an AND to the option byte, the result is compared with the option-value.
The decimal value entered for the match should be a combined value of the eight bit option type field and not just the option number. Therefore, to match on IP packets that contain the Router Alert option (option number = 20), enter the option type of 148 (10010100).
- ip-option-mask
-
Specifies an optional parameter that can be used when specifying a range of option numbers to use as the match criteria.
This 8 bit mask can be configured using the following formats:
Table 3. ip-option-mask Formats Format Style
Format Syntax
Example
Decimal
DDD
20
Hexadecimal
0xHH
0x14
Binary
0bBBBBBBBB
0b0010100
Platforms
All
ip-option
Syntax
ip-option ip-option-value ip-option-mask
no ip-option
Context
[Tree] (cfg>sys>sec>cpm>ip-filter>entry>match ip-option)
Full Context
configure system security cpm-filter ip-filter entry match ip-option
Description
This command configures matching packets with a specific IP option or a range of IP options in the IP header as an IP filter match criterion.
The option-type octet contains 3 fields:
-
1 bit copied flag (copy options in all fragments)
-
2 bits option class
-
5 bits option number
The no form of this command removes the match criterion.
Default
no ip-option
Parameters
- ip-option-value
-
Enter the 8 bit option-type as a decimal integer. The mask is applied as an AND to the option byte, the result is compared with the option-value.
The decimal value entered for the match should be a combined value of the eight bit option type field and not just the option number. Thus to match on IP packets that contain the Router Alert option (option number =20), enter the option type of 148 (10010100).
- ip-option-mask
-
Specifies a range of option numbers to use as the match criteria.
This 8 bit mask can be configured using the formats described in ip-option-mask Formats:
Table 4. ip-option-mask Formats Format Style
Format Syntax
Example
Decimal
DDD
20
Hexadecimal
0xHH
0x14
Binary
0bBBBBBBBB
0b0010100
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ip-prefix
ip-prefix
Syntax
ip-prefix ip-prefix/ip-prefix-length
no ip-prefix
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>host-ident ip-prefix)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host host-identification ip-prefix
Description
This command specifies the source IPv4/IPv6 address/prefix of the data trigger packet as the host identification.
This command is only used when ip is configured as one of the match-list parameters.
The no form of this command removes the IP prefix from the configuration.
Parameters
- ip-prefix/ip-prefix-length
-
Specifies the IPv4 address, IPv6 address, or IPv6 prefix.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-prefix
Syntax
ip-prefix ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
no ip-prefix
Context
[Tree] (conf>router>segment-routing>srv6>loc>prefix ip-prefix)
Full Context
configure router segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator prefix ip-prefix
Description
This command configures the IPv6 prefix and prefix length for an SRv6 locator.
The locator prefix length is the sum of the lengths of the block field and that of the node ID field.
The no form of this command deletes the IPv6 prefix from this locator.
Default
no ip-prefix
Parameters
- ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
-
Specifies an IPv6 address prefix written as hexadecimal numbers separated by colons with host bits set to 0.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR
ip-prefix
Syntax
ip-prefix ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
no ip-prefix
Context
[Tree] (conf>router>sr>srv6>ms>block>prefix ip-prefix)
Full Context
configure router segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment block prefix ip-prefix
Description
This command configures the IPv6 prefix and prefix length for an SRv6 micro-segment locator.
For micro-segment SRv6, the locator prefix length must be equal to the micro-segment block length.
The no form of this command deletes the IPv6 prefix from this micro-segment locator.
Default
no ip-prefix
Parameters
- ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
-
Specifies an IPv6 address prefix written as hexadecimal numbers separated by colons with host bits set to 0.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR
ip-prefix-list
ip-prefix-list
Syntax
ip-prefix-list ip-prefix-list-name [create]
no ip-prefix-list ip-prefix-list-name
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group ip-prefix-list)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group ip-prefix-list
Description
This command configures an IP prefix list.
Parameters
- ip-prefix-list-name
-
Specifies the name of the IP prefix list, up to 32 characters.
- create
-
Mandatory keyword used when creating an application profile. The create keyword requirement can be enabled or disabled in the environment>create context.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-prefix-list
Syntax
ip-prefix-list ip-prefix-list-name [create]
no ip-prefix-list ip-prefix-list-name
Context
[Tree] (config>qos>match-list ip-prefix-list)
Full Context
configure qos match-list ip-prefix-list
Description
This command creates a list of IPv4 prefixes for match criteria in QoS policies.
An IP prefix list must contain only IPv4 address prefixes created using the prefix command and cannot be deleted if it is referenced by a QoS policy.
The no form of this command deletes the specified list.
Parameters
- ip-prefix-list-name
-
A string of up to 32 characters of printable ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. The name default (case insensitive) is reserved by the system.
Platforms
All
ip-prefix-list
Syntax
ip-prefix-list ip-prefix-list-name [create]
no ip-prefix-list ip-prefix-list-name
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>match-list ip-prefix-list)
Full Context
configure filter match-list ip-prefix-list
Description
This command creates a list of IPv4 prefixes for match criteria in IPv4 ACL and CPM filter policies.
The no form of this command deletes the specified list.
Operational Notes:
An ip-prefix-list must contain only IPv4 address prefixes.
An IPv4 prefix match list cannot be deleted if it is referenced by a filter policy.
See general description related to match-list usage in filter policies.
Parameters
- ip-prefix-list-name
-
Specifies a string of up to 32 printable ASCII characters. If special characters are used, the string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Platforms
All
ip-prefix-routes
ip-prefix-routes
Syntax
ip-prefix-routes
Context
[Tree] (config>service>system>bgp-evpn ip-prefix-routes)
Full Context
configure service system bgp-evpn ip-prefix-routes
Description
Commands in this context configure attribute uniform propagation and BGP path selection.
Platforms
All
ip-protocol-num
ip-protocol-num
Syntax
ip-protocol-num {eq | neq} protocol-id
no ip-protocol-num
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>policy>aqp>entry>match ip-protocol-num)
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>policy>app-filter>entry ip-protocol-num)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group policy app-qos-policy entry match ip-protocol-num
configure application-assurance group policy app-filter entry ip-protocol-num
Description
This command configures the IP protocol to use in the application definition.
The no form of this command restores the default (removes IP protocol number from application criteria defined by this app-filter entry).
Default
no ip-protocol-num
Parameters
- eq
-
Specifies that the value configured and the value in the flow must be equal.
- neq
-
Specifies that the value configured differs from the value in the flow.
- protocol-id
-
Specifies the decimal value representing the IP protocol to be used as an IP filter match criterion. Well known protocol numbers include ICMP (1), TCP (6), UDP (17).
The no form the command removes the protocol from the match criteria.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-protocol-num
Syntax
ip-protocol-num ip-protocol number
no ip-protocol-num
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>policy>sess-fltr>entry>match ip-protocol-num)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group policy session-filter entry match ip-protocol-num
Description
This command configures the IP protocol to use in the application definition.
The no form of this command restores the default (removes IP protocol number from application criteria defined by this app-filter entry).
Default
no ip-protocol-num
Parameters
- ip-protocol-number
-
Specifies the decimal value representing the IP protocol to be used as an IP filter match criterion. Well known protocol numbers include ICMP (1), TCP (6), UDP (17).
The no form the command removes the protocol from the match criteria.
ip-protocol-num
Syntax
ip-protocol-num {eq | neq} protocol-id
no ip-protocol-num
Context
[Tree] (debug>app-assure>group>traffic-capture>match ip-protocol-num)
Full Context
debug application-assurance group traffic-capture match ip-protocol-num
Description
This command configures debugging on an IP protocol number.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-route-advertisement
ip-route-advertisement
Syntax
ip-route-advertisement [incl-host] [domain-id global-field:local-field]
no ip-route-advertisement
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>bgp-evpn ip-route-advertisement)
Full Context
configure service vpls bgp-evpn ip-route-advertisement
Description
This command enables and disables the advertisement of IP prefixes in EVPN. If enabled, any active route in the R-VPLS VPRN route table are advertised in EVPN using the VPLS BGP configuration. The interface host addresses are not advertised in EVPN unless the ip-route-advertisement incl-host command is enabled.
The no form of this command disables IP prefixes advertisement in EVPN.
Default
no ip-route-advertisement
Parameters
- incl-host
-
Specifies to advertise the interface host addresses in EVPN.
- global-field:local-field
-
Specifies the domain ID.
Platforms
All
ip-route-link-bandwidth
ip-route-link-bandwidth
Syntax
ip-route-link-bandwidth
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>bgp-evpn ip-route-link-bandwidth)
Full Context
configure service vpls bgp-evpn ip-route-link-bandwidth
Description
Commands in this context configure the IP route link bandwidth.
Platforms
All
ip-src
ip-src
Syntax
ip-src ip-address
no ip-src
Context
[Tree] (config>li>mirror-dest-template>layer-3-encap ip-src)
Full Context
configure li mirror-dest-template layer-3-encap ip-src
Description
This command configures the source IPv4 address to use in the IPv4 header part of the routable LI encapsulation.
Parameters
- ip-address
-
Specifies the source IPv4 address.
Platforms
All
ip-ttl
ip-ttl
Syntax
ip-ttl hops
no ip-ttl
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>gtp>peer-profile ip-ttl)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt gtp peer-profile ip-ttl
Description
This command configures the value to put in the IP header’s TTL field for GTP control messages.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
ip-ttl 255
Parameters
- hops
-
Specifies the IP TTL.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ip-tunnel
ip-tunnel
Syntax
ip-tunnel name [create]
no ip-tunnel name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap ip-tunnel)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap ip-tunnel)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface sap ip-tunnel
configure service ies interface sap ip-tunnel
Description
This command is used to configure an IP-GRE or IP-IP tunnel and associate it with a private tunnel SAP within an IES or VPRN service.
The no form of this command deletes the specified IP/GRE or IP-IP tunnel from the configuration. The tunnel must be administratively shutdown before issuing the no ip-tunnel command.
Default
no-ip tunnel name
Parameters
- name
-
Specifies the name of the IP tunnel. Tunnel names can be from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters. If the string contains special characters (for example, #, $, spaces), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Platforms
All
ipcp-subnet-negotiation
ipcp-subnet-negotiation
Syntax
no ipcp-subnet-negotiation
Context
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>ppp ipcp-subnet-negotiation)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>ppp ipcp-subnet-negotiation)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>tunnel>ppp ipcp-subnet-negotiation)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>tunnel>ppp ipcp-subnet-negotiation)
Full Context
configure router l2tp group ppp ipcp-subnet-negotiation
configure service vprn l2tp group ppp ipcp-subnet-negotiation
configure service vprn l2tp group tunnel ppp ipcp-subnet-negotiation
configure router l2tp group tunnel ppp ipcp-subnet-negotiation
Description
This command configures the IPCP subnet negotiation using PPP IPCP Subnet-Mask option (0x90) if requested by the client. The subnet can be obtained from RADIUS (Framed-IP-Netmask attribute) or local user database. The subnet is installed as a managed route of the PPP session. This requires the anti-spoof type on the SAP to be configured to nh-mac.
By default, an IPCP Config Request with IPCP Subnet-Mask option (0x90) is rejected.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no ipcp-subnet-negotiation
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipcp-subnet-negotiation
Syntax
[no] ipcp-subnet-negotiation
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>ppp-policy ipcp-subnet-negotiation)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt ppp-policy ipcp-subnet-negotiation
Description
This command enables subnet negotiation using PPP IPCP Subnet-Mask option (0x90) if requested by the client. The subnet can be obtained from RADIUS (Framed-IP-Netmask attribute) or local user database. The subnet is installed as a managed route of the PPP session. This requires the anti-spoof type on the SAP to be configured to nh-mac.
By default, an IPCP Config Request with IPCP Subnet-Mask option (0x90) is rejected.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipfix
ipfix
Syntax
ipfix
Context
[Tree] (config>service ipfix)
Full Context
configure service ipfix
Description
Commands in this context configure IPFIX parameters.
Platforms
All
ipfix-export-policy
ipfix-export-policy
Syntax
ipfix-export-policy policy-name
no ipfix-export-policy
Context
[Tree] (config>service>nat>nat-policy ipfix-export-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>nat>up-nat-policy ipfix-export-policy)
Full Context
configure service nat nat-policy ipfix-export-policy
configure service nat up-nat-policy ipfix-export-policy
Description
This command configures the IP flow information export policy.
The no form of the command removes the IP flow information export policy.
Default
no ipfix-export-policy
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the name of the policy, up to 32 characters. The specified policy must be created in the config>service>ipfix ipfix-export-policy context.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipfix-export-policy
Syntax
ipfix-export-policy policy-name [create]
no ipfix-export-policy policy-name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ipfix ipfix-export-policy)
Full Context
configure service ipfix ipfix-export-policy
Description
This command creates an IPFIX export policy with a set of transport parameters that will be used to transmit IPFIX records generated by an application within 7750 SR node to an external collector node. This policy name can be referenced from each application within 7750 SR that requires flow logging.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the name of the policy that can be referenced within an application in 7750 SR node that requires flow logging.
- create
-
Keyword used to create the policy.
Platforms
All
ipipe
ipipe
Syntax
ipipe service-id [customer customer-id] [ create] [vpn vpn-id] [vc-switching] [ name name]
no ipipe service-id
Context
[Tree] (config>service ipipe)
Full Context
configure service ipipe
Description
This command configures an IP-Pipe service.
Parameters
- service-id
-
The unique service identification number or string identifying the service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every 7450 ESS or 7750 SR on which this service is defined.
- customer-id
-
Specifies the customer ID number to be associated with the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service editing or deleting.
- vpn vpn-id
-
Specifies the VPN ID number which allows you to identify virtual private networks (VPNs) by a VPN identification number.
- vc-switching
-
Specifies if the pseudowire switching signaling is used for the spoke SDPs configured in this service.
- create
-
Keyword used to create the Ipipe service instance. The create keyword requirement can be enabled/disabled in the environment>create context.
- name name
-
Configures an optional service name identifier, up to 64 characters, to a given service. This service name can then be used in configuration references, display, and show commands throughout the system. A defined service name can help the service provider or administrator to identify and manage services within the SR OS platforms.
To create a service, you must assign a service ID; however, after it is created, either the service ID or the service name can be used to identify and reference a service.
If a name is not specified at creation time, then SR OS assigns a string version of the service-id as the name.
Platforms
All
ipoe
ipoe
Syntax
ipoe
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db ipoe)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe
Description
Commands in this context configure IPoE host parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipoe
Syntax
ipoe
Context
[Tree] (debug>call-trace ipoe)
Full Context
debug call-trace ipoe
Description
Commands in this context set up call trace debugging for IP over Ethernet (IPoE) sessions.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipoe
Syntax
ipoe origin
Context
[Tree] (config>li>x-interfaces>correlation-id ipoe)
Full Context
configure li x-interfaces correlation-id ipoe
Description
This command specifies the type of RADIUS accounting session ID to use for IPoE subscriber correlation.
Default
host
Parameters
- origin
-
Specifies the correlation identifier origin type for IPoE.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ipoe
Syntax
ipoe max-nr-of-sessions
no ipoe
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>session-limits ipoe)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>session-limits ipoe)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile session-limits ipoe
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile session-limits ipoe
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPoE sessions per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPoE sessions limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-sessions
-
Specifies the maximum number of IPoE sessions.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipoe-bridged-mode
ipoe-bridged-mode
Syntax
[no] ipoe-bridged-mode
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6 ipoe-bridged-mode)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6 ipoe-bridged-mode)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6 ipoe-bridged-mode)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6 ipoe-bridged-mode)
Full Context
configure service ies subscriber-interface ipv6 ipoe-bridged-mode
configure service vprn subscriber-interface ipv6 ipoe-bridged-mode
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6 ipoe-bridged-mode
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6 ipoe-bridged-mode
Description
This command enables IPv6 IPoE bridged mode.
The no form of this command disables the IPv6 IPoE bridged mode.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipoe-linking
ipoe-linking
Syntax
ipoe-linking
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if ipoe-linking)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if ipoe-linking)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if ipoe-linking)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if ipoe-linking)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ipoe-linking
configure service vprn subscriber-interface ipoe-linking
configure service ies subscriber-interface ipoe-linking
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ipoe-linking
Description
Commands in this context configure IPoE host linking.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipoe-session
ipoe-session
Syntax
[no] ipoe-session
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if ipoe-session)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap ipoe-session)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if ipoe-session)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if ipoe-session)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if ipoe-session)
Full Context
configure service vprn subscriber-interface ipoe-session
configure service vpls sap ipoe-session
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ipoe-session
configure service ies subscriber-interface ipoe-session
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ipoe-session
Description
Commands in this context configure IPoE session parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipoe-session-policy
ipoe-session-policy
Syntax
ipoe-session-policy policy-name [create]
no ipoe-session-policy policy-name
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt ipoe-session-policy)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt ipoe-session-policy
Description
This command configures an IPoE session policy. The policies are referenced from subscriber interfaces, group interfaces and capture SAPs. Multiple IPoE session policies can be configured.
The no form of this command removes the policy name from the configuration.
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the IPoE policy name up to 32 characters.
- create
-
Keyword required to create the configuration context
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipoe-session-policy
Syntax
ipoe-session-policy policy-name
no ipoe-session-policy
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>ipoe-session ipoe-session-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipoe-session ipoe-session-policy)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipoe-session ipoe-session-policy)
Full Context
configure service vpls sap ipoe-session ipoe-session-policy
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ipoe-session ipoe-session-policy
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ipoe-session ipoe-session-policy
Description
This command specifies the IPoE session policy applicable for this group interface or capture SAP.
On WLAN GW group interfaces, it is not possible to change this value.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
no ipoe-session-policy ipoe-session-policy default on WLAN GW group interfaces
Parameters
- policy-name
-
Specifies the IPoE session policy name up to 32 characters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipoe-sub-id-key
ipoe-sub-id-key
Syntax
ipoe-sub-id-key sub-id-key [sub-id-key]
no ipoe-sub-id-key
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>auto-sub-id-key ipoe-sub-id-key)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt auto-sub-id-key ipoe-sub-id-key
Description
This command enables certain fields to become the base for auto-generation of the default sub-id name. The sub-id name is auto generated if there is not a more specific method available. Such more specific methods would be a default sub-id name as a sap-id, a preconfigured static string or explicit mappings based on RADIUS/LUDB returned strings.
In case that a more specific sub-id name generation method is not available and the auto-id keyword is defined under the def-sub-id hierarchy, the sub-id name is generated by concatenating fields defined in this command separated by a "|” character.
The maximum length of the auto-generated sub-id name is 64 characters while the concatenation of subscriber identification fields can exceed 64 characters. Subscriber host instantiation fails if the sub-id name is based on subscriber identification fields whose concatenated length exceeds 64 characters. Failing the host creation rather than truncating the sub-id name on a 64 character boundary prevents collision of sub-ids (subscriber name duplication).
If the more specific sub-id name generation method is not available and the auto-id keyword is not defined under the def-sub-id hierarchy, the sub-id name is a random 10 character encoded string based on the fields defined under this command.
There is only one set of identification fields allowed per host type (IPoE or PPP) per chassis.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Default
ipoe-sub-id-key mac sap-id
Parameters
- sub-id-key
-
Specifies the auto-generated sub-id keys for IPoE hosts.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipsec
ipsec
Syntax
ipsec
Context
[Tree] (admin ipsec)
Full Context
admin ipsec
Description
Commands in this context perform Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) operations. IPsec is a structure of open standards to ensure private, secure communications over Internet Protocol (IP) networks by using cryptographic security services.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipsec
Syntax
[no] ipsec
Context
[Tree] (config>redundancy>multi-chassis>peer>sync ipsec)
Full Context
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer sync ipsec
Description
This command enables multi-chassis synchronization of IPsec states on system level.
Default
no ipsec
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipsec
Syntax
ipsec
Context
[Tree] (config ipsec)
Full Context
configure ipsec
Description
Commands in this context configure Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) parameters. IPsec is a structure of open standards to ensure private, secure communications over Internet Protocol (IP) networks by using cryptographic security services.
Platforms
All
ipsec
Syntax
ipsec [tunnel-group ipsec-group-id] [ public-sap public-sap]
no ipsec
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if ipsec)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn ipsec)
[Tree] (config>service>ies ipsec)
[Tree] (config>router>if ipsec)
Full Context
configure service ies interface ipsec
configure service vprn ipsec
configure service ies ipsec
configure router interface ipsec
Description
Commands in this context configure IPsec policies on a VSR.
Parameters
- ipsec-group-id
-
Specifies the IPsec group ID used for the IPsec tunnels configured under this context.
- public-sap
-
Specifies the public SAP ID used for the IPsec tunnels configured under this context.
Platforms
VSR
- configure service ies interface ipsec
- configure router interface ipsec
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service vprn ipsec
All
- configure service ies ipsec
ipsec-auth
ipsec-auth
Syntax
ipsec-auth
Context
[Tree] (debug>oam>build-packet>packet>field-override>header ipsec-auth)
[Tree] (config>test-oam>build-packet>header ipsec-auth)
Full Context
debug oam build-packet packet field-override header ipsec-auth
configure test-oam build-packet header ipsec-auth
Description
This command causes the associated header to be defined as an IPsec header template and enters the context to define the IPsec parameters. This same context can be used for IPv4 and IPv6 packets.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ipsec-domain
ipsec-domain
Syntax
ipsec-domain ipsec-domain-id [create]
no ipsec-domain ipsec-domain-id
Context
[Tree] (config>redundancy>multi-chassis ipsec-domain)
Full Context
configure redundancy multi-chassis ipsec-domain
Description
Commands in this context configure parameters for the multi-chassis IPsec domain configured on this system.
The no form of this command removes the ID from the configuration.
Parameters
- ipsec-domain-id
-
Specifies IPsec domain ID.
- create
-
Keyword used to create the command instance.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipsec-gw
ipsec-gw
Syntax
ipsec-gw name
no ipsec-gw
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap ipsec-gw)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap ipsec-gw)
Full Context
configure service ies interface sap ipsec-gw
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-gw
Description
This command configures an IPsec gateway.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipsec-lifetime
ipsec-lifetime
Syntax
ipsec-lifetime ipsec-lifetime
no ipsec-lifetime
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-policy ipsec-lifetime)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-policy ipsec-lifetime
Description
This command specifies the lifetime of the Phase 2 IKE key.
The no form of this command reverts to the default, which is 3600 seconds.
Default
no ipsec-lifetime
Parameters
- ipsec-lifetime
-
Specifies the Phase 2 lifetime for this IKE policy in seconds.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipsec-lifetime
Syntax
ipsec-lifetime seconds
ipsec-lifetime inherit
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ipsec-transform ipsec-lifetime)
Full Context
configure ipsec ipsec-transform ipsec-lifetime
Description
This command specifies the CHILD_SA. If the inherit parameter is specified, then the system uses the IPsec lifetime configuration in the corresponding IKE policy configured in the same IPsec gateway or IPsec tunnel.
Default
ipsec-lifetime inherit
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the lifetime of the Phase 2 IKE key in seconds.
- inherit
-
Specifies that the system uses the ipsec-lifetime configuration in the corresponding IKE policy that is configured for the same IPsec gateway or IPsec tunnel.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipsec-responder-only
ipsec-responder-only
Syntax
[no] ipsec-responder-only
Context
[Tree] (config>isa>tunnel-group ipsec-responder-only)
Full Context
configure isa tunnel-group ipsec-responder-only
Description
With this command configured, system will only act as IKE responder except for the automatic CHILD_SA re-key upon MC-IPsec switchover.
Default
no ipsec-responder-only
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipsec-transform
ipsec-transform
Syntax
ipsec-transform transform-id [create]
no ipsec-transform transform-id
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec ipsec-transform)
Full Context
configure ipsec ipsec-transform
Description
Commands in this context create an ipsec-transform policy. IPsec transforms policies can be shared. A change to the ipsec-transform is allowed at any time. The change will not impact tunnels that have been established until they are renegotiated. If the change is required immediately the tunnel must be cleared (reset) for force renegotiation.
IPsec transform policy assignments to a tunnel require the tunnel to be shutdown.
The no form of this command removes the ID from the configuration.
Parameters
- transform-id
-
Specifies a policy ID value to identify the IPsec transform policy.
- create
-
This keyword is mandatory when creating an ipsec-transform policy. The create keyword requirement can be enabled or disabled in the environment>create context.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipsec-transport-mode-profile
ipsec-transport-mode-profile
Syntax
ipsec-transport-mode-profile name [create]
no ipsec-transport-mode-profile name
Context
[Tree] (config ipsec ipsec-transport-mode-profile)
Full Context
configure ipsec ipsec-transport-mode-profile
Description
Commands in this context configure an IPsec transport mode profile.
The no form of this command removes the name from the configuration.
Parameters
- name
-
Specifies the name of the IPsec transport mode profile, up to 32 characters.
- create
-
Keyword used to create the IPsec transport mode profile instance.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipsec-transport-mode-profile
Syntax
ipsec-transport-mode-profile name
no ipsec-transport-mode-profile
Context
[Tree] (config service ies if sap ip-tunnel ipsec-transport-mode-profile)
[Tree] (config service vprn if sap ip-tunnel ipsec-transport-mode-profile)
Full Context
configure service ies interface sap ip-tunnel ipsec-transport-mode-profile
configure service vprn interface sap ip-tunnel ipsec-transport-mode-profile
Description
This command specifies an IPsec transport mode profile name to the SAP.
The no form of this command removes the profile name from the service configuration.
Parameters
- name
-
Specifies the name of an existing IPsec transport mode profile, up to 32 characters
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipsec-tunnel
ipsec-tunnel
Syntax
ipsec-tunnel ipsec-tunnel-name
no ipsec-tunnel [ipsec-tunnel-name]
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>static-route-entry ipsec-tunnel)
Full Context
configure service vprn static-route-entry ipsec-tunnel
Description
This command creates a static route in a VPRN service context that points to the global routing context (base router). This is primarily used to allow traffic that ingress through a VPRN service to be routed out of the global routing context.
This next-hop type cannot be used in conjunction with any other next-hop types.
Default
no ipsec-tunnel
Parameters
- ipsec-tunnel-name
-
IPsec tunnel name; maximum length up to 32 characters.
Platforms
All
ipsec-tunnel
Syntax
ipsec-tunnel name [ private-sap [ 0..4094]] [private-service-name private-service-name] [create]
no ipsec-tunnel ipsec-tunnel-name
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipsec ipsec-tunnel)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap ipsec-tunnel)
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipsec ipsec-tunnel)
Full Context
configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel
configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel
Description
This command configures a secured interface IPsec tunnel. If the private-service-name is not specified, the private service is the secured interface service.
The no form of this command removes the IPsec tunnel from the configuration.
Parameters
- name
-
Specifies the name of the IPsec tunnel.
- private-sap
-
Specifies the private SAP ID.
- private-service-name
-
Specifies the private service name.
- create
-
Keyword used to create the IPsec tunnel instance. The create keyword requirement can be enabled or disabled in the environment>create context.
Platforms
VSR
- configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel
- configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel
ipv4
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>git ipv4)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt group-interface-template ipv4
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv4 parameters.
Default
ipv4
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>to-client-options ipv4)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host to-client-options ipv4
Description
Commands in this context configure DHCPv4 options.
Default
ipv4
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4 max-paths [ebgp ebgp-max-paths] [ibgp ibgp-max-paths] [restrict { same-neighbor-as | exact-as-path}] [unequal-cost]
no ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>multi-path ipv4)
Full Context
configure service vprn bgp multi-path ipv4
Description
This command sets ECMP multipath parameters that apply only to the (unlabeled) IPv4 unicast address family. These settings override the values set by the maximum-paths command.
When multipath is enabled, traffic to the destination is load-shared across a set of paths (BGP routes) that the BGP decision process considers equal to the best path. The actual distribution of traffic over the multiple paths may be equal or unequal (that is, based on weights derived from the Link Bandwidth Extended Community).
To qualify as a multipath, a non-best route must meet the following criteria (some criteria are controlled by this command):
-
The multi-path route must be the same type of route as the best path (same AFI/SAFI and, in some cases, same next-hop resolution method).
-
The multi-path route must be tied with the best path for all criteria of greater significance than next-hop cost, except for criteria that are configured to be ignored.
-
If the best path selection reaches the next-hop cost comparison, the multi-path route must have the same next-hop cost as the best route unless the unequal-cost option is configured.
-
The multi-path route must not have the same BGP next-hop as the best path or any other multi-path route.
-
The multi-path route must not cause the ECMP limit of the routing instance to be exceeded (configured using the ecmp command with a value in the range 1 to 64).
-
The multi-path route must not cause the applicable max-paths limit to be exceeded. If the best path is an EBGP learned route and the ebgp option is used, the ebgp-max-paths limit overrides the max-paths limit. If the best path is an IBGP-learned route and the ibgp option is used, the ibgp-max-paths limit overrides the max-paths limit. All path limits are configurable up to a maximum of 64. Multi-path is effectively disabled if a value is set to 1.
-
The multi-path route must have the same neighbor AS in its AS path as the best path if the restrict same-neighbor-as option is configured. By default, any path with the same AS path length as the best path (regardless of neighbor AS) is eligible for multi-path.
-
The route must have the same AS path as the best path if the restrict exact-as-path option is configured. By default, any path with the same AS path length as the best path (regardless of the actual AS numbers) is eligible for multi-path.
The no form of this command removes IPv4-specific overrides.
Default
no ipv4
Parameters
- max-paths
-
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix/NLRI if ebgp-max-paths or ibgp-max-paths does not apply.
- egp-max-paths
-
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an EBGP learned route.
- ibgp-max-paths
-
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an IBGP learned route.
- restrict same-neighbor-as
-
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same neighbor AS in its AS path as the best path.
- restrict exact-as-path-as
-
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same AS path as the best path.
- unequal-cost
-
Instructs BGP to ignore differences in the next-hop cost only when determining eligible multipaths.
Platforms
All
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>if-params>if ipv4)
Full Context
configure router ldp interface-parameters interface ipv4
Description
Commands in this context configure LDP interfaces and parameters applied to an IPv4 LDP interface.
Platforms
All
ipv4
Syntax
[no] ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>bgp-prng-plcy>family ipv4)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt bgp-peering-policy family ipv4
Description
This command configures Multiprotocol Border Gateway Protocol (MPBGP) support for the IPv4 address family.
The no form of this command removes the IPv4 configuration.
Default
no ipv4
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv4
Syntax
[no] ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>if-params ipv4)
Full Context
configure router ldp interface-parameters ipv4
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv4 LDP parameters applied to the interface.
Platforms
All
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>targeted-session ipv4)
Full Context
configure router ldp targeted-session ipv4
Description
Commands in this context configure parameters applied to targeted sessions to all IPv4 LDP peers.
Platforms
All
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>targeted-session>auto-rx ipv4)
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>targeted-session>auto-tx ipv4)
Full Context
configure router ldp targeted-session auto-rx ipv4
configure router ldp targeted-session auto-tx ipv4
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv4 parameters of an automatic targeted LDP session.
Platforms
All
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>ipsec-gw>lcl-addr-assign ipv4)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-gw>lcl-addr-assign ipv4)
Full Context
configure service ies interface sap ipsec-gw local-address-assignment ipv4
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-gw local-address-assignment ipv4
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv4 local address assignment parameters for the IPsec gateway.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4
Context
[Tree] (debug>oam>build-packet>packet>field-override>header ipv4)
[Tree] (config>test-oam>build-packet>header ipv4)
Full Context
debug oam build-packet packet field-override header ipv4
configure test-oam build-packet header ipv4
Description
This command causes the associated header to be defined as an IPv4 header template and enables the context to define the IPv4 parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ipv4
Syntax
[no] ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>cflowd>collector>export-filter>family ipv4)
Full Context
configure cflowd collector export-filter family ipv4
Description
This command filters IPv4 flow data from being sent to the associated collector.
The no form of this command removes the filter, allowing IPv4 flow data to be sent to the associated collector.
Default
no ipv4
Platforms
All
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>gre-tun-tmp ipv4)
Full Context
configure filter gre-tunnel-template ipv4
Description
Commands in this context configure GRE tunnel template IPv4 parameters.
Platforms
All
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4
Context
[Tree] (bof>autoconfigure ipv4)
Full Context
bof autoconfigure ipv4
Description
Commands in this context autoconfigure the IPv4 DHCP client.
Platforms
7450 ESS-7, 7750 SR-1, 7750 SR-7, 7750 SR-1e, 7750 SR-2e, 7750 SR-s
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4 ip-address
ipv4 auto-generate [vendor-id-value vendor-id-value]
no ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>system>ned>prof>neip ipv4)
Full Context
configure system network-element-discovery profile neip ipv4
Description
This command configures the IPv4 NEIP for this profile. The NEIP can be configured manually or set to be automatically generated using the NEID. If the NEID option is set, the first most significant byte of the IPv4 NEIP is set to 140 and the remaining 3 bytes are set to the NEID value. The NEID can be configured with a vendor ID value, in which case the first most significant byte of the IPv4 NEIP is set to this vendor ID value.
The no form of this command removes the IPv4 address association for this profile.
Default
no ipv4
Parameters
- ip-address
-
Specifies the IPv4 address of the NEIP.
- auto-generate
-
Specifies that the NEIP is automatically generated using the NEID.
- vendor-id-value
-
Specifies the vendor ID value.
Platforms
All
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4 send send-limit receive [none]
ipv4 send send-limit
no ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>add-paths ipv4)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor>add-paths ipv4)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>add-paths ipv4)
Full Context
configure router bgp add-paths ipv4
configure router bgp group neighbor add-paths ipv4
configure router bgp group add-paths ipv4
Description
This command configures the add-paths capability for unlabeled IPv4 unicast routes. By default, add-paths is not enabled for unlabeled IPv4 unicast routes.
The maximum number of unlabeled unicast paths per IPv4 prefix to send is the configured send limit, which is a mandatory parameter. The capability to receive multiple unlabeled IPv4 unicast paths per prefix from a peer is configurable using the receive keyword, which is optional. If the receive keyword is not included in the command the receive capability is enabled by default.
The no form of this command disables add-paths support for unlabeled IPv4 unicast routes, causing sessions established using add-paths for unlabeled IPv4 unicast to go down and come back up without the add-paths capability.
Default
no ipv4
Parameters
- send-limit
-
Specifies the maximum number of paths per unlabeled IPv4 unicast prefix that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers, the actual number of advertised routes may be less. If the value is none, the router does not negotiate the send capability with respect to IPv4 AFI/SAFI. If the value is multipaths, then BGP advertises all of the used BGP multipaths for each IPv4 NLRI if the peer has signaled support to receive multiple add-paths.
- receive
-
Specifies that the router negotiates to receive multiple unlabeled unicast routes per IPv4 prefix.
- none
-
Specifies that the router does not negotiate to receive multiple unlabeled unicast routes per IPv4 prefix.
Platforms
All
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4 max-paths [ebgp ebgp-max-paths] [ibgp ibgp-max-paths] [restrict { same-neighbor-as | exact-as-path}] [unequal-cost]
no ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>multi-path ipv4)
Full Context
configure router bgp multi-path ipv4
Description
This command sets ECMP multipath parameters that apply only to the (unlabeled) IPv4 unicast address family. These settings override the values set by the maximum-paths command.
When multipath is enabled, traffic to the destination is load-shared across a set of paths (BGP routes) that the BGP decision process considers equal to the best path. The actual distribution of traffic over the multiple paths may be equal or unequal (that is, based on weights derived from the Link Bandwidth Extended Community).
The no form of this command removes IPv4-specific overrides.
Default
no ipv4
Parameters
- max-paths
-
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix/NLRI if ebgp-max-paths or ibgp-max-paths does not apply.
- ebgp-max-paths
-
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an EBGP learned route.
- ibgp-max-paths
-
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an IBGP learned route.
- restrict same-neighbor-as
-
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same neighbor AS in its AS path as the best path.
- restrict exact-as-path
-
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same AS path as the best path.
- unequal-cost
-
Instructs BGP to ignore differences in the next-hop cost only when determining eligible multipaths.
Platforms
All
ipv4
Syntax
ipv4
Context
[Tree] (config>router>if>if-attr>delay>dyn>twamp ipv4)
Full Context
configure router interface if-attribute delay dynamic twamp-light ipv4
Description
Commands in this context select, enable, and specify the IPv4 addressing used to carry the TWAMP Light test packet.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ipv4-address
ipv4-address
Syntax
ipv4-address ip-address
no ipv4-address
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>wlan-gw>ue-query ipv4-address)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt wlan-gw ue-query ipv4-address
Description
This command enables matching on UEs with the specified IPv4 address.
The no form of this command disables matching on the IPv4 address.
Default
no ipv4-address
Parameters
- ip-address
-
Specifies the IPv4 address.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv4-adjacency-sid
ipv4-adjacency-sid
Syntax
ipv4-adjacency-sid label value
no ipv4-adjacency-sid
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>interface ipv4-adjacency-sid)
Full Context
configure router isis interface ipv4-adjacency-sid
Description
This command allows a static value to be assigned to an IPv4 adjacency SID in IS-IS segment routing.
The label option specifies that the value is assigned to an MPLS label.
The no form of this command removes the adjacency SID.
Parameters
- value
-
Specifies the adjacency SID label.
Platforms
All
ipv4-arp
ipv4-arp
Syntax
ipv4-arp max-nr-of-hosts
no ipv4-arp
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits ipv4-arp)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits ipv4-arp)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits ipv4-arp
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits ipv4-arp
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv4 ARP hosts per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPv4 ARP hosts limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-hosts
-
Specifies the maximum number of IPv4 ARP hosts.
Note:The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv4-dhcp
ipv4-dhcp
Syntax
ipv4-dhcp max-nr-of-hosts
no ipv4-dhcp
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits ipv4-dhcp)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits ipv4-dhcp)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits ipv4-dhcp
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits ipv4-dhcp
Description
This command limits the number of IPv4 DHCP hosts per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPv4 DHCP hosts limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-hosts
-
Specifies the maximum number of IPv4 DHCP hosts.
Note:The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv4-mtu
ipv4-mtu
Syntax
ipv4-mtu bytes
no ipv4-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>gtp>peer-profile ipv4-mtu)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt gtp peer-profile ipv4-mtu
Description
This command configures the value of the IPv4-MTU PCO sent in S11 GTP messages. This is the MTU a device should honor when sending data toward the SGW/PGW. For IPv6, this value is signaled in the RA message and which can be configured in the grp-if> ipv6>rtr-adv>mtu context.
The no form of this command resets the signaled IPv4 MTU to the default.
Default
ipv4-mtu 1400
Parameters
- bytes
-
Specifies the MTU value in bytes.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv4-multicast
ipv4-multicast
Syntax
[no] ipv4-multicast
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>multi-topology ipv4-multicast)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis multi-topology ipv4-multicast
Description
This command enables support for the IPv4 topology (MT3) within the associate IS-IS instance.
The no form of this command disables support for the IPv4 topology (MT3) within the associated IS-IS instance.
Default
no ipv4-multicast
Platforms
All
ipv4-multicast
Syntax
[no] ipv4-multicast
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>multi-topology ipv4-multicast)
Full Context
configure router isis multi-topology ipv4-multicast
Description
This command enables support for the IPv4 topology (MT3) within the associate IS-IS instance.
The no form of this command disables support for the IPv4 topology (MT3) within the associated IS-IS instance.
Default
no ipv4-multicast
Platforms
All
ipv4-multicast-disable
ipv4-multicast-disable
Syntax
[no] ipv4-multicast-disable
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>pim-snooping ipv4-multicast-disable)
Full Context
configure service vpls pim-snooping ipv4-multicast-disable
Description
This command disables PIM snooping for IPv4 multicast traffic within a VPLS service.
The no form of this command enables PIM snooping for IPv4 multicast traffic within a VPLS service. To fully remove PIM snooping from a VPLS service it is necessary to issue the no pim-snooping command.
Default
no ipv4-multicast-disable
Platforms
All
ipv4-multicast-disable
Syntax
[no] ipv4-multicast-disable
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>if ipv4-multicast-disable)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis interface ipv4-multicast-disable
Description
This command administratively disables/enables ISIS operation for IPv4.
Default
no ipv4-multicast-disable
Platforms
All
ipv4-multicast-disable
Syntax
[no] ipv4-multicast-disable
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>pim ipv4-multicast-disable)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>pim>if ipv4-multicast-disable)
Full Context
configure service vprn pim ipv4-multicast-disable
configure service vprn pim interface ipv4-multicast-disable
Description
This command administratively disables/enables PIM operation for IPv4.
Default
no ipv4-multicast-disable
Platforms
All
ipv4-multicast-disable
Syntax
[no] ipv4-multicast-disable
Context
[Tree] (config>router>pim>interface ipv4-multicast-disable)
[Tree] (config>router>pim ipv4-multicast-disable)
Full Context
configure router pim interface ipv4-multicast-disable
configure router pim ipv4-multicast-disable
Description
This command administratively enables PIM operation for IPv4.
IPv4 multicast must be enabled to enable MLDP in-band signaling for IPv4 PIM joins; see config>router>pim>interface p2mp-ldp-tree-join.
The no form of this command disables the PIM operation for IPv4.
Default
no ipv4-multicast-disable
Platforms
All
ipv4-multicast-disable
Syntax
[no] ipv4-multicast-disable
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>interface ipv4-multicast-disable)
Full Context
configure router isis interface ipv4-multicast-disable
Description
This command disables IS-IS IPv4 multicast routing for the interface.
The no form of this command enables IS-IS IPv4 multicast routing for the interface.
Platforms
All
ipv4-multicast-metric
ipv4-multicast-metric
Syntax
ipv4-multicast-metric metric
no ipv4-multicast-metric
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>if>level ipv4-multicast-metric)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis interface level ipv4-multicast-metric
Description
This command configures IS-IS interface metric for IPv4 multicast for the VPRN instance.
The no form of this command removes the metric from the configuration.
Parameters
- metric
-
Specifies the IS-IS interface metric for IPv4 multicast.
Platforms
All
ipv4-multicast-metric
Syntax
ipv4-multicast-metric metric
no ipv4-multicast-metric
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>if>level ipv4-multicast-metric)
Full Context
configure router isis interface level ipv4-multicast-metric
Description
This command configures the IS-IS interface metric for IPv4 multicast.
The no form of this command removes the metric from the configuration.
Parameters
- metric
-
Specifies the IS-IS interface metric for IPv4 multicast.
Platforms
All
ipv4-multicast-metric-offset
ipv4-multicast-metric-offset
Syntax
ipv4-multicast-metric-offset offset-value
no ipv4-multicast-metric-offset
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>link-group>level ipv4-multicast-metric-offset)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis link-group level ipv4-multicast-metric-offset
Description
This command sets the offset value for the IPv4 multicast address family. If the number of operational links drops below the oper-members threshold, the configured offset is applied to the interface metric for the IPv4 multicast topology
The no form of this command reverts the offset value to 0.
Default
no ipv4-multicast-metric-offset
Parameters
- offset-value
-
Specifies the amount the interface metric for the associated address family is to be increased if the number of operational members in the associated link-group drops below the oper-members threshold.
Platforms
All
ipv4-multicast-metric-offset
Syntax
ipv4-multicast-metric-offset offset-value
no ipv4-multicast-metric-offset
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>link-group>level ipv4-multicast-metric-offset)
Full Context
configure router isis link-group level ipv4-multicast-metric-offset
Description
This command sets the offset value for the IPv4 multicast address family. If the number of operational links drops below the oper-members threshold, the configured offset is applied to the interface metric for the IPv4 multicast topology.
The no form of this command reverts the offset value to 0.
Default
no ipv4-multicast-metric-offset
Parameters
- offset-value
-
Specifies the amount the interface metric for the associated address family is to be increased if the number of operational members in the associated link-group drops below the oper-members threshold
Platforms
All
ipv4-multicast-routing
ipv4-multicast-routing
Syntax
ipv4-multicast-routing {native | mt}
[no] ipv4-multicast-routing
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis ipv4-multicast-routing)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis ipv4-multicast-routing
Description
The multicast RTM is used for Reverse Path Forwarding checks. This command controls which IS-IS topology is used to populate the IPv4 multicast RTM.
The no ipv4-multicast-routing form of this command results in none of the IS-IS routes being populated in the IPv4 multicast RTM and would be used if multicast is configured to use the unicast RTM for the RPF check.
Default
ipv4-multicast-routing native
Parameters
- native
-
Causes IPv4 routes from the MT0 topology to be added to the multicast RTM for RPF checks.
- mt
-
Causes IPv4 routes from the MT3 topology to be added to the multicast RTM for RPF checks.
Platforms
All
ipv4-multicast-routing
Syntax
ipv4-multicast-routing {native | mt}
[no] ipv4-multicast-routing
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis ipv4-multicast-routing)
Full Context
configure router isis ipv4-multicast-routing
Description
The multicast RTM is used for Reverse Path Forwarding checks. This command controls which IS-IS topology is used to populate the IPv4 multicast RTM.
The no form of this command results in none of the IS-IS routes being populated in the IPv4 multicast RTM and would be used if multicast is configured to use the unicast RTM for the RPF check.
Default
ipv4-multicast-routing native
Parameters
- native
-
Causes IPv4 routes from the MT0 topology to be added to the multicast RTM for RPF checks.
- mt
-
Causes IPv4 routes from the MT3 topology to be added to the multicast RTM for RPF checks.
Platforms
All
ipv4-node-sid
ipv4-node-sid
Syntax
ipv4-node-sid index index-value [clear-n-flag]
ipv4-node-sid label label-value [clear-n-flag]
no ipv4-node-sid
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>interface ipv4-node-sid)
Full Context
configure router isis interface ipv4-node-sid
Description
This command assigns a node SID index or label value to the prefix representing the primary address of an IPv4 network interface of type loopback. Only a single node SID can be assigned to an interface. The secondary address of an IPv4 interface cannot be assigned a node SID index and does not inherit the SID of the primary IPv4 address.
The command fails if the network interface is not of type loopback or if the interface is defined in an IES or a VPRN context. Also, assigning the same SID index or label value to the same interface in two different IGP instances is not allowed within the same node.
The value of the label or index SID is taken from the range configured for this IGP instance. When using the global mode of operation, a new segment routing module checks that the same index or label value cannot be assigned to more than one loopback interface address. When using the per-instance mode of operation, this check is not required since the index and thus label ranges of the various IGP instance are not allowed to overlap.
The clear-n-flag option allows the user to clear the N-flag (node-sid flag) in an IS-IS prefix SID sub-TLV originated for the IPv4 prefix of a loopback interface on the system.
By default, the prefix SID sub-TLV for the prefix of a loopback interface is tagged as a node SID, meaning that it belongs to this node only. However, when the user wants to configure and advertise an anycast SID using the same loopback interface prefix on multiple nodes, you must clear the N-flag to assure interoperability with third party implementations, which may perform a strict check on the receiving end and drop duplicate prefix SID sub-TLVs when the N-flag is set.
The SR OS implementation is relaxed on the receiving end and accepts duplicate prefix SIDs with the N-flag set or cleared. SR OS will resolve to the closest owner, or owners if ECMP is configured, of the prefix SID according to its cost.
Default
no ipv4-node-sid
Parameters
- index index-value
-
Specifies the index value.
- label label-value
-
Specifies the label value.
- clear-n-flag
-
Clears the node SID flag.
Platforms
All
ipv4-overall
ipv4-overall
Syntax
ipv4-overall max-nr-of-hosts
no ipv4-overall
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits ipv4-overall)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits ipv4-overall)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits ipv4-overall
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits ipv4-overall
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv4 hosts per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPv4 hosts limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-hosts
-
Specifies the maximum number of IPv4 hosts.
Note:The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv4-ppp
ipv4-ppp
Syntax
ipv4-ppp max-nr-of-hosts
no ipv4-ppp
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits ipv4-ppp)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits ipv4-ppp)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits ipv4-ppp
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits ipv4-ppp
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv4 PPP hosts per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPv4 PPP hosts limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-hosts
-
Specifies the maximum number of IPv4 PPP hosts.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv4-prefix
ipv4-prefix
Syntax
ipv4-prefix ipv4-prefix
no ipv4-prefix
Context
[Tree] (config>service>nat>map-domain>mapping-rule ipv4-prefix)
Full Context
configure service nat map-domain mapping-rule ipv4-prefix
Description
This command configures an IPv4 MAP rule prefix.
Parameters
- ipv4-prefix
-
Specifies the IPv4 MAP prefix.
Platforms
VSR
ipv4-prefix
Syntax
[no] ipv4-prefix
Context
[Tree] (debug>router>rpki-session>packet ipv4-prefix)
Full Context
debug router rpki-session packet ipv4-prefix
Description
This command enables debugging for IPv4 prefix RPKI packets.
The no form of this command disables debugging for IPv4 prefix RPKI packets.
Platforms
All
ipv4-routing
ipv4-routing
Syntax
[no] ipv4-routing
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis ipv4-routing)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis ipv4-routing
Description
This command specifies whether this IS-IS instance supports IPv4.
The no form of this command disables IPv4 on the IS-IS instance.
Default
ipv4-routing
Platforms
All
ipv4-routing
Syntax
[no] ipv4-routing
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis ipv4-routing)
Full Context
configure router isis ipv4-routing
Description
This command specifies whether this IS-IS instance supports IPv4.
The no form of this command disables IPv4 on the IS-IS instance.
Default
ipv4-routing
Platforms
All
ipv4-sid
ipv4-sid
Syntax
ipv4-sid index index-id
ipv4-sid label label-id
no ipv4-sid
Context
[Tree] (config>router>segment-routing>sr-mpls>prefix-sids ipv4-sid)
Full Context
configure router segment-routing sr-mpls prefix-sids ipv4-sid
Description
This command is used to configure the IPv4 segment routing SID associated with the primary IPv4 address of the loopback or system interface.
The no form of this command removes the configuration of the IPv4 segment routing SID associated with the primary IPv4 interface address.
Default
no ipv4-sid
Parameters
- index index-id
-
Specifies the node SID index for this interface.
- label label-id
-
Specifies the label value for the node SID.
Platforms
All
ipv4-source-address
ipv4-source-address
Syntax
ipv4-source-address ipv4-address
no ipv4-source-address
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dns ipv4-source-address)
Full Context
configure service vprn dns ipv4-source-address
Description
This command configures the IPv4 address of the default secondary DNS server for the subscribers using this interface. Subscribers that cannot obtain an IPv4 DNS server address by other means, can use this for DNS name resolution.
The ipv4-address value can only be set to a nonzero value if the value of VPRN type is set to subscriber-split-horizon.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- ipv4-address
-
Specifies the IPv4 address of the default secondary DNS server.
Platforms
All
ipv4-source-address
Syntax
ipv4-source-address ip-address
no ipv4-source-address
Context
[Tree] (config>system>file-trans-prof ipv4-source-address)
Full Context
configure system file-transmission-profile ipv4-source-address
Description
This command specifies the IPv4 source address used for transport protocol.
The no form of this command uses the default source address which typically is the address of the egress interface.
Default
no ipv4-source-address
Parameters
- ip-address
-
Specifies a unicast v4 address. This should be a local interface address.
Platforms
All
ipv4-source-address
Syntax
ipv4-source-address ip-address
no ipv4-source-address
Context
[Tree] (config>service>nat>syslog>syslog-export-policy>collector ipv4-source-address)
Full Context
configure service nat syslog syslog-export-policy collector ipv4-source-address
Description
This command configures the IPv4 source address from which the UDP streams containing syslog flow records are sourced.
The no form of the command removes the IPv4 address from the configuration.
Parameters
- ip-address
-
Specifies the source IPv4 address from which UDP streams are sent.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv4-unicast-metric-offset
ipv4-unicast-metric-offset
Syntax
ipv4-unicast-metric-offset offset-value
no ipv4-unicast-metric-offset
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>link-group>level ipv4-unicast-metric-offset)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis link-group level ipv4-unicast-metric-offset
Description
This command sets the offset value for the IPv4 unicast address family. If the number of operational links drops below the oper-members threshold, the configured offset is applied to the interface metric.
The no form of this command reverts the offset value to 0.
Default
no ipv4-unicast-metric-offset
Parameters
- offset-value
-
Specifies the amount the interface metric for the associated address family is to be increased if the number of operational members in the associated link-group drops below the oper-members threshold.
Platforms
All
ipv4-unicast-metric-offset
Syntax
ipv4-unicast-metric-offset offset-value
no ipv4-unicast-metric-offset
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>link-group>level ipv4-unicast-metric-offset)
Full Context
configure router isis link-group level ipv4-unicast-metric-offset
Description
This command sets the offset value for the IPv4 unicast address family. If the number of operational links drops below the oper-members threshold, the configured offset is applied to the interface metric.
The no form of this command reverts the offset value to 0.
Default
no ipv4-unicast-metric-offset
Parameters
- offset-value
-
Specifies the amount the interface metric for the associated address family is to be increased if the number of operational members in the associated link-group drops below the oper-members threshold.
Platforms
All
ipv6
ipv6
Syntax
[no] ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if ipv6)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>lcl-addr-assign ipv6)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if ipv6)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if ipv6)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>lcl-addr-assign ipv6)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if ipv6)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if ipv6)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if ipv6)
Full Context
configure service vprn interface ipv6
configure service ies subscriber-interface local-address-assignment ipv6
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6
configure service vprn subscriber-interface ipv6
configure service vprn subscriber-interface local-address-assignment ipv6
configure service ies interface ipv6
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6
configure service ies subscriber-interface ipv6
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv6 parameters for the interface.
Platforms
All
- configure service vprn interface ipv6
- configure service ies interface ipv6
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
- configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6
- configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6
- configure service ies subscriber-interface local-address-assignment ipv6
- configure service vprn subscriber-interface local-address-assignment ipv6
- configure service vprn subscriber-interface ipv6
- configure service ies subscriber-interface ipv6
ipv6
Syntax
[no] ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>bgp-prng-plcy>family ipv6)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt bgp-peering-policy family ipv6
Description
This command configures Multiprotocol Border Gateway Protocol (MPBGP) support for the IPv6 address family.
The no form of this command removes the IPv6 configuration.
Default
no ipv6
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
no ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>service>template>epipe-sap-template>egress>filter ipv6)
[Tree] (config>service>template>epipe-sap-template>ingress>filter ipv6)
Full Context
configure service template epipe-sap-template egress filter ipv6
configure service template epipe-sap-template ingress filter ipv6
Description
This command associates an existing IPv6 filter policy with the template.
This command is only supported in 'classic' configuration-mode (configure system management-interface configuration-mode classic).
Parameters
- ipv6-filter-id
-
Specifies the IPv6 filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IPv6 filters.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6 name
no ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>service>template>epipe-sap-template>ingress>filter-name ipv6)
[Tree] (config>service>template>epipe-sap-template>egress>filter-name ipv6)
Full Context
configure service template epipe-sap-template ingress filter-name ipv6
configure service template epipe-sap-template egress filter-name ipv6
Description
This command associates an existing IP filter policy with the template.
Parameters
- name
-
Specifies the IPv6 filter policy name, up to 64 characters.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6 name
no ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>service>template>vpls-sap-template>ingress>filter-name ipv6)
[Tree] (config>service>template>vpls-sap-template>egress>filter-name ipv6)
Full Context
configure service template vpls-sap-template ingress filter-name ipv6
configure service template vpls-sap-template egress filter-name ipv6
Description
This command associates an existing IP filter policy with the template.
Parameters
- name
-
Specifies the IPv6 filter policy name, up to 64 characters.
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6 max-paths [ebgp ebgp-max-paths] [ ibgp ibgp-max-paths] [restrict { same-neighbor-as | exact-as-path}] [unequal-cost]
no ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>multi-path ipv6)
Full Context
configure service vprn bgp multi-path ipv6
Description
This command sets ECMP multipath parameters that apply only to the (unlabeled) IPv6 unicast address family. These settings override the values set by the maximum-paths command.
When multipath is enabled, traffic to the destination is load-shared across a set of paths (BGP routes) that the BGP decision process considers equal to the best path. The actual distribution of traffic over the multiple paths may be equal or unequal (that is, based on weights derived from the Link Bandwidth Extended Community).
To qualify as a multipath, a non-best route must meet the following criteria (some criteria are controlled by this command):
-
The multi-path route must be the same type of route as the best path (same AFI/SAFI and, in some cases, same next-hop resolution method).
-
The multi-path route must be tied with the best path for all criteria of greater significance than next-hop cost, except for criteria that are configured to be ignored.
-
If the best path selection reaches the next-hop cost comparison, the multi-path route must have the same next-hop cost as the best route unless the unequal-cost option is configured.
-
The multi-path route must not have the same BGP next-hop as the best path or any other multi-path route.
-
The multi-path route must not cause the ECMP limit of the routing instance to be exceeded (configured using the ecmp command with a value in the range 1 to 64)
-
The multi-path route must not cause the applicable max-paths limit to be exceeded. If the best path is an EBGP learned route and the ebgp option is used, the ebgp-max-paths limit overrides the max-paths limit. If the best path is an IBGP-learned route and the ibgp option is used, the ibgp-max-paths limit overrides the max-paths limit. All path limits are configurable up to a maximum of 64. Multi-path is effectively disabled if a value is set to 1.
-
The multi-path route must have the same neighbor AS in its AS path as the best path if the restrict same-neighbor-as option is configured. By default, any path with the same AS path length as the best path (regardless of neighbor AS) is eligible for multi-path.
-
The route must have the same AS path as the best path if the restrict exact-as-path option is configured. By default, any path with the same AS path length as the best path (regardless of the actual AS numbers) is eligible for multi-path.
The no form of this command removes IPv6-specific overrides.
Default
no ipv6
Parameters
- max-paths
-
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix/NLRI if ebgp-max-paths or ibgp-max-paths does not apply.
- egp-max-paths
-
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an EBGP learned route.
- ibgp-max-paths
-
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an IBGP learned route.
- restrict same-neighbor-as
-
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same neighbor AS in its AS path as the best path.
- restrict exact-as-path-as
-
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same AS path as the best path.
- unequal-cost
-
Instructs BGP to ignore differences in the next-hop cost only when determining eligible multipaths.
When enabled, the Alc-App-Prof-Str VSA is ignored in a radius Accept that enables portal redirection using this redirect policy. AA functionality will be disabled during portal authentication.
The no version of this command allows an Alc-App-Prof-Str to be present and will enable Application Assurance during portal authentication. In this case redirection rules defined in this policy are bypassed and it is assumed the AA function is configured for portal redirection.
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>to-client-options ipv6)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>to-server-options ipv6)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host>to-client-options ipv6)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host to-client-options ipv6
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host to-server-options ipv6
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host to-client-options ipv6
Description
This command enables the context to configure DHCPv6 options.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>isa-filter ipv6)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt isa-filter ipv6
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv6 parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mvpn>red-source-list ipv6)
Full Context
configure service vprn mvpn red-source-list ipv6
Description
This command enables context to configure list of redundant IPv6 source prefixes for preferred source selection.
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>pim>rp ipv6)
Full Context
configure service vprn pim rp ipv6
Description
This command enables access to the context to configure the rendezvous point (RP) of a PIM IPv6 protocol instance.
A Nokia IPv6 PIM router acting as an RP must respond to an IPv6 PIM register message specifying an SSM multicast group address by sending to the first hop router stop register message(s). It does not build an (S, G) shortest path tree toward the first hop router. An SSM multicast group address can be either from the SSM default range or from a multicast group address range that was explicitly configured for SSM.
Default
ipv6 RP enabled when IPv6 PIM is enabled.
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
[no] ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>if-params>if ipv6)
Full Context
configure router ldp interface-parameters interface ipv6
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv6 LDP parameters applied to the interface.
This command is not supported on the 7450 ESS.
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>if-params ipv6)
Full Context
configure router ldp interface-parameters ipv6
Description
Commands in this context configure LDP interfaces and parameters applied to an IPv6 LDP interface.
This command is not supported on the 7450 ESS.
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>targeted-session ipv6)
Full Context
configure router ldp targeted-session ipv6
Description
Commands in this context configure parameters applied to targeted sessions to all IPv6 LDP peers.
This command is not supported on the 7450 ESS.
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>ipsec-gw>lcl-addr-assign ipv6)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-gw>lcl-addr-assign ipv6)
Full Context
configure service ies interface sap ipsec-gw local-address-assignment ipv6
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-gw local-address-assignment ipv6
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv6 local address assignment parameters for the IPsec gateway.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>router>pim>rp ipv6)
Full Context
configure router pim rp ipv6
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv6 parameters.
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (debug>oam>build-packet>packet>field-override>header ipv6)
[Tree] (config>test-oam>build-packet>header ipv6)
Full Context
debug oam build-packet packet field-override header ipv6
configure test-oam build-packet header ipv6
Description
This command causes the associated header to be defined as an IPv6 header template and enters the context to define the IPv6 parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ipv6
Syntax
[no] ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>cflowd>collector>export-filter>family ipv6)
Full Context
configure cflowd collector export-filter family ipv6
Description
This command filters IPv6 flow data from being sent to the associated collector.
The no form of this command removes the filter, allowing IPv6 flow data to be sent to the associated collector.
Default
no ipv6
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
[no] ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>system-filter ipv6)
Full Context
configure filter system-filter ipv6
Description
This command activates an IPv6 system filter policy. Once activated, all IPv6 ACL filter policies that chain to the system filter ( config>filter>ipv6-filter>chain-to-system-filter) will automatically execute system filter policy rules first.
The no form of the command deactivates the system filter policy.
Parameters
- ipv6-filter-id
-
Specifies the existing IPv6 filter policy with scope system. This parameter can either be expressed as a decimal integer, or as an ASCII string of up to 64 characters in length.
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>router ipv6)
Full Context
configure router ipv6
Description
Commands in this context configure the IPv6 interface of the router.
Default
ipv6
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
[no] ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>router>if ipv6)
Full Context
configure router interface ipv6
Description
This command configures IPv6 for a router interface.
The no form of this command disables IPv6 on the interface.
Default
no ipv6
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (bof>autoconfigure ipv6)
Full Context
bof autoconfigure ipv6
Description
Commands in this context autoconfigure the IPv6 DHCP client.
Platforms
7450 ESS-7, 7750 SR-1, 7750 SR-7, 7750 SR-1e, 7750 SR-2e, 7750 SR-s
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6 ipv6-address
ipv6 auto-generate [vendor-id-value vendor-id]
no ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>system>ned>prof>neip ipv6)
Full Context
configure system network-element-discovery profile neip ipv6
Description
This command configures the IPv6 NEIP for this profile. The NEIP can be configured manually or set to be automatically generated. If the NEIP is set to be automatically generated, the NEID is used for the subnet and host portion of the IPv6 address and the vendor ID value is set to 140 by default. The vendor ID value can be configured.
The no form of this command removes the IPv6 address association for this profile.
Default
no ipv6
Parameters
- ipv6-address
-
Specifies the IPv6 address of the NEIP.
- auto-generate
-
Specifies that the NEIP is automatically generated using the NEID.
- vendor-id-value
-
Specifies the vendor ID value.
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6 send send-limit receive [ none]
ipv6 send send-limit
no ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor>add-paths ipv6)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>add-paths ipv6)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>add-paths ipv6)
Full Context
configure router bgp group neighbor add-paths ipv6
configure router bgp add-paths ipv6
configure router bgp group add-paths ipv6
Description
This command configures the add-paths capability for unlabeled IPv6 unicast routes. By default, add-paths is not enabled for unlabeled IPv6 unicast routes.
The maximum number of unlabeled unicast paths per IPv6 prefix to send is the configured send limit, which is a mandatory parameter. The capability to receive multiple unlabeled IPv6 unicast paths per prefix from a peer is configurable using the receive keyword, which is optional. If the receive keyword is not included in the command the receive capability is enabled by default.
The no form of this command disables add-paths support for unlabeled IPv6 unicast routes, causing sessions established using add-paths for unlabeled IPv6 unicast to go down and come back up without the add-paths capability.
Default
no ipv6
Parameters
- send send-limit
-
Specifies the maximum number of paths per unlabeled IPv6 unicast prefix that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers. (The actual number of advertised routes may be less.) If the value is none, the router does not negotiate the send capability with respect to IPv6 AFI/SAFI. If the value is multipaths, then BGP advertises all the used BGP multipaths for each IPv6 NLRI if the peer has signaled support to receive multiple add-paths.
- receive
-
Specifies the router negotiates to receive multiple unlabeled unicast routes per IPv6 prefix.
- none
-
Specifies the router does not negotiate to receive multiple unlabeled unicast routes per IPv6 prefix.
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6 max-paths [ebgp ebgp-max-paths] [ibgp ibgp-max-paths] [restrict { same-neighbor-as | exact-as-path}] [unequal-cost]
no ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>multi-path ipv6)
Full Context
configure router bgp multi-path ipv6
Description
This command sets ECMP multipath parameters that apply only to the (unlabeled) IPv6 unicast address family. These settings override the values set by the maximum-paths command.
When multipath is enabled, traffic to the destination is load-shared across a set of paths (BGP routes) that the BGP decision process considers equal to the best path. The actual distribution of traffic over the multiple paths may be equal or unequal (that is, based on weights derived from the Link Bandwidth Extended Community).
The no form of this command removes IPv6-specific overrides.
Default
no ipv6
Parameters
- max-paths
-
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix/NLRI if ebgp-max-paths or ibgp-max-paths does not apply.
- ebgp-max-paths
-
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an EBGP learned route.
- ibgp-max-paths
-
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an IBGP learned route.
- restrict same-neighbor-as
-
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same neighbor AS in its AS path as the best path.
- restrict exact-as-path
-
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same AS path as the best path.
- unequal-cost
-
Instructs BGP to ignore differences in the next-hop cost only when determining eligible multipaths.
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
[no] ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>traffic-engineering-options ipv6)
Full Context
configure router isis traffic-engineering-options ipv6
Description
This command enables the advertisement of IPv6 TE in the IS-IS instance. When this command is enabled, traffic engineering behavior with IPv6 TE links is enabled. This IS-IS instance automatically begins advertising the new RFC 6119 IPv6 and TE TLVs and sub-TLVs.
The no form of this command disables IPv6 TE in this ISIS instance.
Default
no ipv6
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>router>if>if-attr>delay>dyn>twamp ipv6)
Full Context
configure router interface if-attribute delay dynamic twamp-light ipv6
Description
Commands in this context select, enable, and specify the IPv6 addressing used to carry the TWAMP Light test packet.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>test-oam>icmp ipv6)
Full Context
configure test-oam icmp ipv6
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv6 traceroute packet handling.
Platforms
All
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
[Tree] (config>aaa>isa-radius-plcy>servers ipv6)
Full Context
configure aaa isa-radius-policy servers ipv6
Description
Commands in this context configure how to communicate with IPv6 RADIUS servers.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-address
ipv6-address
Syntax
ipv6-address ipv6-address
no ipv6-address
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host ipv6-address)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host ipv6-address)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host ipv6-address
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host ipv6-address
Description
This command configures static DHCPv6 IA-NA address for the host. This address is delegated to the client as /128 via DHCPv6 proxy function within the router. This IP address must not be part of any DHCP pool within internal DHCP server.
The no form of this command removes the IPv6 address from the host configuration.
Parameters
- ipv6-address
-
Specifies the IPv6 address.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-address
Syntax
ipv6-address ipv6-address
no ipv6-address
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>radius-proxy>server>wlan-gw ipv6-address)
[Tree] (config>router>radius-proxy>server>wlan-gw ipv6-address)
Full Context
configure service vprn radius-proxy server wlan-gw ipv6-address
configure router radius-proxy server wlan-gw ipv6-address
Description
This command configures the IPv6 address of the distributed RADIUS proxy server for use by the access points.
The no form of this command removes the address from the configuration.
Parameters
- ipv6-address
-
Specifies the destination IPv6 address of the RADIUS proxy server.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-address
Syntax
[no] framed-ipv6-address
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>include-radius-attribute ipv6-address)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy include-radius-attribute ipv6-address
Description
This command enables the generation of the ipv6-address RADIUS attribute.
The no form of this command disables the generation of the ipv6-address RADIUS attribute.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-address
Syntax
[no] ipv6-address
Context
[Tree] (config>aaa>isa-radius-plcy>auth-include-attributes ipv6-address)
Full Context
configure aaa isa-radius-policy auth-include-attributes ipv6-address
Description
This attribute defines if the ipv6 address of the UE is present during authentication if the datatrigger packet is IPv6.
Default
no ipv6-address
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-address
Syntax
[no] ipv6-address
Context
[Tree] (config>aaa>isa-radius-plcy>acct-include-attributes ipv6-address)
Full Context
configure aaa isa-radius-policy acct-include-attributes ipv6-address
Description
If an active IA_NA lease exists, this attribute defines if the IA_NA address of the UE is present in accounting.
Default
no ipv6-address
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-address-prefix-length
ipv6-address-prefix-length
Syntax
ipv6-address-prefix-length IPv6-prefix-length
no ipv6-address-prefix-length
Context
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>transit-ip-policy ipv6-address-prefix-length)
Full Context
configure application-assurance group transit-ip-policy ipv6-address-prefix-length
Description
This command configures a transit IP policy IPv6 address prefix length.
Default
no ipv6-address-prefix-length
Parameters
- IPv6-prefix-length
-
Specifies the prefix length of IPv6 addresses in this policy for both static and dynamic transits.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-adjacency-sid
ipv6-adjacency-sid
Syntax
ipv6-adjacency-sid label value
no ipv6-adjacency-sid
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>interface ipv6-adjacency-sid)
Full Context
configure router isis interface ipv6-adjacency-sid
Description
This command allows a static value to be assigned to an IPv6 adjacency SID in IS-IS segment routing.
The label option specifies that the value is assigned to an MPLS label.
The no form of this command removes the adjacency SID.
Parameters
- value
-
Specifies the adjacency SID label.
Platforms
All
ipv6-criteria
ipv6-criteria
Syntax
[no] ipv6-criteria
Context
[Tree] (config>qos>sap-ingress ipv6-criteria)
[Tree] (config>qos>sap-egress ipv6-criteria)
Full Context
configure qos sap-ingress ipv6-criteria
configure qos sap-egress ipv6-criteria
Description
IPv6 criteria-based SAP egress or ingress policies are used to select the appropriate ingress or egress queue or policer and corresponding forwarding class and packet profile for matched traffic.
This command is used to enter the node to create or edit policy entries that specify IPv6 criteria such as IP quintuple lookup or DiffServ code point.
The OS implementation will exit on the first match found and execute the actions in accordance with the accompanying action command. For this reason, entries must be sequenced correctly from most to least explicit.
The no form of this command deletes all the entries specified under this node. When ipv6-criteria entries are removed from a SAP ingress policy, the ipv6-criteria is removed from all services where that policy is applied.
Platforms
All
ipv6-criteria
Syntax
[no] ipv6-criteria
Context
[Tree] (config>qos>network>ingress ipv6-criteria)
[Tree] (config>qos>network>egress ipv6-criteria)
Full Context
configure qos network ingress ipv6-criteria
configure qos network egress ipv6-criteria
Description
IPv6 criteria-based network ingress and egress policies are used to select the appropriate ingress or egress queue or policer, and the corresponding forwarding class and packet profile for matched traffic. This command is used to enter the context to create or edit policy entries that specify IPv6 criteria such as IP quintuple lookup or DSCP.
The 7750 SR OS implementation will exit on the first match found and execute the actions in accordance with the accompanying action command. Entries must be sequenced correctly from most to least explicit.
The ingress classification only applies to the outer IPv6 header of non-tunneled traffic.
Attempting to apply a network QoS policy containing an ipv6-criteria statement to any object except a network IP interface will result in an error.
The no form of this command deletes all entries specified under this node. When IP criteria entries are removed from a network policy, the IPv6 criteria are removed from all network interfaces to which that policy is applied.
Platforms
All
ipv6-criteria
Syntax
[no] ipv6-criteria
Context
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>criteria-overrides ipv6-criteria)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress>criteria-overrides ipv6-criteria)
[Tree] (config>service>cpipe>sap>ingress>criteria-overrides ipv6-criteria)
[Tree] (config>service>ipipe>sap>ingress>criteria-overrides ipv6-criteria)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap>ingress>criteria-overrides ipv6-criteria)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>criteria-overrides ipv6-criteria)
Full Context
configure service ies interface sap ingress criteria-overrides ipv6-criteria
configure service vprn interface sap ingress criteria-overrides ipv6-criteria
configure service cpipe sap ingress criteria-overrides ipv6-criteria
configure service ipipe sap ingress criteria-overrides ipv6-criteria
configure service epipe sap ingress criteria-overrides ipv6-criteria
configure service vpls sap ingress criteria-overrides ipv6-criteria
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv6 criteria overrides.
The no form of this command removes any existing IPv6 overrides from the SAP.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ipv6-delegated-prefix
ipv6-delegated-prefix
Syntax
ipv6-delegated-prefix ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
no ipv6-delegated-prefix
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host ipv6-delegated-prefix)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host ipv6-delegated-prefix)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host ipv6-delegated-prefix
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host ipv6-delegated-prefix
Description
This command configures static DHCPv6 IA-PD prefix for the host. This prefix can be further delegated by the host itself to its clients. The prefix length is restricted to 48 to 64 bits. This prefix must not be part of any DHCP pool within internal DHCP server.
Parameters
- ipv6-address
-
Specifies the IPv6 address.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-delegated-prefix-length
ipv6-delegated-prefix-length
Syntax
ipv6-delegated-prefix-length bits
no ipv6-delegated-prefix-length
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host ipv6-delegated-prefix-length)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host ipv6-delegated-prefix-length)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host ipv6-delegated-prefix-length
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host ipv6-delegated-prefix-length
Description
This command allows configuration of delegated prefix length via local user database.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- bits
-
Specifies the delegated prefix length, in bits.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-delegated-prefix-pool
ipv6-delegated-prefix-pool
Syntax
ipv6-delegated-prefix-pool pool-name
no ipv6-delegated-prefix-pool
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host ipv6-delegated-prefix-pool)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host ipv6-delegated-prefix-pool)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host ipv6-delegated-prefix-pool
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host ipv6-delegated-prefix-pool
Description
This command configures the pool name that is used in DHCPv6 server for DHCPv6 IA-PD prefix selection.
The no form of this command removes the pool name from the configuration.
Parameters
- pool-name
-
Specifies the pool name, up to 32 characters, to be assigned to the delegated prefix pool.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-destination-discovery
ipv6-destination-discovery
Syntax
ipv6-destination-discovery
Context
[Tree] (config>test-oam>link-meas>template>twl ipv6-destination-discovery)
Full Context
configure test-oam link-measurement measurement-template twamp-light ipv6-destination-discovery
Description
Commands in this context configure IPv6 discovery of a directly-connected IPv6 peer address.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ipv6-eh
ipv6-eh
Syntax
ipv6-eh {max | limited}
no ipv6-eh
Context
[Tree] (config>system>ip ipv6-eh)
Full Context
configure system ip ipv6-eh
Description
This command defines the maximum number of IPv6 extension headers parsed in the line cards. The system parses up to six extension headers when ipv6-eh max is configured.
When the ipv6-eh limited command is configured, the system does not parse IPv6 extension headers and provides consistent ipv6-filter matches for the next-header value found in the IPv6 packet header. LAG and ECMP hashing of IPv6 packets with extension headers is limited to Layer 3 IP addresses. Layer 4 ports, TEID, and SPI values are not available for hashing. MLD snooping on Layer 2 services is also not supported in this mode.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
ipv6-eh max
Parameters
- max
-
Specifies that the maximum number of IPv6 extension headers is parsed in the line cards.
- limited
-
Specifies that the system does not parse IPv6 extension headers and provides consistent ipv6-filter matches for the next-header value found in the IPv6 packet header.
Platforms
All
ipv6-error
ipv6-error
Syntax
[no] ipv6-error
Context
[Tree] (debug>router>ip>event ipv6-error)
Full Context
debug router ip event ipv6-error
Description
This command enables debugging for IPv6 error events.
The no form of this command disables debugging for IPv6 error events
Platforms
All
ipv6-exception
ipv6-exception
Syntax
ipv6-exception exception
no ipv6-exception
Context
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipsec ipv6-exception)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipsec ipv6-exception)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipsec ipv6-exception)
Full Context
configure router interface ipsec ipv6-exception
configure service vprn interface ipsec ipv6-exception
configure service ies interface ipsec ipv6-exception
Description
This command configures the IPv6 filter exception for an IPsec-secured IPv6 interface. When an IPv6 filter exception is added, clear text packets that match the exception criteria in the IPv6 filter exception policy can ingress the interface, even when IPsec is enabled on that interface.
The no form of this command removes the IPv6 filter exception.
Default
no ipv6-exception
Parameters
- exception
-
Specifies the IPv6 filter exception that is used to bypass encryption.
Platforms
VSR
ipv6-exception
Syntax
ipv6-exception exception-id [name exception-name] [create]
no ipv6-exception {exception-id | exception-name}
Context
[Tree] (config>filter ipv6-exception)
Full Context
configure filter ipv6-exception
Description
Commands in this context configure the specified IPv6 exception filter.
The no form of the command deletes the IPv6 exception filter.
Parameters
- exception-id
-
Specifies the IPv6 filter exception ID expressed as a decimal integer.
- name exception-name
-
Specifies the IPv6 filter exception as a name, up to 64 characters.
- create
-
This keyword is required to create the configuration context. Once it is created, the context can be enabled with or without the create keyword.
Platforms
VSR
ipv6-filter
ipv6-filter
Syntax
ipv6-filter ipv6-filter-id
no ipv6-filter [force]
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>egress ipv6-filter)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>ingress ipv6-filter)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile egress ipv6-filter
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile ingress ipv6-filter
Description
This command configures an egress or ingress IPv6 filter.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- ipv6-filter-id
-
Specifies an existing IPv6 filter policy ID.
- force
-
Forces the exclusion of the IPv6 filter.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-filter
Syntax
ipv6-filter ipv6-filter-id entry entry-id [entry-id]
no ipv6-filter ipv6-filter-id [entry entry-id]
Context
[Tree] (config>mirror>mirror-source ipv6-filter)
Full Context
configure mirror mirror-source ipv6-filter
Description
This command enables mirroring of packets that match specific entries in an existing IPv6 filter.
The ipv6-filter command directs packets which match the defined list of entry IDs to be mirrored to the mirror destination referenced by the mirror-dest-service-id of the mirror-source.
The IPv6 filter must already exist in order for the command to execute. Filters are configured in the config>filter context. If the IPv6 filter does not exist, an error will occur. If the filter exists but has not been associated with a SAP or IPv6 interface, an error is not generated but mirroring will not be enabled (there are no packets to mirror). Once the IPv6 filter is defined to a SAP or IPv6 interface, mirroring is enabled.
If the IPv6 filter is defined as ingress, only ingress packets are mirrored. Ingress mirrored packets are mirrored to the mirror destination prior to any ingress packet modifications.
If the IPv6 filter is defined as egress, only egress packets are mirrored. Egress mirrored packets are mirrored to the mirror destination after all egress packet modifications.
An entry-id within an IPv6 filter can only be mirrored to a single mirror destination. If the same entry-id is defined multiple times, an error occurs and only the first mirror-source definition is in effect.
By default, no packets matching any IPv6 filters are mirrored. Mirroring of IPv6 filter entries must be explicitly defined.
The no ipv6-filter command, without the entry keyword, removes mirroring on all entry-id’s within the ip-filter-id.
When the no form of this command is executed with the entry keyword and one or more entry-id’s, mirroring that entry-id list is terminated within the ip-filter-id. If an entry-id is listed that does not exist, an error will occur and the command will not execute. If an entry-id is listed that is not currently being mirrored, no error will occur for that entry-id and the command will execute normally.
Parameters
- ipv6-filter-id
-
Specifies the IPv6 filter ID whose entries are mirrored. If the ipv6-filter-id does not exist, an error will occur and the command will not execute. Mirroring of packets will commence once the ipv6-filter-id is defined on a SAP or IPv6 interface.
- entry-id
-
Specifies the IP filter entries to use as match criteria for packet mirroring. The entry keyword begins a list of entry-id’s for mirroring. Multiple entry-id entries may be specified with a single command. Each entry-id must be separated by a space.
If an entry-id does not exist within the IP filter, an error occurs and the command will not execute.
If the filter’s entry-id is renumbered within the IP filter definition, the old entry-id is removed but the new entry-id must be manually added to the configuration to include the new (renumbered) entry’s criteria.
Platforms
All
ipv6-filter
Syntax
[no] ipv6-filter ipv6-filter-id
Context
[Tree] (config>li>li-filter-block-reservation>li-reserved-block ipv6-filter)
Full Context
configure li li-filter-block-reservation li-reserved-block ipv6-filter
Description
This command configures to which normal IPv6 address filters the entry reservation is applied.
This command is only supported in 'classic' configuration-mode (configure system management-interface configuration-mode classic).
The no form of this command removes the IPv6 filter ID from the configuration.
Parameters
- ipv6-filter-id
-
Specifies the filter identification identifies the normal IPv6 address filters.
Platforms
All
ipv6-filter
Syntax
[no] ipv6-filter ipv6-filter-id
Context
[Tree] (config>li>li-fltr-assoc>li-ipv6-fltr ipv6-filter)
Full Context
configure li li-filter-associations li-ipv6-filter ipv6-filter
Description
This command specifies the IP filter(s) into which the entries from the specified li-ipv6-filter are to be inserted. The li-ipv6-filter and ipv6-filter must already exist before the association is made. If the normal IPv6 filter is deleted then the association is also removed (and not re-created if the IPv6 filter comes into existence in the future).
The no form of this command removes the IPv6 filter ID from the configuration.
Parameters
- ipv6-filter-id
-
Specifies an existing IPv6 filter policy.
Platforms
All
ipv6-filter
Syntax
ipv6-filter ipv6-filter-id entry entry-id [entry-id] [intercept-id intercept-id [intercept-id]] [ session-id session-id [session-id]]
no ipv6-filter ipv6-filter-id [entry entry-id [entry-id]]
Context
[Tree] (config>li>li-source ipv6-filter)
Full Context
configure li li-source ipv6-filter
Description
This command enables lawful interception (LI) of packets that match specific entries in an existing IPv6 filter.
The ipv6-filter command directs packets which match the defined list of entry IDs to be intercepted to the destination referenced by the mirror-dest-service-id of the mirror-source.
The IPv6 filter must already exist in order for the command to execute. Filters are configured in the config>filter context. If the IPv6 filter does not exist, an error will occur. If the filter exists but has not been associated with a SAP or IPv6 interface, an error is not generated but mirroring will not be enabled (there are no packets to mirror). Once the IPv6 filter is defined to a SAP, IPv6 interface or subscriber, mirroring is enabled (subscriber mirroring applies only to the 7750 SR).
If the IPv6 filter is defined as ingress, only ingress packets are intercepted. Ingress packets are sent to the destination prior to any ingress packet modifications.
If the IPv6 filter is defined as egress, only egress packets are intercepted. Egress packets are sent to the destination after all egress packet modifications.
An entry-id within an IPv6 filter can only be intercepted to a single destination. If the same entry-id is defined multiple times, an error occurs and only the first definition is in effect.
By default, no packets matching any IPv6 filters are intercepted. Interception of IPv6 filter entries must be explicitly defined.
When the no command is executed with the entry keyword and one or more entry-id’s, interception of that list of entry-id’s is terminated within the ipv6-filter-id. If an entry-id is listed that does not exist, an error will occur and the command will not execute. If an entry-id is listed that is not currently being intercepted, no error will occur for that entry-id and the command will execute normally.
Parameters
- ipv6-filter-id
-
Specifies the IPv6 filter ID whose entries are to be intercepted. If the ipv6-filter-id does not exist, an error will occur and the command will not execute. Intercepting packets will commence when the ipv6-filter-id is defined on a SAP or IPv6 interface.
- entry-id
-
Specifies the IPv6 filter entries to use as match criteria for lawful intercept (LI). The entry keyword begins a list of entry-id’s for interception. Multiple entry-id entries can be specified with a single command. Each entry-id must be separated by a space. Up to <N><n> 8 entry IDs may be specified in a single command.
If an entry-id does not exist within the IPv6 filter, an error occurs and the command will not execute.
If the filter’s entry-id is renumbered within the IPv6 filter definition, the old entry-id is removed but the new entry-id must be manually added to the configuration to include the new (renumbered) entry’s criteria.
- intercept-id
-
Specifies the intercept ID that is inserted into the packet header for all mirrored packets of the associated li-source entry. This intercept ID can be used (for example by a downstream LI Gateway) to identify the particular LI session to which the packet belongs. For all types of li-source entries (filter, nat, sap, subscriber), when the mirror service is configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap, an intercept-id field (as part of the routable encap) is always present in the mirrored packets. If there is no intercept ID configured for an li-source entry, then the default value will be inserted. When the mirror service is configured with ip-gre routable encapsulation, no intercept-id is inserted and none should be specified against the li-source entries.
- session-id
-
Specifies the session-id that is inserted into the packet header for all mirrored packets of the associated li-source entry. This session-id can be used (for example by a downstream LI Gateway) to identify the particular LI session to which the packet belongs. The session-id is only valid and used for mirror services that are configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap ( config>mirror>mirror-dest>encap>ip-udp-shim). For all types of li-source entries (filter, nat, sap, subscriber), when the mirror service is configured with ip-udp-shim routable encapsulation, a session-id field (as part of the routable encapsulation) is always present in the mirrored packets. If there is no session-id configured for an li-source entry, then the default value will be inserted. When a mirror service is configured with ip-gre routable encap, no session-id is inserted and none should be specified against the li-source entries.
Platforms
All
ipv6-filter
Syntax
ipv6-filter filter-id [name filter-name] [create]
no ipv6-filter {filter-id | filter-name}
Context
[Tree] (config>filter ipv6-filter)
Full Context
configure filter ipv6-filter
Description
Commands in this context configure the specified IPv6 filter policy.
The no form of the command deletes the IPv6 filter policy. A filter policy cannot be deleted until it is removed from all objects where it is applied.
Parameters
- filter-id
-
Specifies the IPv6 filter policy ID expressed as a decimal integer.
- name
-
Configures an optional filter name, up to 64 characters in length, to a given filter. This filter name can then be used in configuration references, display, and show commands throughout the system. A defined filter name can help the service provider or administrator to identify and manage filters within the SR OS platforms.
To create a filter, you must assign a filter ID, however, after it is created, either the filter ID or filter name can be used to identify and reference a filter.
If a name is not specified at creation time, then SR OS assigns a string version of the filter-id as the name.
Filter names may not begin with an integer (0 to 9).
- filter-name
-
Specifies a string of up to 64 characters uniquely identifying this IPv6 filter policy.
- create
-
This keyword is required to create the configuration context. Once it is created, the context can be enabled with or without the create keyword.
Platforms
All
ipv6-filter
Syntax
[no] ipv6-filter
Context
[Tree] (config>system>security>mgmt-access-filter ipv6-filter)
Full Context
configure system security management-access-filter ipv6-filter
Description
Commands in this context configure management access IPv6 filter parameters. This command only applies to the 7750 SR and 7950 XRS.
Platforms
All
ipv6-filter
Syntax
[no] ipv6-filter
Context
[Tree] (config>system>security>cpm-filter ipv6-filter)
Full Context
configure system security cpm-filter ipv6-filter
Description
Commands in this context configure CPM IPv6 filter parameters. This command applies only to the 7750 SR and 7950 XRS.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ipv6-filter
Syntax
ipv6-filter src-filter-id [src-entry src-entry-id] to dst-filter-id [ dst-entry dst-entry-id] [overwrite]
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>copy ipv6-filter)
Full Context
configure filter copy ipv6-filter
Description
This command copies an existing filter entry for a specific filter ID to another filter ID. The command is a configuration level maintenance tool used to create new entries using an existing filter policy. If overwrite is not specified, an error will occur if the destination filter entry exists.
Parameters
- src-filter-id
-
Identifies the source filter policy from which the copy command will attempt to copy. The filter policy must exist within the context of the preceding keyword ( ipv6-filter).
- dst-filter-id
-
Identifies the destination filter policy to which the copy command will attempt to copy. If the overwrite keyword is not specified, the filter entry ID cannot already exist in the destination filter policy. If the overwrite keyword is present, the destination entry ID may or may not exist.
- overwrite
-
Specifies that the destination filter entry may exist. If it does, everything in the existing destination filter entry will be completely overwritten with the contents of the source filter entry. If the destination filter entry exists, either overwrite must be specified or an error message will be returned. If overwrite is specified, the function of copying from source to destination occurs in a "break before make” manner and therefore should be handled with care.
Platforms
All
ipv6-filter-max-size
ipv6-filter-max-size
Syntax
ipv6-filter-max-size {value | default}
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>flowspec ipv6-filter-max-size)
Full Context
configure service vprn flowspec ipv6-filter-max-size
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv6 FlowSpec routes or rules that can be embedded into an ingress IPv6 filter policy for a specified routing instance. Flowspec filter entries embedded in a filter policy in this routing instance will use filter entries from the range between the embedding offset and "offset + ip-filter-max-size – 1”.
The sum of the ip-filter-max-size value parameter and the highest offset in any IPv6 filter that embeds IPv6 FlowSpec rules from this routing instance (excluding filters that embed at offset 262143) must not exceed 262143.
The ip-filter-max-size configuration can be adjusted up or down at any time. If the number of IPv6 FlowSpec rules that are currently installed is M, and the new limit is N, where N<M, then the last set of rules from N to M (by FlowSpec order) are immediately removed, but are retained in the BGP RIB. If the limit is increased, new rules are programmed only as they are received again in new BGP updates.
Default
ipv6-filter-max-size default
Parameters
- value
-
The maximum number of FlowSpec routes or rules that can be embedded into an ingress IP filter policy.
- default
-
Configures the maximum size as 512.
Platforms
All
ipv6-filter-max-size
Syntax
ipv6-filter-max-size {value | default}
Context
[Tree] (config>router>flowspec ipv6-filter-max-size)
Full Context
configure router flowspec ipv6-filter-max-size
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv6 FlowSpec routes or rules that can be embedded into the auto-created embedded filter (fSpec- X). FlowSpec filter entries embedded in a filter policy in this routing instance will use filter entries from the range between "embedding offset + 1” and "embedding offset + ip-filter-max-size”.
The sum of the ipv6-filter-max-size value parameter and the highest offset in any IPv6 filter that embeds IPv6 FlowSpec rules from this routing instance (excluding filters that embed at offset 262143) must not exceed 262143.
The ipv6-filter-max-size configuration can be adjusted up or down at any time. If the number of IPv6 FlowSpec rules that are currently installed is M, and the new limit is N, where N<M, then the last set of rules from N to M (by FlowSpec order) are immediately removed, but are retained in the BGP RIB. If the limit is increased, new rules are programmed only as they are received again in new BGP updates.
Default
ipv6-filter-max-size 512
Parameters
- value
-
Specifies the maximum number of FlowSpec routes or rules that can be embedded into an ingress IP filter policy.
- default
-
Keyword to configure the maximum size as 512.
Platforms
All
ipv6-filter-name
ipv6-filter-name
Syntax
[no] ipv6-filter-name filter-name
Context
[Tree] (config>li>li-filter-block-reservation>li-reserved-block ipv6-filter-name)
Full Context
configure li li-filter-block-reservation li-reserved-block ipv6-filter-name
Description
This command configures an IPv6 filter in which the reservation is done through name.
The no form of this command removes the IPv6 filter name.
Parameters
- filter-name
-
Specifies the IPv6 filter name, up to 64 characters.
Platforms
All
ipv6-filter-name
Syntax
[no] ipv6-filter-name filter-name
Context
[Tree] (config>li>li-fltr-assoc>li-ipv6-fltr ipv6-filter-name)
Full Context
configure li li-filter-associations li-ipv6-filter ipv6-filter-name
Description
This command associates an IPv6 filter with a specified LI IPv6 filter through its name.
The no form of this command removes the IPv6 filter name.
Parameters
- filter-name
-
Specifies the IPv6 filter name, up to 64 characters.
Platforms
All
ipv6-fragment
ipv6-fragment
Syntax
ipv6-fragment
Context
[Tree] (config>test-oam>build-packet>header ipv6-fragment)
Full Context
configure test-oam build-packet header ipv6-fragment
Description
This command causes the associated header to be defined as an IPv6 fragment header template.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS
ipv6-lease-times
ipv6-lease-times
Syntax
[no] ipv6-lease-times
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host ipv6-lease-times)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host ipv6-lease-times)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host ipv6-lease-times
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host ipv6-lease-times
Description
Commands in this context configure lease times for DHCPv6.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-mtu
ipv6-mtu
Syntax
ipv6-mtu ipv6-mtu
no ipv6-mtu
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>nat>inside>nat64 ipv6-mtu)
[Tree] (config>router>nat>inside>nat64 ipv6-mtu)
Full Context
configure service vprn nat inside nat64 ipv6-mtu
configure router nat inside nat64 ipv6-mtu
Description
This command sets the size of the IPv6 downstream packet in NAT64. This packet is translated from IPv4.
The no form of the command reverts to the default.
Default
ipv6-mtu 1520
Parameters
- ipv6-mtu
-
Specifies the IPv6 MTU.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-multicast
ipv6-multicast
Syntax
[no] ipv6-multicast
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>multi-topology ipv6-multicast)
Full Context
configure router isis multi-topology ipv6-multicast
Description
This command enables support for the IPv6 topology (MT4) within the associate IS-IS instance.
The no form of this command disables support for the IPv6 topology (MT4) within the associated IS-IS instance.
Default
no ipv6-multicast
Platforms
All
ipv6-multicast-disable
ipv6-multicast-disable
Syntax
[no] ipv6-multicast-disable
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>pim-snooping ipv6-multicast-disable)
Full Context
configure service vpls pim-snooping ipv6-multicast-disable
Description
This command disables PIM snooping for IPv6 multicast traffic within a VPLS service.
The no form of this command enables PIM snooping for IPv6 multicast traffic within a VPLS service. To fully remove PIM snooping from a VPLS service it is necessary to issue the no pim-snooping command.
Default
ipv6-multicast-disable
Platforms
All
ipv6-multicast-disable
Syntax
ipv6-multicast-disable
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>pim ipv6-multicast-disable)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>pim>if ipv6-multicast-disable)
Full Context
configure service vprn pim ipv6-multicast-disable
configure service vprn pim interface ipv6-multicast-disable
Description
This command administratively disables/enables PIM operation for IPv6.
Default
ipv6-multicast-disable (config>service>vprn>pim)
no ipv6-multicast-disable (config>service>vprn>pim>if)
Platforms
All
ipv6-multicast-disable
Syntax
[no] ipv6-multicast-disable
Context
[Tree] (config>router>pim ipv6-multicast-disable)
[Tree] (config>router>pim>interface ipv6-multicast-disable)
Full Context
configure router pim ipv6-multicast-disable
configure router pim interface ipv6-multicast-disable
Description
This command administratively enables PIM operation for IPv6.
IPv6 multicast must be enabled to enable MLDP in-band signaling for IPv6 PIM joins; see config>router>pim>interface p2mp-ldp-tree-join.
The no form of this command disables the PIM operation for IPv6.
Default
ipv6-multicast-disable
Platforms
All
ipv6-multicast-disable
Syntax
[no] ipv6-multicast-disable
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>interface ipv6-multicast-disable)
Full Context
configure router isis interface ipv6-multicast-disable
Description
This command disables IS-IS IPv6 multicast routing for the interface.
The no form of this command enables IS-IS IPv6 multicast routing for the interface.
Platforms
All
ipv6-multicast-metric
ipv6-multicast-metric
Syntax
ipv6-multicast-metric metric
no ipv6-multicast-metric
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>if>level ipv6-multicast-metric)
Full Context
configure router isis interface level ipv6-multicast-metric
Description
This command configures the IS-IS interface metric for IPv6 multicast.
The no form of this command removes the metric from the configuration.
Default
no ipv6-multicast-metric
Parameters
- metric
-
Specifies the IS-IS interface metric for IPv6 multicast.
Platforms
All
ipv6-multicast-metric-offset
ipv6-multicast-metric-offset
Syntax
ipv6-multicast-metric-offset offset-value
no ipv6-multicast-metric-offset
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>link-group>level ipv6-multicast-metric-offset)
Full Context
configure router isis link-group level ipv6-multicast-metric-offset
Description
This command sets the offset value for the IPv6 multicast address family. If the number of operational links drops below the oper-members threshold, the configured offset is applied to the interface metric for the IPv6 multicast topology.
The no form of this command reverts the offset value to 0.
Default
no ipv6-multicast-metric-offset
Parameters
- offset-value
-
Specifies the amount the interface metric for the associated address family is to be increased if the number of operational members in the associated link-group drops below the oper-members threshold
Platforms
All
ipv6-multicast-routing
ipv6-multicast-routing
Syntax
ipv6-multicast-routing {native | mt}
[no] ipv6-multicast-routing
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis ipv6-multicast-routing)
Full Context
configure router isis ipv6-multicast-routing
Description
The multicast RTM is used for Reverse Path Forwarding checks. This command controls which IS-IS topology is used to populate the IPv6 multicast RTM.
The no form of this command results in none of the IS-IS routes being populated in the IPv4 multicast RTM and would be used if multicast is configured to use the unicast RTM for the RPF check.
Default
ipv6-multicast-routing native
Parameters
- native
-
Causes IPv6 routes from the MT0 topology to be added to the multicast RTM for RPF checks.
- mt
-
Causes IPv6 routes from the MT3 topology to be added to the multicast RTM for RPF checks.
Platforms
All
ipv6-node-sid
ipv6-node-sid
Syntax
ipv6-node-sid index index-value [clear-n-flag]
ipv6-node-sid label label-value [clear-n-flag]
no ipv6-node-sid
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>interface ipv6-node-sid)
Full Context
configure router isis interface ipv6-node-sid
Description
This command assigns a node SID index or label value to the prefix representing the primary address of an IPv6 network interface of type loopback. Only a single node SID can be assigned to an IPv6 interface. When an IPv6 interface has multiple global addresses, the primary address is always the first one in the list, as displayed by the interface info command.
The command fails if the network interface is not of loopback type or if the interface is defined in an IES or a VPRN context. Assigning the same SID index/label value to the same interface in two different IGP instances is not allowed within the same node.
The value of the label or index SID is taken from the range configured for this IGP instance. When using the global mode of operation, a new segment routing module checks that the same index or label value cannot be assigned to more than one loopback interface address. When using the per-instance mode of operation, this check is not required since the index and thus label ranges of the various IGP instance are not allowed to overlap.
The clear-n-flag option allows the user to clear the N-flag (node-sid flag) in an IS-IS prefix SID sub-TLV originated for the IPv6 prefix of a loopback interface on the system.
By default, the prefix SID sub-TLV for the prefix of a loopback interface is tagged as a node SID, meaning that it belongs to this node only. However, when the user wants to configure and advertise an anycast SID using the same loopback interface prefix on multiple nodes, you must clear the N-flag to assure interoperability with third-party implementations, which may perform a strict check on the receiving end and drop duplicate prefix SID sub-TLVs when the N-flag is set.
The SR OS implementation is relaxed on the receiving end and accepts duplicate prefix SIDs with the N-flag set or cleared. SR OS will resolve to the closest owner, or owners if ECMP is configured, of the prefix SID according to its cost.
Default
no ipv6-node-sid
Parameters
- index-value
-
Specifies the index value.
- label-value
-
Specifies the label value.
- clear-n-flag
-
Clears the node SID flag.
Platforms
All
ipv6-overall
ipv6-overall
Syntax
ipv6-overall max-nr-of-hosts
no ipv6-overall
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits ipv6-overall)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits ipv6-overall)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits ipv6-overall
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits ipv6-overall
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv6 hosts per SLA profile instance or subscriber.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPv6 hosts limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-hosts
-
Specifies the maximum number of IPv6 hosts.
Note:The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-pd-ipoe-dhcp
ipv6-pd-ipoe-dhcp
Syntax
ipv6-pd-ipoe-dhcp max-nr-of-hosts
no ipv6-pd-ipoe-dhcp
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits ipv6-pd-ipoe-dhcp)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits ipv6-pd-ipoe-dhcp)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits ipv6-pd-ipoe-dhcp
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits ipv6-pd-ipoe-dhcp
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv6 IPoE DHCP Prefix Delegation hosts (IA-PD) per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.
Prefix delegation hosts that are modeled as a managed route do not count against this limit.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPv6 IPoE DHCP Prefix Delegation hosts (IA-PD) limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-hosts
-
Specifies the total number of IPv6 IPoE DHCP Prefix Delegation hosts.
Note:The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-pd-overall
ipv6-pd-overall
Syntax
ipv6-pd-overall max-nr-of-hosts
no ipv6-pd-overall
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits ipv6-pd-overall)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits ipv6-pd-overall)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits ipv6-pd-overall
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits ipv6-pd-overall
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv6 DHCP Prefix Delegation hosts (IA-PD) per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.
Prefix delegation hosts that are modeled as a managed route do not count against this limit.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPv6 Prefix Delegation hosts (IA-PD) limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-hosts
-
Specifies the maximum number of IPv6 Prefix Delegation hosts.
Note:The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-pd-ppp-dhcp
ipv6-pd-ppp-dhcp
Syntax
ipv6-pd-ppp-dhcp max-nr-of-hosts
no ipv6-pd-ppp-dhcp
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits ipv6-pd-ppp-dhcp)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits ipv6-pd-ppp-dhcp)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits ipv6-pd-ppp-dhcp
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits ipv6-pd-ppp-dhcp
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv6 PPPoE DHCP Prefix Delegation hosts (IA-PD) per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.
Prefix delegation hosts that are modeled as a managed route do not count against this limit.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPv6 PPPoE DHCP Prefix Delegation hosts (IA-PD) limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-hosts
-
Specifies the maximum number of IPv6 PPPoE DHCP Prefix Delegation hosts.
Note:The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-prefix
ipv6-prefix
Syntax
[no] ipv6-prefix
Context
[Tree] (debug>router>rpki-session>packet ipv6-prefix)
Full Context
debug router rpki-session packet ipv6-prefix
Description
This command enables debugging for IPv6 prefix RPKI packets.
The no form of this command disables debugging for IPv6 prefix RPKI packets.
Platforms
All
ipv6-prefix-list
ipv6-prefix-list
Syntax
ipv6-prefix-list ipv6-prefix-list-name [create]
no ipv6-prefix-list ipv6-prefix-list-name
Context
[Tree] (config>qos>match-list ipv6-prefix-list)
Full Context
configure qos match-list ipv6-prefix-list
Description
This command creates a list of IPv6 prefixes for match criteria in QoS policies. An ipv6-prefix-list must contain only IPv6 address prefixes created using the prefix command and cannot be deleted if it is referenced by a QoS policy.
The no form of this command deletes the specified list.
Parameters
- ipv6-prefix-list-name
-
A string of up to 32 characters of printable ASCII characters. If special characters are used (#, $, spaces, and so on), the string must be enclosed within double quotes. The name default (case insensitive) is reserved by the system.
- create
-
Creates IPv6 prefixes for match criteria in QoS policies.
Platforms
All
ipv6-prefix-list
Syntax
ipv6-prefix-list ipv6-prefix-list-name [ create]
no ipv6-prefix-list ipv6-prefix-list-name
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>match-list ipv6-prefix-list)
Full Context
configure filter match-list ipv6-prefix-list
Description
This command creates a list of IPv6 prefixes for match criteria in ACL and CPM IPv6 filter policies.
The no form of this command deletes the specified list.
Operational Notes:
An IPv6 prefix list must contain only IPv6 address prefixes.
An IPv6 prefix list cannot be deleted if it is referenced by a filter policy.
See general description related to match-list usage in filter policies.
Parameters
- ipv6-prefix-list-name
-
Specifies a string of up to 32 printable ASCII characters. If special characters are used, the string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Platforms
All
ipv6-routing
ipv6-routing
Syntax
[no] ipv6-routing {native | mt}
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis ipv6-routing)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis ipv6-routing
Description
This command enables IPv6 routing.
The no form of this command disables support for IS-IS IPv6 TLVs for IPv6 routing.
Default
no ipv6-routing
Parameters
- native
-
Enables IS-IS IPv6 TLVs for IPv6 routing and enables support for native IPv6 TLVs.
- mt
-
Enables IS-IS multi-topology TLVs for IPv6 routing. When this parameter is specified, the support for native IPv6 TLVs is disabled.
Platforms
All
ipv6-routing
Syntax
[no] ipv6-routing {native | mt}
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis ipv6-routing)
Full Context
configure router isis ipv6-routing
Description
This command enables IPv6 routing.
The no form of this command disables support for IS-IS IPv6 TLVs for IPv6 routing.
Default
no ipv6-routing
Parameters
- native
-
Enables IS-IS IPv6 TLVs for IPv6 routing and enables support for native IPv6 TLVs.
- mt
-
Enables IS-IS multi-topology TLVs for IPv6 routing. When this parameter is specified, the support for native IPv6 TLVs is disabled.
Platforms
All
ipv6-sid
ipv6-sid
Syntax
ipv6-sid index index-id
ipv6-sid label label-id
no ipv6-sid
Context
[Tree] (config>router>segment-routing>sr-mpls>prefix-sids ipv6-sid)
Full Context
configure router segment-routing sr-mpls prefix-sids ipv6-sid
Description
This command is used to configure the IPv6 segment routing SID associated with the primary IPv6 address of the loopback or system interface.
The no form of this command removes the configuration of the IPv6 segment routing SID associated with the primary IPv6 interface address.
Default
no ipv6-sid
Parameters
- index index-id
-
Specifies the node SID index for this interface.
- label label-id
-
Specifies the label value for the node SID.
Platforms
All
ipv6-slaac-prefix
ipv6-slaac-prefix
Syntax
ipv6-slaac-prefix ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
no ipv6-slaac-prefix
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host ipv6-slaac-prefix)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host ipv6-slaac-prefix)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host ipv6-slaac-prefix
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host ipv6-slaac-prefix
Description
This command configures static IPv6 SLAAC prefix (PIO) for the host. The host will assign an IPv6 address to itself based on this prefix. The prefix length is 64 bits.
The no form of this command removes the static IPv6 SLAAC prefix (PIO) for the host from the configuration.
Default
no ipv6-slaac-prefix
Parameters
- ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
-
Specifies the IPv6 address and prefix length.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-slaac-prefix-pool
ipv6-slaac-prefix-pool
Syntax
ipv6-slaac-prefix-pool pool
no ipv6-slaac-prefix-pool
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host ipv6-slaac-prefix-pool)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host ipv6-slaac-prefix-pool)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host ipv6-slaac-prefix-pool
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host ipv6-slaac-prefix-pool
Description
This command configures the IPv6 SLAAC prefix pool of this host.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- pool
-
Specifies the pool name, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-source-address
ipv6-source-address
Syntax
ipv6-source-address ipv6-address [allow-connections]
no ipv6-source-address
Context
[Tree] (config>aaa>diam>node ipv6-source-address)
Full Context
configure aaa diameter node ipv6-source-address
Description
This command configures IPv6 source address that the SR OS node will use for its peering connection.
The no form of this command removes the IPv6 source address from the configuration.
Parameters
- ipv6-address
-
Specifies the source IPv6 address to use for outgoing diameter messages to an IPv6-reachable peer.
- allow-connections
-
Specifies to accept peering connections on the configured source IPv6 address. The peer initiating the connection can only be an inter-chassis peer.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-source-address
Syntax
ipv6-source-address ipv6-address
no ipv6-source-address
Context
[Tree] (config>aaa>radius-srv-plcy>servers ipv6-source-address)
Full Context
configure aaa radius-server-policy servers ipv6-source-address
Description
This command configures the source address of an IPv6 RADIUS packet.
When no ipv6-source-address is configured, the system IPv6 address (inband RADIUS server connection) or Boot Option File (BOF) IPv6 address (outband RADIUS server connection) must be configured in order for the RADIUS client to work with an IPv6 RADIUS server.
This address is also used in the NAS-IPv6-Address attribute.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Parameters
- ipv6-address
-
Specifies the source address of an IPv6 RADIUS packet.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-source-address
Syntax
ipv6-source-address ipv6-address
no ipv6-source-address
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dns ipv6-source-address)
Full Context
configure service vprn dns ipv6-source-address
Description
This command configures the IPv6 address of the default secondary DNS server for the subscribers using this interface. Subscribers that cannot obtain an IPv6 DNS server address by other means, can use this for DNS name resolution.
The ipv6-address value can only be set to a nonzero value if the value of VPRN type is set to subscriber-split-horizon.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- ipv6-address
-
Specifies the IPv6 address of the default secondary DNS server.
Platforms
All
ipv6-source-address
Syntax
ipv6-source-address ipv6-address
no ipv6-source-address
Context
[Tree] (config>system>file-trans-prof ipv6-source-address)
Full Context
configure system file-transmission-profile ipv6-source-address
Description
This command specifies the IPv6 source address used for transport protocol.
The no form of this command uses the default source address which typically is the address of egress interface.
Default
no ipv6-source-address
Parameters
- Ipv6-address
-
Specifies a unicast v6 address. This should be a local interface address.
Platforms
All
ipv6-tcp-mss-adjust
ipv6-tcp-mss-adjust
Syntax
ipv6-tcp-mss-adjust segment-size
no ipv6-tcp-mss-adjust
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>wlan-gw>dsm ipv6-tcp-mss-adjust)
[Tree] (config>router>wlan-gw>dsm ipv6-tcp-mss-adjust)
Full Context
configure service vprn wlan-gw distributed-sub-mgmt ipv6-tcp-mss-adjust
configure router wlan-gw distributed-sub-mgmt ipv6-tcp-mss-adjust
Description
This command specifies the value used for TCP-MSS-adjust in the IPv6 upstream direction for DSM. The downstream direction for both IPv4 and IPv6 are both configured under the group-interface. The upstream direction for IPv4 NAT hosts is configured under the NAT policy.
The defined segment size is inserted in a TCP SYN message if there is no existing MSS option or the value in the MSS option is bigger than the configured value.
The no form of this command disables upstream TCP MSS adjust for IPv6 DSM.
Default
no ipv6-tcp-mss-adjust
Parameters
- segment-size
-
Specifies the segment size to be inserted.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-te-router-id
ipv6-te-router-id
Syntax
ipv6-te-router-id interface interface-name
no ipv6-te-router-id
Context
[Tree] (config>router ipv6-te-router-id)
Full Context
configure router ipv6-te-router-id
Description
This command configures the IPv6 TE Router ID. The IPv6 TE Router ID, when configured, uniquely identifies the router as being IPv6 TE capable to other routers in an IGP TE domain.
IS-IS advertises this information using the IPv6 TE Router ID TLV.
If this command is not configured, the IPv6 TE Router ID will use the global unicast address of the system interface by default. The user can specify the system interface using this command to achieve the same result. If a different interface is specified, the preferred primary global unicast address of that interface is used instead
The no form of this command reverts the IPv6 TE Router ID to the default value.
Parameters
- interface interface-name
-
Specifies the name of the interface to be added or removed. Only system and loopback interfaces are accepted.
Platforms
All
ipv6-unicast
ipv6-unicast
Syntax
[no] ipv6-unicast
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>multi-topology ipv6-unicast)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis multi-topology ipv6-unicast
Description
This command enables multi-topology TLVs.
The no form of this command disables multi-topology TLVs.
Platforms
All
ipv6-unicast
Syntax
[no] ipv6-unicast
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>multi-topology ipv6-unicast)
Full Context
configure router isis multi-topology ipv6-unicast
Description
This command enables multi-topology TLVs.
The no form of this command disables multi-topology TLVs.
Default
no ipv6-unicast
Platforms
All
ipv6-unicast-disable
ipv6-unicast-disable
Syntax
[no] ipv6-unicast-disable
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>if ipv6-unicast-disable)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>if ipv6-unicast-disable)
Full Context
configure router isis interface ipv6-unicast-disable
configure service vprn isis interface ipv6-unicast-disable
Description
This command disables IS-IS IPv6 unicast routing for the interface.
By default IPv6 unicast on all interfaces is enabled. However, IPv6 unicast routing on IS-IS is in effect when the config>router>isis>ipv6-routing mt command is configured.
The no form of this command enables IS-IS IPv6 unicast routing for the interface.
Platforms
All
ipv6-unicast-metric
ipv6-unicast-metric
Syntax
ipv6-unicast-metric metric
no ipv6-unicast-metric
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>if>level ipv6-unicast-metric)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis interface level ipv6-unicast-metric
Description
This command configures IS-IS interface metric for IPv6 unicast.
The no form of this command removes the metric from the configuration.
Parameters
- metric
-
Specifies the IS-IS interface metric for IPv6 unicast.
Platforms
All
ipv6-unicast-metric
Syntax
ipv6-unicast-metric metric
no ipv6-unicast-metric
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>if>level ipv6-unicast-metric)
Full Context
configure router isis interface level ipv6-unicast-metric
Description
This command configures the IS-IS interface metric for IPv6 unicast.
The no form of this command removes the metric from the configuration.
Default
no ipv6-unicast-metric
Parameters
- metric
-
Specifies the IS-IS interface metric for IPv6 unicast.
Platforms
All
ipv6-unicast-metric-offset
ipv6-unicast-metric-offset
Syntax
ipv6-unicast-metric-offset offset-value
no ipv6-unicast-metric-offset
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>link-group>level ipv6-unicast-metric-offset)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis link-group level ipv6-unicast-metric-offset
Description
This command sets the offset value for the IPv6 unicast address family. If the number of operational links drops below the oper-members threshold, the configured offset is applied to the interface metric for the IPv6 topology.
The no form of this command reverts the offset value to 0.
Default
no ipv6-unicast-metric-offset
Parameters
- offset-value
-
Specifies the amount the interface metric for the associated address family is to be increased if the number of operational members in the associated link-group drops below the oper-members threshold.
Platforms
All
ipv6-unicast-metric-offset
Syntax
ipv6-unicast-metric-offset offset-value
no ipv6-unicast-metric-offset
Context
[Tree] (config>router>isis>link-group>level ipv6-unicast-metric-offset)
Full Context
configure router isis link-group level ipv6-unicast-metric-offset
Description
This command sets the offset value for the IPv6 unicast address family. If the number of operational links drops below the oper-members threshold, the configured offset is applied to the interface metric for the IPv6 topology.
The no form of this command reverts the offset value to 0.
Default
no ipv6-unicast-metric-offset
Parameters
- offset-value
-
Specifies the amount the interface metric for the associated address family is to be increased if the number of operational members in the associated link-group drops below the oper-members threshold.
Platforms
All
ipv6-wan-address-pool
ipv6-wan-address-pool
Syntax
ipv6-wan-address-pool pool-name
no ipv6-wan-address-pool
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host ipv6-wan-address-pool)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host ipv6-wan-address-pool)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host ipv6-wan-address-pool
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host ipv6-wan-address-pool
Description
This command configures the pool name that is used in the DHCPv6 server for DHCPv6 IA-PA address selection.
The no form of this command removes the pool name from the configuration.
Parameters
- pool-name
-
Specifies the WAN address pool, up to 32 characters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-wan-ipoe-dhcp
ipv6-wan-ipoe-dhcp
Syntax
ipv6-wan-ipoe-dhcp max-nr-of-hosts
no ipv6-wan-ipoe-dhcp
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits ipv6-wan-ipoe-dhcp)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits ipv6-wan-ipoe-dhcp)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits ipv6-wan-ipoe-dhcp
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits ipv6-wan-ipoe-dhcp
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv6 IPoE DHCP WAN hosts (IA-NA) per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPv6 IPoE DHCP WAN hosts (IA-NA) limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-hosts
-
Specifies the maximum number of IPv6 IPoE DHCP WAN hosts.
Note:The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-wan-ipoe-slaac
ipv6-wan-ipoe-slaac
Syntax
ipv6-wan-ipoe-slaac max-nr-of-hosts
no ipv6-wan-ipoe-slaac
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits ipv6-wan-ipoe-slaac)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits ipv6-wan-ipoe-slaac)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits ipv6-wan-ipoe-slaac
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits ipv6-wan-ipoe-slaac
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv6 IPoE SLAAC WAN hosts per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPv6 IPoE SLAAC WAN hosts limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-hosts
-
Specifies the maximum number of IPv6 IPoE SLAAC WAN hosts.
Note:The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-wan-overall
ipv6-wan-overall
Syntax
ipv6-wan-overall max-nr-of-hosts
no ipv6-wan-overall
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits ipv6-wan-overall)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits ipv6-wan-overall)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits ipv6-wan-overall
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits ipv6-wan-overall
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv6 WAN hosts per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPV6 WAN hosts limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-hosts
-
Specifies the maximum number of IPv6 WAN hosts.
Note:The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-wan-ppp-dhcp
ipv6-wan-ppp-dhcp
Syntax
ipv6-wan-ppp-dhcp max-nr-of-hosts
no ipv6-wan-ppp-dhcp
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits ipv6-wan-ppp-dhcp)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits ipv6-wan-ppp-dhcp)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits ipv6-wan-ppp-dhcp
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits ipv6-wan-ppp-dhcp
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv6 PPPoE DHCP WAN hosts (IA-NA) per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPv6 PPPoE DHCP WAN hosts (IA-NA) limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-hosts
-
Specifies the maximum number of IPv6 PPPoE DHCP WAN hosts (IA-NA).
Note:The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
ipv6-wan-ppp-slaac
ipv6-wan-ppp-slaac
Syntax
ipv6-wan-ppp-slaac max-nr-of-hosts
no ipv6-wan-ppp-slaac
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits ipv6-wan-ppp-slaac)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits ipv6-wan-ppp-slaac)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits ipv6-wan-ppp-slaac
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits ipv6-wan-ppp-slaac
Description
This command configures the maximum number of IPv6 PPPoE SLAAC WAN hosts per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.
The no form of this command removes the maximum number of IPv6 PPPoE SLAAC WAN hosts limit.
Parameters
- max-nr-of-hosts
-
Specifies the maximum number of IPv6 PPPoE SLAAC WAN hosts.
Note:The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isa
isa
Syntax
isa
Context
[Tree] (config isa)
Full Context
configure isa
Description
Commands in this context configure Integrated Services Adapter (ISA) parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isa-aa-group
isa-aa-group
Syntax
isa-aa-group aa-group-id
no isa-aa-group
Context
[Tree] (config>isa>wlan-gw-group>distributed-sub-mgmt isa-aa-group)
Full Context
configure isa wlan-gw-group distributed-sub-mgmt isa-aa-group
Description
This command configures an ISA application assurance group for WLAN gateway DSM subscribers.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isa-aa-group
Syntax
isa-aa-group isa-aa-group-id {all | unknown}
no isa-aa-group isa-aa-group-id
Context
[Tree] (debug>mirror-source isa-aa-group)
Full Context
debug mirror-source isa-aa-group
Description
This command configures AA ISA group as a mirror source for this mirror service. Traffic is mirrored after AA processing takes place on AA ISAs of the group, therefore, any packets dropped as part of that AA processing are not mirrored.
Parameters
- isa-aa-group-id
-
Specifies the ISA ISA-AA group ID.
- all
-
Specifies that all traffic after AA processing will be mirrored.
- unknown
-
Specifies that all traffic during the identification phase (may match policy entry or entries that have mirror action configured) and traffic that had been identified as unknown_tcp or unknown_udp after AA processing will be mirrored.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isa-aa-oversubscription-factor
isa-aa-oversubscription-factor
Syntax
isa-aa-oversubscription-factor factor
no isa-aa-oversubscription-factor
Context
[Tree] (config>isa>wlan-gw-group>distributed-sub-mgmt isa-aa-oversubscription-factor)
Full Context
configure isa wlan-gw-group distributed-sub-mgmt isa-aa-oversubscription-factor
Description
This command specifies by how much an AA ISA is oversubscribed when linked to a WLAN-GW group. A factor of 1 indicates that each AA ISA is linked to a single WLAN-GW ISA, while a factor of 10 indicates that each AA ISA is linked to up to 10 WLAN-GW ISAs. The factor must be an integer but poses an oversubscription limit, not an exact ratio. For example, for 2 AA ISAs and 5 WLAN-GW ISAs, a factor of 3 or higher is valid. Additional standby ISAs can be added until the oversubscription limit is reached.
The no form of this command resets the configuration to the default value.
Default
isa-aa-oversubscription-factor 1
Parameters
- factor
-
The number of WLAN GW ISAs that can be served by a single AA ISA.
Platforms
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s
isa-capacity-cost-high-threshold
isa-capacity-cost-high-threshold
Syntax
isa-capacity-cost-high-threshold threshold
no isa-capacity-cost-high-threshold
Context
[Tree] (config>isa>aa-grp isa-capacity-cost-high-threshold)
Full Context
configure isa application-assurance-group isa-capacity-cost-high-threshold
Description
This command configures the ISA-AA capacity cost high threshold.
The no form of this command reverts the threshold to the default value.
Default
isa-capacity-cost-high-threshold 4294967295
Parameters
- threshold
-
Specifies the capacity cost high threshold for the ISA-AA group.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isa-capacity-cost-low-threshold
isa-capacity-cost-low-threshold
Syntax
isa-capacity-cost-low-threshold threshold
no isa-capacity-cost-low-threshold
Context
[Tree] (config>isa>aa-grp isa-capacity-cost-low-threshold)
Full Context
configure isa application-assurance-group isa-capacity-cost-low-threshold
Description
This command configures the ISA-AA capacity cost low threshold.
The no form of this command reverts the threshold to the default value.
Default
isa-capacity-cost-low-threshold 0
Parameters
- threshold
-
Specifies the capacity cost low threshold for the ISA-AA group.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isa-dp-cpu-usage
isa-dp-cpu-usage
Syntax
[no] isa-dp-cpu-usage
Context
[Tree] (config>isa>tunnel-grp>stats-collection isa-dp-cpu-usage)
Full Context
configure isa tunnel-group stats-collection isa-dp-cpu-usage
Description
This command enables the system to collect statistics used to derive ISA CPU data plane usage. When enabled, this command impacts the ISA performance.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isa-filter
isa-filter
Syntax
isa-filter name [type {dsm}] [ create]
no isa-filter name
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt isa-filter)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt isa-filter
Description
Commands in this context configure ISA filter parameters.
Parameters
- name
-
Specifies the name of the filter.
- type dsm
-
Selects DSM as the type.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isa-overload-cut-through
isa-overload-cut-through
Syntax
[no] isa-overload-cut-through
Context
[Tree] (config>isa>aa-grp isa-overload-cut-through)
Full Context
configure isa application-assurance-group isa-overload-cut-through
Description
This command configures the ISA group to enable cut-through of traffic if an overload event occurs, triggered when the IOM weighted average queues depth exceeds the wa-shared-high-wmark. In this ISA state, packets are cut-through from application analysis but retain subscriber context with default subscriber policy applied.
The no form of this command disables cut-through processing on overload.
Default
no isa-overload-cut-through
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isa-policer
isa-policer
Syntax
isa-policer policer-name [type policer-type] [ create]
no isa-policer policer-name
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt isa-policer)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt isa-policer
Description
This command creates the context to configure an ISA policer. When creating a policer for the first time, both the create and type parameters are required.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- policer-name
-
Specifies the name by which this policer is referenced up to 32 characters.
- policer-type
-
Specifies the policer type. The dual-bucket-bandwidth policer applies both a CIR and PIR.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isa-radius-policy
isa-radius-policy
Syntax
isa-radius-policy name [create]
no isa-radius-policy name
Context
[Tree] (config>aaa isa-radius-policy)
Full Context
configure aaa isa-radius-policy
Description
This command creates a policy template related to transport of accounting messages from the BB-ISA card to the accounting server. It also defines accounting attributes that will be included in accounting messages. The policy template will be instantiated once it is applied to the BB-ISA cards in the nat-group.
The no form of the command removes the policy name from the configuration.
Parameters
- name
-
Specifies the name of the ISA RADIUS policy that can be referenced by a NAT application.
- create
-
Keyword used to create the policy.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isa-service-chaining
isa-service-chaining
Syntax
[no] isa-service-chaining
Context
[Tree] (config>router isa-service-chaining)
Full Context
configure router isa-service-chaining
Description
Commands in this context configure ISA service chaining parameters.
The no form of this command disables ISA service chaining parameters.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isa-service-chaining
Syntax
isa-service-chaining
Context
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt isa-service-chaining)
Full Context
configure subscriber-mgmt isa-service-chaining
Description
Commands in this context configure ISA-based service chaining for subscribers with L2-Aware NAT.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isakmp-lifetime
isakmp-lifetime
Syntax
isakmp-lifetime seconds
Context
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-transform isakmp-lifetime)
Full Context
configure ipsec ike-transform isakmp-lifetime
Description
This command specifies the lifetime of the IKE SA.
Default
isakmp-lifetime 86400
Parameters
- seconds
-
Specifies the Phase 1 life time for this IKE transform.
Platforms
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR
isid
isid
Syntax
isid start [to to]
no isid start
Context
[Tree] (config>service>system>bgp-evpn>eth-seg>service-carving>manual isid)
Full Context
configure service system bgp-evpn ethernet-segment service-carving manual isid
Description
This command configures the ISID ranges for which the PE is primary, or uses the lowest preference algorithm.
Multiple individual ISID values and ranges are allowed.
The following service-carving manual algorithms are supported for DF election:
-
Manual non-preference
A preference command is not configured for this algorithm. The primary PE for the configured ISIDs is determined by the ISID range. The manual non-preference algorithm only supports two PEs in the Ethernet Segment
-
Manual preference-based
If a preference command is configured, the algorithm uses the configured value to determine the DF election. For ISIDs not defined in the range, the highest-preference algorithm is used. For configured ISIDs, the lowest-preference algorithm is used.
Parameters
- start
-
Specifies the initial isid value of the range.
- to
-
Specifies the end isid value of the range. If not configured, only the individual start value is considered.
Platforms
All
isid
Syntax
isid value [to higher-value]
no isid
Context
[Tree] (config>filter>mac-filter>entry>match isid)
Full Context
configure filter mac-filter entry match isid
Description
This command configures an ISID value or a range of ISID values to be matched by the mac-filter parent. The pbb-etype value for the related SAP (inherited from the ethernet port configuration) or for the related SDP binding (inherited from SDP configuration) will be used to identify the ISID tag.
The no form of this command removes the ISID match criterion.
Default
no isid
Parameters
- value
-
Specifies the ISID value, 24 bits as a decimal integer. When just one present identifies a specific ISID to be used for matching.
- higher-value
-
Identifies a range of ISIDs to be used as matching criteria.
Platforms
All
isid
Syntax
isid value [to higher-value]
no isid
no isid value [to higher-value]
Context
[Tree] (config>serv>mrp>mrp-policy>entry>match isid)
Full Context
configure service mrp mrp-policy entry match isid
Description
This command configures an ISID value or a range of ISID values to be matched by the mrp-policy parent when looking at the related MMRP attributes (Group B-MACs). The pbb-etype value for the related SAP (inherited from the ethernet port configuration) or for the related SDP binding (inherited from SDP configuration) will be used to identify the ISID tag.
Multiple ISID statements are allowed under a match node. The following rules govern the usage of multiple ISID statements:
-
Overlapping values are allowed:
-
isid from 1 to 10
-
isid from 5 to 15
-
isid 16
-
-
The minimum and maximum values from overlapping ranges are considered and displayed. The above entries will be equivalent with the "isid from 1 to 16” statement.
-
There is no consistency check with the content of ISID statements from other entries. The entries are evaluated in the order of their IDs and the first match causes the implementation to execute the associated action for that entry and then to exit the mrp-policy.
-
If there are no ISID statements under a match criteria but the mac-filter type is isid the following behaviors apply for different actions:
-
For end-station, it treats any ISID value as no match and goes to next entry or default action which must be "block” in this case
-
For allow, it treats any ISID value as a match and allows it
-
For block, it treats any ISID value as a match and blocks it
-
The no form of the command can be used in two ways:
no isid removes all the previous statements under one match node.
no isid value | from value to higher-value removes a specific ISID value or range. It must match a previously used positive statement: for example if the command isid 16 to 100 was used using no isid 16 to 50 will not work but no isid 16 to 100 will be successful.
Default
no isid
Parameters
- value or higher-value
-
Specifies the ISID value in 24 bits. When just one value is present, it identifies a particular ISID to be used for matching.
- from value to higher-value
-
Identifies a range of ISIDs to be used as matching criteria.
Platforms
All
isid-policy
isid-policy
Syntax
isid-policy
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls isid-policy)
Full Context
configure service vpls isid-policy
Description
This command configures ISID policies for individual ISIDs or ISID ranges in a B-VPLS using SPBM. The ISIDs may belong to I-VPLS services or may be static-isids defined on this node. Multiple entry statements are allowed under a isid-policy. ISIDs that are declared as static do not require and isid-policy unless the ISIDs are not to be advertised.
isid-policy allows finer control of ISID multicast but is not typically required for SPBM operation. Use of ISID policies can cause additional flooding of multicast traffic.
Platforms
All
isid-range
isid-range
Syntax
isid-range from [to to] {auto-rt | route-target rt}
no isid-range from
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>bgp-evpn>isid-route-target isid-range)
Full Context
configure service vpls bgp-evpn isid-route-target isid-range
Description
This command creates a range of ISIDs associated with a specified route-target that is advertised with BMAC-ISID and IMET-ISID routes for the ISID. The route-target can be explicitly configured or automatically assigned by the system if the auto-rt option is configured. Auto routes assignment is based on RFC 7623 as follows:
<2-byte-as-number>:<4-byte-value>, where 4-byte-value = 0x30+ISID
The no form of the command deletes the isid-range and its association with the route-target.
The no form is the default action, which advertises the BMAC-ISID and IMET-ISID routes with the B-VPLS configured route-target.
Default
no isid-range
Parameters
- from
-
Specifies the start of the ISID range.
- to
-
Specifies the end of the ISID range. If it is not configured, the range is comprised of (only) the ISID specified in the to option.
- auto-rt
-
Automatically generates an ISID-derived route-target in the format: AS_number:0x30+ISID.
- route-target
-
Specifies an explicit route target.
Platforms
All
isid-route-target
isid-route-target
Syntax
isid-route-target
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>bgp-evpn isid-route-target)
Full Context
configure service vpls bgp-evpn isid-route-target
Description
Commands in this context configure the isid-range to route-target associations.
Platforms
All
isis
isis
Syntax
[no] isis isis-instance
Context
[Tree] (config>service>vprn isis)
Full Context
configure service vprn isis
Description
Commands in this context configure the Intermediate-System-to-Intermediate-System (IS-IS) protocol instance in the VPRN.
The IS-IS protocol instance is enabled with the no shutdown command in the config>service>vprn>isis context. Alternatively, the IS-IS protocol instance is disabled with the shutdown command in the config>service>vprn>isis context.
IS-IS instances are shutdown when created, so that all parameters can be configured prior to the instance being enabled.
The no form of this command disables the ISIS protocol instance from the given VPRN service.
Default
0
Parameters
- isis-instance
-
Specifies the instance ID for an IS-IS instance.
Platforms
All
isis
Syntax
[no] isis [isis-instance]
Context
[Tree] (config>router isis)
Full Context
configure router isis
Description
Commands in this context configure the Intermediate-System-to-Intermediate-System (IS-IS) protocol instance.
The IS-IS protocol instance is enabled with the no shutdown command in the config>router>isis context. Alternatively, the IS-IS protocol instance is disabled with the shutdown command in the config>router>isis context.
IS-IS instances are shutdown when created, so that all parameters can be configured prior to the instance being enabled.
The no form of this command deletes the IS-IS protocol instance. Deleting the protocol instance removes all configuration parameters for this IS-IS instance.
Parameters
- isis-instance
-
Specifies the instance ID for an IS-IS instance.
Platforms
All
isis
Syntax
isis [isis-instance]
Context
[Tree] (debug>router isis)
Full Context
debug router isis
Description
Commands in this context debug IS-IS protocol entities.
Parameters
- isis-instance
-
Specifies the IS-IS instance.
Platforms
All
Output
The following output is an example of the debugging information.
Output Example*A:Dut-C# /tools dump router isis sr-database prefix 10.20.1.5 detail
===============================================================================
Rtr Base ISIS Instance 0 SR Database
===============================================================================
103 474390 10.20.1.5 LfaNhops 1 0 15 1000 1 1
1492 1500 1500 0 0 1 1 0100.2000.1005 SR_ERR_OK
IP:10.10.5.5 gifId:3 ifId:4 protectId:7 numLabels:1 outLbl:474390 isAdv:1 is
LfaX:0
IP:10.10.12.2 gifId:5 ifId:6 protectId:0 numLabels:2 outLbl1:474389 outLbl2:
474390 numLfaNhops:1 isAdv:0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D = duplicate pending
xL = exclude from LFA
rL = remote LFA
Act = tunnel active
LDP = LDP FEC is the SID NH for SR-LDP stitching
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C# /tools dump router isis sr-database nh-type ldp detail
===============================================================================
Rtr Base ISIS Instance 0 SR Database
===============================================================================
SID Label Prefix Last-act Lev MT TnlPref Metric IpNh SrNh
Mtu MtuPrim MtuBk D xL rL Act AdvSystemId SrErr
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1000 475287 10.20.1.4 AddTnl 1 0 15 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0100.2000.1004 SR_ERR_OK
LDP: IP:10.20.1.4 tnlId:65546 tnlTyp:2
1001 475288 10.20.1.5 AddTnl 1 0 15 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0100.2000.1005 SR_ERR_OK
LDP: IP:10.20.1.5 tnlId:65548 tnlTyp:2
1002 475289 10.20.1.6 AddTnl 1 0 15 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0100.2000.1006 SR_ERR_OK
LDP: IP:10.20.1.6 tnlId:65549 tnlTyp:2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D = duplicate pending
xL = exclude from LFA
rL = remote LFA
Act = tunnel active
LDP = LDP FEC is the SID NH for SR-LDP stitching
===============================================================================